Balg, Braune. A Gothic Grammar With Selections For Reading and A Glossary. 1895.
Balg, Braune. A Gothic Grammar With Selections For Reading and A Glossary. 1895.
Balg, Braune. A Gothic Grammar With Selections For Reading and A Glossary. 1895.
y
,"
GOTHIC GRAMMAR
WITH SELECTIONS FOR READING AND A GLOSSARY
WILHELM BRAUNE.
TRANSLATED
BY
GERHARD H. BALG.
SECOND EDITION.
W. BRAUNE.
EDITOR'S PRKFACEX
Fonolog'y. Page
Chap. I. A If a bet ( 12) 1
Chap. II. Vowels ( 327) 3
Chap. III. Table of the Vowels ( 2836) 14
A. Fonetic System ( 28).
B. Historical System 2936). ('
Gutturals ( 5768).
Dentals 0978).(
Litbl., Literaturblatt fiir germ, und roman. philologie. Heilbronn 1880 ff.
A B r a. 6 u z li
<J>
a
2 Fonology. [ 12.
NOTE 1. Of these signs one (i, 10) is represented by two forms. The
i without dots occurs oftener, the i with dots stands at the beginning of
a word, and in the midl of a word after a vowel, to show that it forms
a syllabi for itself and does not form a difthong with the preceding vowel;
e.g., fraitij) (=fra-iti|>). In transliteration i is employ d thruout.
NOTE 2. Two characters, the Greek episema 'koppa' (00) and 'sampi'
(900), hav no fonetic values, but serv only as numerals. When the symbols
denote numerals, they ar markt by a horizontal stroke abuv them, or by
dots before and after them : Ib or *ib* = 12.
NOTE 3. The
transliteration of the Gothic symbols is not alike in all
cases. Most editors hav hitherto uzed v for ( w
39, n. 1); for the singl
symbols q ( 39, n. 1) and hr ( 63) we find kv or qu and hv or w, re-
spectivly; for J>, which is borrowd from the Norse-A.-S. alfabet, also th
occurs ( 70, n. 1).
NOTE The Gothic monuments show but few abbreviations the holy
4. ;
(a) Consonants:
pbfmw|td]>sznlr|kqghlrj.
(b) Vowels:
a e i o u.
(c) Difthongs:
ei iu ai au.
In determining the fonetic values of these characters we
ar guided by the following means: (1) The Gothic alfabet
is based on the Greek alfabet hense, the pronunciation of
;
24.] The Vowels. 3
burg-Vienna MS.:
uuortan otan auar euangeliu ther Incum
waurjmn ubban afar amaggeljo bairh Lokan
uuorthun auar thuo iachuedant iach u atun
wain-bun afar bo jah qobiin.
ubi dicit. genuit .j. ponitur ubi gabriel .g. ponunt et alia his siiii ubi
aspiratione ut dicitur gah
. libeda jah libaida diptongon ai pro e
longa p ch q ponunt. Cp. 1, n. 5, and, for explanation, especially
Kirchhoff, p. 20 et seq.
ablaut-series :
bar, / bore; hlaf, / stole; band, / bound;
gaf, I gave, etc.
VI, 11; duatsniwnn; Mk. VI, 53. Only i is fouud in wrijms, herd; Lu.
VIII, 33 (for wrejws; cp. Bezzenb. Beitr. 3, 114).
NOTE 4. Reversely, also e occurs for i and ei ( 10, n. 5; 17, n. 1).
These deviations (in ns. 2 4) seem due to East Gothic writers; cp.
Wrede, 'Ostg.', 161.
by ei [ ie in E. believ] s. 16. ;
the masculin j-stems: hari ( 90); 3d pers. sg. prt. opt.: uemi. This final
i appears asj, when it becums medial 45). (
O
11. The Gothic character o always denotes a long close
approaching sumwhat the sound of u (= o in E. home).
NOTE 1. In Greek words o, as a rule, corresponds to o>, rarely to ;
e. g., Makidonja, Maxzdovta; it also stands for ou: lodas, Youda?; Lu.
Ill, 26.
NOTE 2. o in Gothic words often stands for (short) u ( 14, n. 3).
12. 6 (= OHG. uo ;
s. ahd. gr., 38 et seq.) is frequent
in Gothic words. E.
brojiar, brother; boka, beech;
g.,
frojfs, wise; flodus, find; fotus, foot.
In the prt. of the VI. series and of the e-6-series (35)
( 36): 61, hof, 6g, pi. olum, hofuni, ogiini; lailot, lailotum,
S 1214.] The Vowels. 7
U
S 13. The letter u in Gothic denotes both a short and
a long vowel; the short u, however, occurs oftener than
long u.
NOTE 1. u in foren words regularly represents Gr. ou. In unaccented
syllable, however, it stands for Gr. :
diabulus, didj3o/i<>s (beside diabaiilus),
apaustulus (beside apaustaulus), paintekuste, xsv-rjxoff-rj.
NOTE 2. u for 6 seldom ( 12, n. 1), u for an ( 25, n. 3).
u (interr. particl).
ei
iu
18. In the pronunciation of iu the stress is on the i,
and u is a consonant.
NOTE 1. In Gothic words Latin writers render in by eu, eo: Thendes,
Theudicodo ; Theodoricns. As to this, cp. AVrede, 'Wand'., 100 et seq.;
Ostg.', 167.
NOTE 2. In siiim ( 10, n. 4), uiii (iuterr. particl iii-ll, 216) iu is
dissyllabic, i. e. i-u.
ai
Gothic words denotes two ptymologically,
ai in and
certainly also fonetically, different sounds.
10 Fonology. [ 20.
liiri, (cum) here!; du. hirjats, pi. hirji]> (219); and in the isolated forms:
sihu, victory (cp. 106, n. 1), J>ariliis (a probably corrupt form in Mt.
IX, 16), adj. in gen. sg., not fuld (said of cloth). Cp. IF. 4, 334 et seq.
NOTE 2. Not every ai before h, r is ai, but may also be the old dif-
thong; e. g., J6ih (prt. of )>eilian, like rais, pi-t. of reisan, but pi. Jmihuiii,
like risum, I hav; ailits, property; liaihs, one-eyd; faih, deceit
30), aih,
(Beiti-., (OHG. er); sdir (OHG. ser), sorrow; aims,
12, 397); dir, erly
messenger. Whether ai has the value of ai or ai can in most cases only
be inferd from the remaining Germanic languages.
NOTE 3. In Latin orthografy ai is exprest by e; e. g., Ermanaricus
Goth. *Airmanareiks, Ermenberga = Goth. *Airininl)airga. Cp. Wrede,
'Ostg.', 162.
NOTE 4. a difthong (iii) in baitrs, bitter; Jains,
ai is to be regarded as
yon, that (and while formerly, according to OHG. bittar,
its derivations),
NOTE 1. Before the i of the 3d pers. sg. prs. a j is often found: saijijj
(Mk. IV, 14), sai.jij> (II. Cor. IX, 6 in A, for saity in B; Gal. VI, 7. 8. in
A, for saii|> in B). Before a the j occurs but on&e: saijaiuls (Mk. IV, 14).
Cp. Beitr. 11, 75 et seq.
NOTE 2. Here belongs also the isolated faian (Rom. IX, 19, in prs.
faianda); but the prs. to the prt. lailoun is lauau rather than laiau. Cp.
Beitr. 11, 56.
12 Fouology. [ 22-24.
an
Also Goth, au (like ai) stands for historically and fouet-
ically different sounds.
24. I. The short vowel au. au in Gothic denotes
a short open o-sound. In this case grammarians put au
accute accent over the u (au) in order to keep it apart from
the difthong au. Goth, au corresponds to o or u in OHG.
and in the other Germanic languages.
The au, before h and r in Gothic words, has in every
instance developt from a short u which, when immediately
followd by these sounds, was 'broken' to short 6. E. g.
waurms, wurm; haurn, horn; baurgs (OHG. burg), city;
waurd, word; waurpum, prt. pi. of wairpan, to throw (cp.
32); sauhts (OHG. suht), sickness; dauhtar, daughter;
auhsa, ox; taiiliuin. prt. pi. of tiuhan, to pul; bauhta, prt.
of bugjan, to buy.
NOTE 1. au before other sounds is entirely exceptional and sum what
doutful. Thus, in an It 6, perhaps (onse also nfto; Mt. XXVII, 64),
bisauljan, to sully; bisaiilnan, to becum sullied. Holtzmann (altd. gr.,
p. 14) regards also ufbauljau (II. Tim. Ill, 4) as belonging to this class.
NOTE 2. The change of short u into au before h is without exception.
An apparent exception is the enclitic -nil, and, the u of which must be
referd to a secondary development; it is never found after a short accented
vowel, nor after a long vowel or difthong; e. g., sa-h, ni-h, bai-li, wiljati-h,
Irarjano-h; u occurs after consonants, and in polysyllabic words in which
a final short a before the u was elided; as, lra/-uh, J>uiimiuh (= bainina
lib), qibiih (= qij>a uh). Sum, however, assume -fill (cp. Beitr. 18, 299).
Other us before h ar all long: buhta (cp. 15). There ar a few cases of
2420.] The Vowels. 13
ftdiir- ( 141, u. 1) which, however, stands perhaps for ftdur- (cp. IF. 4,
'134). The prefix ur- (in urreisau, urnms, etc.) does not belong here;
it is a late form for us the s of which was assimilated to a following r
( 78, n. 4).
NOTE 3. Not every an before h and r has developt from u, but may
also be the difthong an; as, hauhs, high; tauh, prt. of tiuhan (but pi.
tauhum, 31); gaurs, sorry (cp. OHG. gorag, wrechetl, and Goth, gauuon,
to mourn).
NOTE 4. The an for u in the endings of the u-declension may be au,
hut also au which would be due to confusion caused by analogy. Beitr.,
18, 280. Cp. also ufto for auftd, 24, n. 1.
NOTE 5. As a rule, the Greek <> is represented by au; e. g., apaustanlus,
a:r<r:W9; alabalstrailU, dAdfiaffrpov; Barjjaillaillliaius, H ap fro J.u pains;
Pauntius, [lovrtos. au =
o in Saur, IYy>?; paurpaura, xopyu/aa, Goth.
ail = o in the East Gothic name Thorisa. (Wrede, 'Ostg.', 76. 165).
APPENDIX.
Beside the vowel-signs discust in the foregoing
27.
paragrafs, a few consonant-signs may likewise discharge the
function of vowels, for the Gothic liquids 1, r and the nasals
m, n ar very often vocalic (i. e. syllabic) at the end of a
word after a consonant. Here an original suffixal vowel
was lost in most cases, and in its place the following liquid
or nasal became the bearer of the accent. Thus the Gothic
has dissyllabic words with vocalic liquids or vocalic nasals
(sonant liquids or sonant nasals); as, akrs, field; fugls, bird;
taikns, token; mai]>ms, present.
N OTE 1. In the West Germanic languages a new vowel (OHG. a) has
T
developt from these vocalic liquids and nasals; e. g., OHG. akkar, fogal,
zeihhau, OS. mebom. Cp. ahd. gr., 65, and Brgm., I, 190. 237.
Long, a ( 5).
o: Short, wanting.
Long, 6 ( 11. 12).
u: Short, u ( 13. 14).
Long, tL ( 15).
Difthongs :
A. SONOROUS CONSONANTS.
1. The semivowels w and j.
w
39. sign of the Gothic alfabet which we represent
The
by w, is, according to its form and alfabetic position, the
Gr. u.. For this it also stands in Greek foren words, for
exam pi, Pawlus, Daweid, daw8; aiwaggeljo, eva-fftttw,
/7aD2os-;
(= Wadamers), etc. Greek authors mostly put ov for the Goth, w (as in
OudvdaXoi), but also /? (as in Bdvdakoi). Cp.,Dietrich, pp. 7780. Wrede,
'Wand.', 102; 'Ostg.', 167 et seq.
41. Initial Gothic w occurs frequently; e. g., wasjan,
to clothe; witan, to know; wiljan, to wil; wair, man;
warmjan, to warm.
So also before 1 and r as, wlits, countenance; wrikan,
;
j
43. The sign j stands, as a rule, for the Greek ante-
vocalic in Akaja, A^afa; Marja, Map(a; Judas, Vouoa?; Iskar-
,
2. Liquids.
1
3. Nasals.
111
dat. pi., dagam, etc.; 1st pers. pi., nimam, nemum, etc.
Dubl (mm) in swamms (cp. 80, n. 1), spunge; wamm,
n., spot; in the pronominal dat. sg., imma, blindamma.
NOTE. Syllabic m ( 27) in mai}>iii>. present; bagms, tree.
n
49. Initial n in nahts, night; niujis, new; ni (nega-
tion), etc.; medial: kinii, n., kin; ains, one, etc.; final: laun,
n., reward; niuii. nine; often in inflection; as, dat. sg.
haiiin. inf. uimaii. nemun (3d pers. pi. prt.), etc.
Dubl n (nn) occurs frequently; e. g., briiman, to burn;
B. NOIZD SOUNDS.
1. Labials.
f
52. Gothic f in foren words corresponds to Gr. <p;
e. g., Filippus, ^TTTTO?; Kajafa, Kaidtpa?. Latin writers render
Goth, f mostly by ph (Dietrich, p. 75); as, Dagalaiphus;
Phaeba. Hense Goth, f was probably a bilabial, not a
labiodental spirant, as is also evident from Goth, flmf,
hamfs.
NOTE, f is regarded as labiodental by Jellinek ;
Zs. fda., 36, 275 et seq.
5355.] The Consonants. 23
55. Exampls of b:
(a)initially: bairau, to bear; beitan, to bite; brikan,
to break; brukjan, to uze; blesan, to blow; biudan, to
offer; bloma, flower; bro]>ar, brother; boka, letter; biiauan,
to rub.
(b) medially: liuba (w. m. adj.), dear; galaubjan, to
belie v; graban, to dig; sibja, relationship; arbi, inheritance;
kalbo, hefer; haubij?, lied; hlaibis (gen. of hlaifs), bred;
sibuii, seven; haban, to hav; skaban, to shave; (bi-)leiban,
to remain; liban, to liv; biraubon, to rob; salbon, to sal v,
anoint.
NOTE, bb occurs in foreu words only; as, sabbatns.
24 Foriology. [ 56.
common before n :
ibns, si iluia, daubuan, drobnan, but the ending -iibni
interchanges with -ufni $ as, fraistubni, temptation, but waldufui, power;
2. Gutturals.
58.
Examplsofk: (a) initially: kniu, knee; kaurn,
corn; kuni, kin; kalds, cold; kiusan. to choose; kalbo, f.,
calf; sk skeinan, to shine; skaidan, to separate.
:
q
59. The Gothic
sign q does not occur in the Greek
alfabet, the corresponding sign being borrowd from the
Latin (Q). In Lt. words it corresponds to Lt. qu (qartus;
Rom. XVI, 23) to which it most likely corresponds also
fonetically. The Lt. qu denoted a labialized k-sound which
was a simpl consonant not forming position. Cp. Zs. fdph.,
12, 481 et seq.
NOTE. The dubl sign kw (kv) which is uzed beside q for the Gothic
character due to the perception that in the cognate languages Gothic q
is
OE. by cw, in ON. by kv, in OHG. MHG. NHG. by qu. Hense Goth,
qiban, to say, = OE. cwe}?an, ON. kvej?a, OHG. quedan. But from this
26 Fonology. [ 5962.
nothing certain can be inferd about the t'onetic value of Goth, q, altho it
ispossibl that its pronunciation was precisely the same as that of NHG.
NE. qu. Cp. also 41, n. 1.
60. Exampls of q: qino, woman; *qius, pi. qiwai,
alive; qafriiiis, mil; qiman, to cum; qramnii]>a, moisture;
nasal's, naked; aqizi, ax; riqis, darkness; sigqan, to sink,
prt. sagq.
h
61. Gothic h in Greek words stands for the ruf
breathing (as, Haibraius, 'Efoaios; Herodes, '///<%), but the
ruf breathing is often disregarded (as, tisaima, uiaawa).
Accordingly, Goth, initial h had the value of a mere breath-
ing. Medially and finally it may stil hav had the value of
a fricativ sound (HG. ch). Cp. the assimilations ( 62, n. 3)
and breaking (' 62, n. 1). Also initially before consonants,
(hi, hn, hr (hr)), the h had probably retaind a stronger sound.
NOTE 1. Latin writers render Gothic h by their h (as, Hildibald,
Hildericus); but they also omit it; as, Ariamirus, eils = hails in the epi-
gram (s. 21, n. 1), Zs. fda. 1, 379; cp. Dietrich, p. 77.
NOTE 2. Labialized h (hw) has a special sign in Gothic: h ( 63. 64).
NOTE 3. In foren names h is sumtimes interposed medially between
vowels; as, Johannes, latdvvys; Abraham, 'J/3/>aa//. Cp. Es. TegnSr, Tidskr.
for fllol. N. R. 7, 304 et seq.
to
g is not dubld before g; the only case, atgagggaud (Mt. IX, 15) is corrected
by the editors. The reverse error occurs three times: fauragagja (for
fauragaggja, steward); Lu. VIII, 3. XVI, 1; hugridai (for huggridai):
I. Cor. IV, 11. Cp. Vulfila by Beruhardt, p. LI.
NOTE 2. The Latin sign (n) for the guttural nasal occurs but a few
times in Lu.; as, J>ank ; XVII, 9; bringi]>; XV, 22.
68. The combination ggw deservs special notice.
( a guttural nasal + gw, as is proved by the ng of
1 ) It is
the remaining Germanic languages (also of the ON.): aggwus,
narrow (OHG. engi, ON. ongr); siggwan, to sing (OHG.
singan, ON. syngva); saggws, song. Here perhaps belongs
also unnianariggws, unrestmind, wild (cognate with OHG.
ringi? Dtsch. Litteraturzeitg. 1888, p. 770).
Another ggw corresponds to West-Germanic uvv
(2)
(OHG. uu or uuu; cp. ahd. gr., 112. 113), to ON. gg(v);
this gg certainly denotes a stop: triggws, faithful (OHG.
triuwi, ON. tryggr); bliggwan, to beat (OHG. bliuwan);
*glaggwus, exact (OHG. glauwer, ON. gloggr); skuggwa,
mirror (ON. skyggja; cp. Goth, skawjan).
NOTE. Concerning the
ggw words givn under (2) and the ana-
of the
logous ddj ( 73, n. 1), cp. Beitr., IX, 545; Gottinger Nachrichten, 1885,
No. 6 Brgm., I, 157 Scherer, 'Kleinere Schriften', I, p. XII et seq.
; ;
3. Dentals.
but also often by t. Cp. Wrede, 'Wand.', 104; 'Ostg.', 170 et seq. In
Jike manner sum later prints hav th for J> (s. 1, n. 3).
NOTE 2. Latin authors often u/e d beside th for medial
J> in proper
nouns, from which a later softening may be inferd. Cp. Wrede, 'Ostg.', 171.
NOTE 3. Concerning the sound-value of Germanic-Goth. J>, cp. IF. 4,
341 et seq.; for the relation between Goth. J> and Gr. $, s. Wiininer, 'Die
Runenschrift', 268.
71. ]>
words is very frequent. E. g. (a)
in Gothic
initially: ]>ulan, to suffer; Jninjan, to strech; ga-J>airsan,
to wither; Jmursus, wit herd; Jiatirstei, thirst; J>ata (prn.),
that; Jm, thou; J>reis, three; ]>Iiuhaii, flee; ga-]>laihan, to
cum fort, console; Jiwahan, to wash, (b) medially: brojiar,
brother; tunjms, tooth; wi])rus, law; fra])i, n., understand-
ing; frajyan, to understand; iin)>ar, other; baj>ar, 'uter';
wairjian, to becum; qi]>an, to say. (c) Also f ual J> remains i
NOTE 4. d stands for medial )> in weitwodida, testimony; Jo. Ill, 32.
d
Goth, d corresponds to Greek s. The New Greek
72.
pronunciation of S i& that of a soft (voiced) dental spirant
(Q =
NE. th in thou). Gothic d, at least medially after a
vowel, likewise had the sound-value of this spirant. But
d initially and medially after n, r, 1, z, has the value of a
soft (voiced) stop.
73. Examples of d: (a) initially: datir, n., door,
gate; dauhtar, daughter; dal, dale, valley; claims, odor;
daddjan, to suckl; ga-danrsan, to dare; driusan, to fall;
7374.] The Consonants. 31
maimd; mobs, anger; knobs, stock, race. Hense also uraraibs, redy ; un-
leds, poor, which, beside the forms with medial b, hav onse each the final
forms garaid and unleds, respectivly. But both forms occur in Lu.
With final d only ar repeatedly found: weitwods, witness, ace. weit-
wod; twice gariuds (gariud), honorabl; only one final form with d (but
none with fe) occurs in braids, broad; (leds, deed; wods, mad, possest;
grids, step, grade; skaiskaid (prt. of skaidan). The normal forms would
be debs, wobs, etc., for the forms with d insted of b ar hardly due to any-
thing else but unfavorabl transmission.
NOTE 3. The occurrence of this final |> for thematic d must not be
confounded with that of J> in words that hav also medial b beside d in
other words from the same root; as, frod- (nom. frobs), prudent; frodei,
prudence; but 1'rabi, understanding, frabjan, to understand; sad- (nom.
sabs), satisfied, but ga-sobjan, to satisfy; sinbs, a going, way, but saud-
jan, to send; aids, age, but albeis, old. Cp. 79, n. '2.
but ]>6zuh; weis, we; weizuh; wileis, 2nd pers. sg., but
wileizu; advs.: mais (compar. maiza), more; airis, erlier
(compar. airiza), etc.
NOTE 1. z is but rarely employd for final s: ininz, less; II. Cor. XII,
15 (Codex B), for mins elsewhere; riqiz (4 times), darkness, beside riqis,
gen. riqizis; aiz, brass, muney (only Mk. VI, 8); miniz, flesh; I. Cor. VIII,
13. For a different view of final s for z, s. Wilmanns, Dtsch. Gramm.,
I. p. 86.
34 Fonology. [ 7879.
NOTE 2. The S (z) of the nom. sg. Is dropt (1) after s (ss, z): drus,
m., gen. drusis, fall; swes, gen. swesis, adj., one's own; laus, latisis, loose;
us-staSB, f., gen. usstassais, resurrection; (2) after r immediately preceded
by a short vowel: wair, wairis, man; baur, sun; kaisar, Caesar; anbar,
other; unsar, our; but s remains unchanged after a long syllabi: akrs,
field; hurs, whoremonger; skeirs, clear; swers, honord; gaurs, sorrowful.
An exception is the onse occurring nom. stiur, stetv, ca//l Cp. Brgm., I,
516; II, 531 Wrede, 'Ostg.', 177 et seq.
;
At a later stage of development,
especially in East-Gothic, the loss of the nominativ-s occurs more extensivly.
So alredy in the Documents (Neap. Doc.: Gudilub, Ufltahari); cp. Wrede,
!oc. cit.
NOTE 3. z and s interchange in the prt. of slepan; saislep; Mt. VIII,
24. Lu. VIII, 23. I. Thess. IV, 14; saizlep; Jo. XI, 11. I. Cor. XV, 6; -
in the neuters in -is (gen. agisis and gen. liati/is); s. 94, n. 5.
NOTE 4. The z (s. c, abuv) of the prep, us is in compounds assimilated
to a following r (cp. 24, n. 2); e. g., urruns, a running out; urreisan,
to (a)rise; urrumnan (beside usrumnan, in Codex B, II. Cor. VI, 11), to
expand; onse ur for the prep, us: ur riqiza; II. Cor. IV, 6. us remains
unchanged before other sounds in cpds; as, usagjan, to frighten; nsbeidan,
to abide, expect (cp. 56, n. 2). z for s before a vowel appears only in
uzon (prt. of *iisanan, to expire); Mk. XV, 37. 39; and in uzetin (dat. of
*useta, manger); Lu. II, 7. 12. 16.
NOTE 5. When us is afflxt to a word beginning with st, only one s is
sumtimes writn: ustaig (prt. of ns-steigan); Mk. Ill, 13; ustob ; Lu. VIII,
55. X, 25; ustandib (prt. and prs. of us-standan); Mk.X, 34; ustassai (nom.
usstass); Lu. XIV, 14. Cp. twistandaus (in B =
twis-standans in A);
II. Cor. II, 13; diskritnan (for dis-skritnan); Mt. XXVII, 51; there is no
APPENDIX.
GENERAL REMARKS ON THE CONSONANTS.
79. The Gothic soft spirants, b, d, z, finally and be-
fore the s of the nom. (cp. 56. 74. 78) ar changed into
the corresponding hard sounds, f, }>, s, while the fourth
soft spirant, medial g, remains unchanged when final ( 66;
65, n. 2).
NOTE 1. Also the final b, d, z hav sumtimes remaind unchanged, i. e.
z rarely ( 78, u. 1), but b and d especially often in certain parts where
also other forms show a later stage of development. Cp. 56, n. 1 74, ;
in the inflection of the verbs Jrnrf ( 56, n. 3), aih ( 203, n. 1).
8082.] The Consonants. 35
qiss (for biuba-); I. Cor. X, 16 (in Cod. A); anda-laus (for andja-); I. Tim.
I, 4 (in A, but amli-laus in B); hrainja-hairts (for hraini-); Mt. V, 8;
garda- in cpds. seems to be the normal form beside the stem gardi- (s. 101):
garda- waldands ; Mt. X, 25. Lu. XIV, 21; mibgarda-waddjns ; Eph. II,
14 (in B, but midgardi-w. in A); Beitr., 8, 432. Cp. also brobra-lubo; Rom.
XII, 10 (in A, but brobru-lubo; If Thess. IV, 9, in B). The evasions
occur mostly in Codex A and seem to be yunger East-Gothic forms; cp.
the names in the Documents (e. g., Giidi-lub, in Ar. Doc.; Suujai-fribas,
in Neap. Doc.), and Wrede, 'Ostg.', 184.
NOTE 3. Beside the other consonantal stems there occur brobru-lubo :
Masculins.
90. Paradims of the masculins. (a) Pure a-tems:
dags, day (< an erlier *dagaz, proethnic Germanic *dago-z,
40 Inflection. [ 9091.
Sing. N. dags
9294.] Declension of Substantivs. 41
92. The ja-stems ar subject to the rules concerning
the contraction of the ji into ei (s. 44, c and n. 1), ac-
cording; to which there is a distinction between the words
with long and those with short stem-syllabls. Further
exampls: (a) long-stemd and trisyllabic (polysyllabic):
asneis, hired man; andeis, end; Iraiteis, wheat; siponeis,
disciple; the words in -areis (Kluge, Stammbildung, 8. 9.;
ahd. gr., 200): laisareis, teacher; bokareis, scribe, etc.
(b) short stems: ni]rjis, cuzin; *andasta]>jis, adversary.
NOTE 1. andeis, end, has in Rom. X, 18 the ace. pi. according to the
i-decl.: and ins.
NOTE 2. Only in the pi. occurs: berusjos, parents ( 33).
NOTE 3. The ace. pi. hlijans (Mk. IX, 5) suggests the nom. sg. *hleis
(like freis, 126, n. 2), tent. Cp. Zimmer, QF., 13, 308.
NOTE 4. A nom. pi. silbawiljos, adj. uzed as sb. (nom. sg. *silba-wiyis,
willing of one's self; cp. gawiljis, 126), occurs in II. Cor. VIII, 3.
Neuters.
93. Paradims. (a) purea-stems: waurd, word; hauhi|>.
bed. (b) wa-stems: trill, tree, (c) ja-stems: kuni, kin.
Sing. N. waurd
42 Inflection. [ 94-96.
mabl, market, with the neuters; doutful ar the forms rial, Ja7e (cp. ON.
dalr), lun, ransom (or lims, cp. 15, 11. 1).
NOTE 3. The word gu]>, which ig neuter in form, is uzed as in. when
denoting the Christian God. But the n. pi. guda (heathen) gods
74, (cp.
n. 4), is stil uzed. The uncertain, because only
inflection of the sg. is
an indeclinabl pi. with the art.: |>ai fadreiu, ^ans fadrein. But also the
regular neuter pi. fadreiua occurs in the sense of 'parents'. The fern.
fadreins, lineage, family, is a separate word ( 103). Cp. J. Schmidt,
'Indog. Neutra', 14.
NOTE 5. The gen. of hatis, hatred, occurs onse (in cod. B) as hatis
(a consonantal form); Eph. II, 3 (hatize in A). For a different view, s.
Wrede, 'Ostg.', 77. Concerning the neuters in -is, s. v. Bahder, 'Verbal-
abstracta', 52 et seq.; Kluge, Stammbild., 84. 145; Brgm., II, 419 et
seq. Cp. also 78, n. 3.
Like kuni ar declined both short and long ja-
95.
stems; badi, bed; nati, net; fairguni, mountain; gawi,
e. g.,
Eph. II, 12; andbahti, office, has the gen. amlbahtjis (3 times) beside and-
bahteis (onse); Lu. I, 23; gawair]>i, peace, has gawair]>jis (6 times),
gawairjeis (3 times); waldufni, power, has waldufiieis (Skeir., 49) beside
waldufnjis (twice).
1. (b) 0-Declension.
The Gothic 6-declension contains only feminins
96.
which serv as a supplement to the a-decl. ( 88, n. 1). Also
here we distinguish between pure 6-stems and jo-stems.
Paradims: (a) giba, gift (stem gibo-)-
(b) long jo-stems:
baiidi, bond (stem bandjo-); mawi, girl (stem maujo-).
Sing. N. giba bandi mawi
G. gibos bandjos inaujos
D. gibai bandjai maujai
A. giba bandja maiija
2. I-Declension.
The i-declension contains only masculins and
99.
feminins. Both genders properly ought to inflect precisely
alike. But this is the case in the pi. only, while the sg. of
the masculins has the gen. and dat. after the analogy of
the a-declension.
Masculins.
100. Paradim: balgs, wine-skin (proethnic Germanic
balgi-z).
Sing. N. balgs Plur. N. balgeis
G. balgis G. balge
1
balga
1. I .
balgim
A. balg A. balgins
V. balg
gnashing.
NOTE 2. The s of the nom. isdropt according to 78, n. 2; e. g.,
iir-runs, ur-mnsis; drus, drusis; baiir, bauris (<bairan, to bear), sun.
NOTE 3. nuns, a ded person, is explaind according to the rules for w
( 42); nom. pi. naweis, ace. pi. nawins; so, also, the ace. and voc. 8g. nau.
NOTE 4. For wegs and aiws, s. 91, u. 5; for the ace. pi. audiiis,
s. 92, n, 1.
Feminins.
102. Paradira: ansis, favor (proethnic Germanic
ansti-z).
Sing. N. ansts Plur. N. ansteis
6. anstais G. anste
D. anstai D. anstim
A. anst A. anstins
V. anst
haimos, etc.
3. U-Declension.
Masculins and Feminins.
104. The masculins and feminins of the u-decleusion
ar identical in form. Paradim: sunus, sun.
Sing. X. sunus Plur. N. snnjus
G. sunaus G. siiniwe
D. sunau D. suniuu
A. MI nu A. sununs
V. sunn
IX, 27; liairau; Rom. XIII, 4 (in A = hairu in Cod. Car.); voc. sunau
(often), magau; Lu. II, 48.
Reversely we find u for an: gen. daujms; Lu. I, 79; wufyus; Rom.
IX, 23: apaustaiilus ; II. Cor. XII, 12 (in A = apaustaulaus in B); dat.
wuljui Lu. IX, 26; Paitrnj Gal. II, 7 (in A =Paitrau in B).
;
P>om the great number of exampls, however, we infer that the abuv
paradim is by all means the regular one; the deviations just mentiond ar
merely owing to confusion on the part of later copyists. When a word
40 Inflection. [ 105108.
Neuters.
106. The word faihu, muney (orig. catF, OHG. film) l
=
is the only neuter sb. of this class which occurs in several
cases in the singular. No n. pi. is found.
N. faihu
G. [faihaus]
D. faihiiii
A. fa ill n
NOTE Also gairn, sting, is n. It occurs only in the nom. sg. (II. Cor.
1.
A. guman A. gnmans
108. gnma inflect a great many masculins e. g.,
Like ;
ox, occurs the gen. pi. afthsne. 110, n. 1. Onse (I. Cor.
Cp. the neuters in
IX, 9) we meet with the ace. pi. auhsununs which either stands for ai'ihsuns
(according to 80, n. 1; cp. Anz. fda. 6, 120) or for auhsnnns (Beitr., 8,
115; 12, 543; Brgm., I, 203).
NOTE 2. The long stems in -ja do not contract the ji of the gen. and
dat. sg. into ei (s. 44, u. 1); hense, bandja, gen. Imiuljins, dat. bandjin.
109112.] Declension of Substantive. 47
2. Neuters.
109. Paradim: hairto, hart.
Sing. N. hairto Plur. X. hairtona
G. hairtins G. hairtaue
D. hairtiu D. hairtani
A. hairto A. hairtdua
3. Feminins.
111. The feminins of the n-declension ar divided into
two classes: stems in -on- and -ein-. Their inflection is the
same. Paradims: tuggo, tung; manage!, multitude.
Sing. N. tiiirtru inanairri
G. tuggons manageins
.D. tuggon managein
A. tuggon managein
Plur. N. tuggons manageins
G. tuggono manageino
D. tuggoni manageim
A. tuggons manageins
112. Like tuggo inflect many substantivs; as, qino,
woman, wife; uhtwo, dawn; swafhro, mother-in-law; azgo,
ashes; gatwo, street; stairno, star; wiko, week; sunno, sun
(cp. 110, n. 2); arbjo, heiress; brunjo, brestplate; tainjo,
basket; nijijo, female cuzin; raj>jo, account.
NOTK 1. Also the feminins of the weak adjectivs inflect like tuggo
( 132).
48 Inflection. [ 113-115.
C. MINOR DECLENSIONS.
(REMAINS OP CONSONANTAL DECLENSIONS.)
114. Nouns in -r denoting relationship. The words
br6J>ar, brother; dauhtar, daughter; swistar, sister; fadar,
father, hav replaced their old consonantal inflection in the
nom., ace., and dat. pi. with tjie forms of the u-declension
(104). Paradim:
Sing. N. bro]ar Plur. brojrjus
G. br6Jrs broj>re
D. broj>r l>ro]>rum
A. lu-obar brojn'uns
A. n as ja ml nasjands
Y. nasjand
waihtais, dul)>ais. According to the cons, declension occur onse each the
dat. sg. duty and ace. pi. waihts. Beside waihts there is a n. nom. sg.
waiht in the combination ni-waiht, nothing.
117. Masculins with short (consonantal) cases manna, :
APPENDIX.
DECLENSION OF FOREN WORDS.
119. A number of foren words from the Latin and
Greek wer fully adopted into the Gothic language thru
commercial and political intercourse, so that their inflection
is the same as that of purely Gothic words; e. g., pund, n.,
Classes (2) and (3), however, contain but very few re-
mains in Gothic. The few adjectival ja-stems hav in most
of the inflectional cases past over to the 1st class, so that
the normal strong declension of the adjectivs in Gothic
embraces only the a-declension and its subdivision, the
ja-stems.
NOTE. Subject to strong inflection ar all pronouns (except sama and
silba, 132, n. 3), the cardinal numbers, inasmuch as they inflect adjec-
tivly, and anjmr, the second; also the adjectivs of a more general meaning:
1
alls, all; ganohs, enuf; halbs, half; midjis, 'medius ; fulls, fnl.
preceded by a short vowel: anbar, the second, the other; unsar, our;
i/vvar, your; hra]>ar, which of the two. Accordingly, the nom. pi. warai
must hav had a nom. sg. war, wary.
NOTE 2. The rules for the hardening of final soft spirants (79) must
be noted; as, fro)>s, frodis, wise; go^s, godis, good ( 74); liufs, liubis,
dear; daufs, daubis, def( 56, n. 1).
NOTE 3. Stems having a w before the case-endings ar subject to the
rule for final ( w
42) in the nom. sg. m. and n. The three words of this
kind occur only in other cases. Therefore the noras. pi. fawai, qnvai,
usskawai suggest as uoins. sg. m. and n. fans, fan, few; qius, qiu, alive:
124 177.] Declension of Adjective. 53
hav in the n. sg. only the shorter forms: unsar, i/war, etc.
125. Adjectiv-stems with ja before the endings (ja-
stems) hav most of their forms like the paradim blinds.
Only in few forms a change is caused by the j. As in the
case of nouns, we distinguish between short and long adjec-
tival ja-stems.
Paradim of a short ja-stem :
midjis, midl:
Sing. M. N. F.
N. midjis midi, midjata midja
G. midjis midjaizos
I).
inidjamma midjai
A. in idj ana inidi, midjata midja
Plur.
N. midjai midja midjos
G. midjaize midjaizo
I). midjaiui midjaim
A. midjans midja midjos
126. As regards inflection, th. m. midjis is closely re-
lated to the substantiv harjis ( 90. 92), the n. midi to
the substantiv kuni ( 93. 95). The fern, midja shows
no deviation whatever.
Only a small number of adjectivs belong to this class :
wailamer, nom. sg. n.). Cp. Kluge, Stamrabildg., 178. 197. 229231;
Beitr., 14, 167; 15, 489 Brgm., II, 287.
;
Sing. M. N. p.
NOTE1. Whether adjectivs belong to this class is seen from the com.
sg. inwhich the abuv adduced exampls occur (the only f. forms being
baursu* and tulgus; Beitr., 15, 570; 16, 318). laushaiidus, empty-handed;
hnasqus, soft; kaurus, bevy, ar merely inferd from their ja-cases.
NOTE 2. From the adv. glaggwuba ( 210) an adj. glaggwus ( 68)
can be inferd.
NOTE 3. The original adj. *fllus, much, is preservd in Goth, in the
nom. ace. sg. n. uzed substantivly and adverbially: fllu, the gen. fllaus
being uzed adverbially.
B. WEAK ADJECTIVS.
132. The weak declension of adjectivs is fully identical
with the weak or n-declension of nouns ( 107 112). But
it must be noticed that the f. of the weak adj. inflects like
the paradim tuggo (cp. 112, n. 1). Exarapl of an in-
flected weak adj. (blinds, 123):
Sing. M. N. F.
NOTE 1. Like blinda inflect all weak adjectivs. Of ja-stems: nom. sg.
niuja, niujo, niujo (cp. 126), wilbja ( 127); i-stems: lirainja, hrainjo;
u-stems: lianlja, hurdjo (cp. 129 et seq.). In the cases with i (gen. dat.
sg. in. n.) of the long stems in -ja- -u-) the forms with -ji- appear as
(-1-,
the regular ones (as in the sb., 108, n. 2; contrary to 44, c); cp.
wilbji(n)s; Rom. XI, 24; unhrainjin ; Mk. IX, 25. Lu. VIII, 29; unseljin;
Mt. V, 39. Jo. XVII, 15. But beside imseljins; Eph. VI, 16 (in A) un-
seleins in B); beside fairnjin; Mk. II, 21. Lu. V, 36, also fairnin; II. Cor.
VIII, 10. IX, 2.
NOTE 2. Sum adjectivs occur only in the weak forms; as, usgrudja,
NOTE 4. Lastly, the prs. ptcs. ( 133), comparativs ( 136), and the
superlativs in -ma ( 139) inflect exclusivly like weak adjs. But all these
words hav the f. according to the paradim manage! ( 113, n. 3).
,T gibands
N. gibando gibandei
gibauda
G. gibandins gibandeins
D. gibandin gibandein
A. gibandau gibando gibandeiu
Plur.
N. gibandans gibandona gibandeins
G. gibandane gibandeino
D. gibandam gibandeim
A. gibandans gibandona gibandeins
NOTE 1. Concerning the shorter inflection of sum participls uzed sub-
stantivly, s. 115.
D. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVS.
/. COMPARATIV.
135. The comparativ degree of adjectivs in Gothic is
formd by means of two suffixes, -iz- and -6z-, to which the
terminations of the weak adjectivs ar added.
The formation with the suff. -iz- is more general than
the other. found in adjs. of all kinds; e. g., managiza
It is
(<nianags, a-stem), aljnza (< al]>eis, 127. 128), hardiza
(<hardus, 131). But the suffix -6z- occurs in a-stems only:
frodoza (<froj>s), swinj6za (< swings).
NOTE. The adj. juggs, yung, has the compar. juhiza (according to 50,
11. 1). Its superlativ is not extant.
2. SUPERLATIV.
The superlativ degree, like the comparativ, is
137.
formd two ways, in -ist- or in -ost-; e. g., managists
in
(< manags), armosts (< arms, poor). The inflection of the
superlativs is precisely the same as that of ordinary adjec-
tivs strong and weak.
NOTE. No rule can be givn for the appearance of the 6 or the i in the
suffix,except that the 6-form occurs only with a-stems. We may suppose
that a word which forms the compar. by means of i, has i in the superl.
also, and that, in like manner, the 6-forms correspond to each other.
This supposition, however, is only founded on a few extant exampls.
3. IRREGULAR COMPARISON.
138. comparison of sum adjectivs is.
The lack of
supplied by comparativs and superlativs with a correspond-
ing meaning, but without a positiv:
58 Inflection. 138140.
A
superlativ with an m-suffix is found in six
139.
words, which ar derived from adverbial stems and appear
without a positiv. The m-suffix is either simpl: fru-ma,
hum-ma, aulm-ma, or compound af-tuma, if-tuma, hlei- :
(lu in a.
Two them hav assumed a comparativ meaning:
of
ai'ihuma, higher; hleiduina, left(aptffrspos)-, the others hav
a superlativ or an intensiv signification: aftuma, the last;
iftuma, the next; inniima, the inmost; fruma, the first.
These words follow the weak inflection, but hav the f.
in -ei, exactly like the comparativs.
NOTE. Sum superlativs in -ma ar compared anew in the uzual manner:
aftumists, the last; afthiiinists, oftener than aiihmists (cp. OE. ymest,
Sievers-Cook, OE. Gr., 314, n. 3), the highest; frumists, the first. The
forms hindumists, hindmost, spedumists, last (< *spej>8, beside spediza,
spedists), suggest the missing liindiinia and speduma. Also in id 11 ma, midst,
miduinonds, mediator, point to a form "midiima, midl (cp. OE. meodume >
midmest).
CHAP. III.NUMERALS.
1. CARDINALS.
140. The first three numerals ar declinabl in all cases
and genders.
1. ains, n. am and aiiiata, f. aina, inflects entirely like
a strong adj. (blinds, 123). Plural forms mean only,
alone. No weak inflection is found. ( 122, n. 1).
2. M.
3.
140-145.] Numerals. 59
NOTE. The definit dual number 'both', d/z^>re/>oe, is renderd by bai,
which inflects like twai. The extant forms ar nom. m. bai, dat. bairn, ace.
bans, nom. ace. n. ba. There occurs also an extended form with the same
meaning, its inflection being that of a consonantal substantiv ( 117, n. 4):
uoin. bajobs, dat. bajobuni.
143. From 70
to 100 -tehund takes the place of
tigjus: sibuntehund, 70; ahtautehund, 80; iiiiiiitehiind, 90;
tafhuntehund and taihuntaihund, 100. The numerals in
-tehund ar substantivs which ar as a rule indeclinabl. Onse
(Lu. XV, 7) we meet with an inflected gen. sg.: in niunte-
hundis jah niune garaihtaize. Cp. Brgm., Ill, 40.
144. The hundreds ar formd by means of the plural
of a neuter hund (a hundred). The following ar extant:
twa hunda, 200; ]>rija hunda, 300; flmf hunda, 500; niun
hunda, 900.
145. a f. sb. (inflecting like bandi,
Jwsuiidi, 1000, is
a gen. pi.; several thousands ar exprest by
96), with
]usundjos. Onse (Ezra II, 14) occurs a n. pi. twa ]msundja.
Cp. ahd. gr., 275. OE. Gr., 327, and Mahlow, 'Die
langen Vocale', p. 98.
The extant thousands ar: twos Jmsundjos, 2000; .g.
JuiMiiidjos. 3000; fldwor )msundjos, 4000; flmf )msundjos,
60 Inflection. [ 145149.
2. ORDINALS.
146. The first two ordinals differ in point of stem
from the corresponding cardinals. 1. m. fruma, n. frumo, f.
frumei (s. 139), and the superl. frumists, first (139, n. 1).
2. aii]ar, second, other, inflects like a strong adj. ( 122,
n. 1; 124, ns. 1. 4). All subsequent ordinals ar derived
from the cardinals and inflect like weak adjectivs ( 132,
n. 3). The extant
ordinals ar: J>ridja, 3d; *flmfta (only in
15th), fifth; saihsta, 6th; ahtuda, 8th; ninnda, 9th; tai-
hunda, tenth; fimftataihimda, 15th. Only the second com-
ponent is declined: dat. sg. (in jera) fimftataihundm ;
Lu. Ill, 1.
3. OTHER NUMERALS.
147. A distributiv numeral is tweihnai, two apiece,
two-and-two, extant in the dat. f. tweihnaim and ace. f.
tweihnos.
NOTE. All other distributes ar exprest by means of the cardinals
along with kaznh, fearjizuh ( 164. 165) or the prep, bi; as (insandida
ins) twans hranzuh, two and two; Lu. X, 1; bi twans; I. Cor. 14, 27.
Sing. N. ik JMI
G. in ciiia JK'ina seina
D. mis lus sis
A. mik J>iik sik
Dual N. wit
G. ngkara igqara seina
D. usrkis igqis sis
A. ngkis, ugk igqis sik
NOTE 1. iigkis, igqis, etc., are also speld uggkis, iggqis; cp. 67, n.l.
NOTE 2. The nom. du. 2nd pers. is not extant ;
it was undoutedly jut.
For jus (jus?), s. 15, n. 1.
151. From the stems of these pronouns adjectivs ar
derived, the so-calld possessiv pronouns. 1st pers.: m. meins,
n. mein, meinata; f. meina, my (mine}; 2nd pers.: ]eins,
thy (thine); refl. seins, his. Plurals: 1st pers. unsar, our;
2nd pers. izwar, your. The only extant dual poss. prn. is
igqar, the 1st pers. would be ugkar.
NOTE 1. The inflection of these pronominal adjectivs is identical with
that of the strong adj.; concerning unsar, izwar, cp. 124, ns. 1 and 4.
No weak inflection occurs.
NOTE 2. The reflexiv *seins occurs only in the gen., dat., ace.; insted
of the nominativs of allgenders and numbers the geuitivs of the prn. of
the 3d pers. (is, izos; ize, izo; 152) ar employd.
3. DEMONSTRATIV PRONOUNS.
153. The simpl dem. prn. sa, so, ]>ata is uzed both
as dem. prn., this, that (for the Gr. OUTO? or atm>?), and,
with a weakend force, as articl, the. The latter uze is pre-
dominant. The neuter sing, (like the interrog., 159) has
preservd the instrumental case.
Sing. M. N. F.
N. sa Jata SO
G. IMS
D. l>izai
A. ]>uiia J>6
Instr.
Plur.
N. fcai J>6s
G. )>iz6
D. J)
a in i
A. |>ans
du-Je (du]>]>e), jaj>-l>e ( 62, n. 3), peei ( 157, n. 1), and, like Jrana (in
Jninamais, )>iiuasei]>s), before a comparativ. (= E. 'the' in 'the more').
Sing. M. N.
N. sah Jmtuli
G. Jii/uh
D. Jwmmuh
A. ]>annh >atuh
Plur.
N. Jaih [J)61i]
G. [frizeli]
D. [>aimuh]
A. [|>an/uh] [J6h]
155-158.] Proiiouns.
4. RELATIV PRONOUNS.
157. A simpl relativ pronoun is not found in the
Gothic language. A relativ pru. of the 3d pers. is formd
from the simpl demonstrativ pronoun by affixing the particl
ei which, when uzed independently, has the force of a con-
junction, that, in order that. This relativ pronoun inflects
as follows:
Sing.
64 Inflection. [ 159163.
5. INTERROGATE PRONOUNS.
159. The interrogativ pronoun Iras, who? (= Lt. quis),
is formd from the simpl interrogativ stem Ira-. A substan-
tiv following h:as occurs always in the genitiv; e. g., Ira
niizdono, TWO. ntffft<; Mt. V, 46.
Sing. M. N. F.
NOTE 1. The gen. f. is not extant. The instr. occurs only in the neuter
(cp. sa, 153).
NOTE 2. hras has no plural; cp. however hranzuh, 164, n.
NOTE 3. hras is also employd as an indeflnit prn.; cp. 162, n. 2.
160. From stem hra- ar derived: lraj>ar, which of two? t
6. INDEFINIT PRONOUNS.
162. The Goth, indefinit pronoun sums, f. suma, n.
sum, sumata, sum (Gr. r{9, rt), inflects like a strong adjectiv
and is uzed adjectivly; with the meaning sum one, a certain
one, it is also uzed substantivly.
NOTE 1. An enumerati v expression is sums sums (= Gr. 6 plv 6 31). . . . . . .
n. ni mannahun, g. ni manshun,
d. ni ma n nli u n, ace. ni mannanhun.
N. ainshun ainbun a in oh n n
G. ainishnn
D. ainummehnn ainaihun
A. ainnohnn i
ainhun ai noli u n
ainohun >
NOTE, -him is also afflxt to the aec. sg. of the sb. hreila ( 97, n. 2):
toeilohun, for an hour (ni fceilohun, ouSe 71^009 &pav\ Gal. II, 5).
renderd: (1) by hraxuh saei or, with sa prefixt, sahrazuh saei. For saei
also izei is found ( 157, n. 3). These forms ar uzed in the nom. sg. only,
the nom. n. batafcah bei (bei batei,
=
157, n. 2) occurs twice: Jo. XV,
7. 16. (2) by bishjaxuli followd by saei or ei in all cases; the flrst com-
ponent, bis, remains uninflected: m. n. bishraxuh saei, dat. bishrammeh
saei, ace. bishranoh saei j nom. ace. n. bisfrah bei (or bate! ), gen. bisbiznh
bei, dat. bishraininoh bei.
f}6 Inflection. [ 164167.
CHAP. V. CONJUGATION.
GENERAL REMARKS.
The Gothic verb has the following forms:
167.
1. Two
voices, Activ and Midi. The Activ Voice alone
has preservd a great variety of forms. The Midi Voice is
retaind in but a few forms of the prs. indicativ and optativ,
which occur, however, very often. The midl forms hav a
passiv meaning. Therefore the Midi Voice is also calld
Passiv or Medio-Passiv Voice.
NOTE 1. The lost passiv forms ar supplied by the pp. along with the
corresponding forms of airman or wisan e. g., daupjada, he is baptized,
;
but d;uipij>s was or warj>, he was baptized. Cp. Zs. fdph., 5, 409 et seq.
NOTE 2. The originally inchoativ verbs in -nan ( 194) frequently hav
a medial meaning ( 194).
2. Two
tenses, Present and Preterit (Perfect). The
Preterit the general tense for the past. The future is
is
I. STRONG VERBS.
The strong verbs do not form the preterit with an
additional suffix, but by change of the radical vowel or by
reduplication. Thus, we hav two subdivisions:
1. Ablaut Verbs. The preterit of these verbs is formd
without reduplication. It differs from the present only by
a regular change of the radical vowel, the so-calld ablaut
(cp. 29); binda, / bind, band, / bound.
e. g.,
Reduplicating Verbs.
2. The prt. has reduplication,
but no ablaut; e. g.. halda, I hold, hafhald, / held.
3. Reduplicating Ablaut Verbs. A smaller number of
verbs hav the prt. both with ablaut and reduplication e. g., ;
I. STRONG VERBS.
A. INFLECTION OF THE STRONG VERBS.
169. The strong verbs (by means of
inflection of the
persona] endings) the same in
is all three classes ( 168).
Therefore we first giv the paradims of inflection and then
discuss the formation of the tense-stems (which is different
in each class). As paradims may serv a reduplicating verb,
haitan, to be calld, and two ablaut verbs, niman, to take,
and bin dan, to offer.
3. biudty haiti>
Dual 1. n i in os bin dos haitos
2. nimats biudats hailals
OPTATIV.
Sing. 1. iiimaii biudau haitau
2. nimais biudais haitais
3. nimai biudai haitai
I M PER ATI V.
Sing. 2. nim bin]) hait
3. nimadau bindadau haitadau
PARTICIPL.
nimamls biudands haitands
170.J Conjugation.
70 Inflection. [ 170172.
haihaist <haitan ( 69, n. 2). The extant 2nd pers. prt. of saisO (inf.
saian) is saisost. On account of the scarcity of exampls it is uncertain
whether all stems ending in a vowel had -st. The 2nd pers. prt. of rinnan
is rant ( 80).
NOTE 3. Only one strong verb is found (twice) in the 3d pers. sg.
imper.: atsteigadau, xara/Jdrw; Mt. XXVII, 42. Mk. XV, 32 (cp. 186,
n. 1 ). pers. pi. may be givn with certainty according to the weak
The 3d
verb 192, n. 1).
(
NOTE 4. The dual forms of the verb occur very seldom. The 1st pers.
du. opt. prt., iH'iiK'hva, etc., which is only givn according to the corre-
sponding form of the prs. niniaiwa, is not found at all. Also the 2nd pers.
du. opt. prt. is but an inferd form according to the anomalous wileits
( 205).
NOTE 5. Concerning the irregular formation of the present of sum
strong verbs with j, s. 206, n.
1. Ablaut Verbs.
171. The ablaut verbs form their tense-stems by a
regular change of the radical vowel, the so-calld ablaut.
The several ablaut-series and the conditions of their ap-
pearance wil be found givn in 30 35. To each of these
series belong ablaut verbs, and therefore six ablaut classes
must be distinguish^ Each ablaut verb contains four ab-
laut vowels which appear in the formation of the verb in
the following manner: (1) The first vowel belongs to the
present and to what is connected with the present (prsp.,
inf., also medio-passiv). (2) The second vowel is that of
the sg. prt. indie. (3) The third vowel appears in the du.
and pi. prt. indie, and thruout the prt. opt. (4) The fourth
Vowel belongs to the pp.
In order to determin the inflection of a strong verb, it
is customary to giv the following four forms (principal
parts): (1) 1st pers. sg. prs. indie., or the prs. inf.; (2) 1st
pers. sg. prt. indie.; (3) 1st pers. pi. prt. indie.; (4) the pp.
In the following we arrange the ablaut verbs according
to their classes.
172. Class I. Verbs of the first ablaut series : ei ai i
bund ti
in, bundans, to bind; with breaking ( 20. 24):
wairpa, warp, watirpum, waurpans, to throw, cast.
NOTE 1. Like these inflect brimian, to burn; dn-ginuan,
: to begin;
af-linnan, to depart; rinnan, to run; spin nan, to spin; winnan, to suffer;
triinpan, to tred; fra-slindan, to devour; windan, to wind; hinj>an,
to each; flu ban, to find; Jjinsan, to draw; stiggan (only by conjecture
in Mt. V, 29), to sting; bliggwan, to beat ( 68, 2); siggwan, to sing;
sigqan, to sink; stigqan, to thrust; drigkan, to drink ; gildan, to be of
value; swiltan, to die; hilpan, to help; fllhan, to hide; wilwan, to rob:
bairgan, to hide, keep; gairdan, to gird; >vairj>an, to becum; ga-^airsan,
to wither; swairluui, to wipe; bairban, to walk; Jriskan, to thresh;
ga-wrisqan, to bear fruit (these two only in the prs. tense, in I. Tim.
V, 18. Lu. VIII, 14).
NOTE 2. According to its prs. tense, also briggan would belong here;
B. 208.
NOTE 3. The prt. sg. of itan is, irregularly, et, not at; only the cpd.
fret (<fra-itan, to eat up; 4, n. 1; 7, b) is extant. Hense itan, et,
etuin, itans. Cp. the OHG. prts. az fraz (ahd. gr., 343, n. 5), ON. at.
Moller, 'Engl. Studien', 3, 154.
NOTE 4. The n of fraihuan, to ask, occurs only in the prs. stem:
frailma, frah, frehum, fraihans (cp. 206, b).
NOTE 5. The j in bidjan occurs in the prs. stem only: bidja, ba]>, bedum,
bidaus (cp. 206, n.). Onse the prs. is found without j :
usbida; Rom. IX, 3.
2. Reduplicating Verbs.
178. The
preterit of the reduplicating verbs is formd
by reduplication only, the radical vowel remaining un-
changed. The reduplication consists of the initial consonant
together with the constant reduplication vowel al (short e;
s. 20); e. g., haita, 1 am calld, prt. haihait ; foopa, I boast,
prt. Irailrop. When
the word begins with two consonants,
only the first is repeated e. g., fraisa, I tempt, prt. faifrais.
;
(a) Present.
INIHC. OPT. IMPER.
Sing. 1. salbo salbo
2. salbos salbos salbo
3. salbob salbo salbodau
INKINITIV : salbon
PARTICIPL: salbonds
(b) Preterit,
salboda, -des, -da, etc. (s. 134).
NOTE. No exampls of the 3. pers. sg. and pi. imper. ar extant, but
they maybe safely inferd like other forms; e. g., the dual forms, or the
2nd pers. sg. midl: salboza, salbozau, which hav been merely inferd ac-
cording to the other conjugations.
190. The number of verbs of the 2nd class is greater
than that of the 3d, but much smaller than that of the
verbs in -Jan. Exampls: miton, to think; tearbon, to wander;
flslion, to fish; sidon, to practis; idreigon, to repent; awi-
liudon, to thank; |>iudanun, to be king; faginon, to rejoice;
fraiijinon, to rule; reikinon, to rule; frijon, to luv; sunjon,
to justify; hausjon ( 187, n. 3).
5' 191-192.] Conjugation. 79
and 3d pers. sg. indie., in the 2nd pers. pi. indie., and in
2nd pers. pi. imper.), and in 2nd pers. sg. imper. (which
has no termination). But the ai is entirely wanting before
the endings beginning with a (6).
192. Paradim haban, to hav.
(a) Present.
IXDIC. OPT. IMPER.
Sing. 1. haba habau
2. habais habais habai
3. habai]> liabai habadau
(b) Preterit,
habaida, -des, -da, etc. (s. 184).
with compassion.
NOTE 2. That the fundamental meaning of these verbs is inehoativ
has been shown by Egge, 'Inehoativ or n-verbs in Gothic' (American
Journal of Phil., 7, p. 38 et seq.). The corresponding Norse verbs in -na
ar inehoativ only.
IXDIC.
82 Inflection. [ 198-202.
prsp. skulands.
8. man, I think, suppose, 2nd pers. [raant], pi. in u num.
opt. munjau; prt. munda, pp. niunds (Lu. Ill, 23); inf.
magands.
10. ga-nah, it suffices; binah, it is permitted, it is lawful.
These impersonal forms and the pp. binaiihts ar the only
forms extant. There may be inferd the pi. -nauhuni; prt.
-nauhta; inf. naiihan.
202. Sixth Ablaut-Series.
11. ga-mot, / hav or find room or place, 2nd pers.
[most], pi. [motum], opt. gamotjau, prt. gamosta; inf.
[gamotan].
202204.] Conjugation. 83
12. 6g, I fear, 2nd pers [oht], pi. [ogtim], opt. ogjau;
prt. ohta; inf. [ogan]. Causativ ogjan, to frighten.
NOTE 1. To 6g belongs an anomalous 2nd pers. sg. imper.: ogs, fear
thou! The opt. ogeij) does duty for the corresponding 2nd pers. pi.
NOTE 2. The only extant form of the primary strong verb is the nega-
tiv prsp. unagands, fearless.
siau, etc. But the ful forms occur far more frequently. The comparativly
small number of the forms with i is confined to the epistls (especially in
Cod. B) and to the gospel of Lu. which also in other respects shows many
irregular forms (V; 10 VIII, 25. IX, 12, 41. XIV, 31). Of two extant
;
codices (II. Cor. VII, 13. Phil. IV, 5. Col. IV, 6. I. Tim. V, 22) one (in
three cases A) always has the correct form with j.
NOTE 2. Insted of the imper. the opt. forms, sg. sijais, syai, pi. sijaib,
ar employd. The form sai (= Gr. eVrw), which occurs onse in the manu-
script, either stands erroneously for sijai, siai, or must, according to Ost-
hoff (Beitr., 8, 311), be regarded as interj. sai, 'ecce'/
=
NOTE 3. nist ni ist, is not ( 10, n. 2), Jratist = ]rata 1st, that is,
karist -
kara ist, there is care, it concerns; Jo. X, 12 ( 4, n. 1).
3. IRREGULARITIES.
206. The distinction between the present stem and
the preterit stem of the strong ablaut verbs consists only
in the change of the vowel. The consonantal skeleton of
the word remains the same. This was not always so, for
in proethnic Germanic, as in other Indo-Germanic languages,
there existed present formations with additional conso-
nantal elements. Of these a few remnants stil survive in
Gothic, which from a Gothic point of view must be regarded
as irregularities.
(a) Present formations with j. The j of these formations
which in the present inflect entirely like weak verbs of the
I. conjug. (as, nasjan, sokjan), is no formativ suffix and is
iup, upwards;fit, out; inn, into, (b) 'Where'? dalajia, below; iupa, abuv;
uta, out; iuna, 7'n; fairra, far; afta, behind, (c) 'Whense'? dalabro, TTOOT
below; iupabro and iupana, from abuv; utabro and iitaiia, from without;
innabro and innana, from within; allabro, from all sides; fairrabro, from
afar; aftana, from behind; hindana, from behind, beyond.
214. Adverbs of Time ar for the most part represented
by cases of substantivs; e. g., gistradagis, to-morrow;
himma daga, to-day; du matirgina, to-morrow; ni aiw,
never (ace. of aiws, time); framwigis, continually.
NOTE. Simpl adverbs of time are rare nu, now; ju, alredy; dir, erly;
:
simle, onse; ufta, often; from pronominal stems: fan, then; ban, when? t
2. PREPOSITIONS.
217. (a) With the Dativ :
alja, except; af, of; du, to;
mi]>, with; us, out, out of; faura, before; fram, from;
near; fairra, far off; undaro, under.
lie Ira,
on, at; w.acc., in, into, toward, against, etc. (s. the Glossary).
NOTE. Also adverbs ar uzed as prepositions with the genitiv; as,
uta>ro, utana, hiudaua, iunana ( 213, n. 2).
3. CONJUNCTIONS.
218. (a) Copulativ: jah, and, also; -uh, and (cp. 24,
n. 2); nih, and not. (b) Disjunctiv: ai]>]>au, or; andizuh . . .
ai]>]>au, either . . .
077 jaJ>Je . . . ja]>J>e, whether . . .
or; ]>au
( (c) Adversativ: ij>, J>an, a)>]>an, akei, but, how-
Juiiih), or.
ever; ak, but. (d) Causal: allis, auk, unte, rafhtis, for,
because, (e) Conclusiv: ]>anuh, j>aruh, eipan, nu, nuh,
laniiu, nuiiu, now, therefore, hense. (f ) Conditional jabai, :
4. INTERJECTIONS.
219. 6, oh! ah!; wai, woe!; sai, behold! Inter-
jectional in meaning ar the sg. hiri, the du. hirjats, andf
the pi. hirjip, cum here! (cp. 20, n. 1; 187, n. 4).
APPENDIX.
Cp. Sievers 'Grundr.', I, 407 416 ('Geschichte der got. sprache'); II,
Ax. Erdmann, folknamnen 'Gotar' och 'Goter, Stockholm 1891 (cp. Litbl.
1894, 249).
NOTE 2. The current interpretation of the two Lt. names Austro-,
Ostrogot(h)ae, -i and Wisigot(h)ae, -i, as East Goths und West Goths,
which dates back to Jordanes, might hold good for the former only;
the name of the Wisigothse which ar simply calld also Vesi, Visi, has
nothing to do with 'west'. Ep. IF., 4, 300 et seq.
NOTE 3. Concerning the Crimean Goths and the remains of their
language, s. Zs. fda., 1, 345366; W. Tomaschek, 'Die Goten in Tau-
rien', Wien 1881; Beitr., 11, 563 et seq.; F. Braun, 'Die letzten schick-
sale der Krimgoten'. Program St. Petersburg 1890 (cp. Anz. fda.
17, 167 f).
(b) It was for the Gothic peple that the group of Ger-
manic tribes to which the Goths belongd bas been fre-
quently calld the 'Gothic Group'. For this there has been
recently proposed the name 'Vandilians' (according to
Pliny, 'nat. hist.', IV, 99). The most important of these
90 Appendix.
genteus', cp. also the recent articls by Schulte, 'Gotthica minora', in Zs.
fda., 23, 51. 318 and 24, 324 et seq. lastly, J. Peters, 'Germania', 30,
;
314 et seq.
NOTE 3. Beside the translation of the Bible (and the Skeireins) there
ar no Gothic literary monuments of great moment. The most important
ones ar two Latin title deeds with Gothic signatures at Naples and
Arezzo, and the abuv (with Codex A) mentiond fragment of a Gothic
calendar. The editions of Wulfila contain these remains also. Concern-
ing the Gothic words and alfabets in the Salzburg-Vienna manuscript
( 1, n. 5; 2, n. 2) and other remains of the Gothic language, cp.
Massmann's articl 'Gotthica minora', in Zs. fda., 1, 294393. Con-
cerning Gothic runic inscriptions, s. Wimmer, 'Die runenschrift (1887), p.
62 et seq. R. Henning, 'Die deutschen runendenkmaler', Strassburg
;
1889 (and Zs. fdph., 23, 354 et seq.; Wimmer, 'de tyske runemindes-
maerker, Aarb. f. nord. oldk. og hist.' 1894, 1 et seq.). The most im-
portant inscription is that of the Bukai-est ring ('gold-ring of Pietroassa',
Henning, 27 et seq.): gutaniowi hailag.
NOTE The numerous proper nouns in Gothic, which ar contaiud
4.
in Greek and stil more so in Latin sources, hav been utilized by Dietrich
222. EDITIONS.
The first printed edition of the 'Codex Argenteus' is
that by Fr. Junius, Dortrecht 1665. All the erlier editions
(the titles of which s. in Bernhardt's 'Vulfila', p. LXIII et
seq., and in Balg's 'First Germanic Bible', p. XVII et seq. ;
cp. also v. Bahder, 'Die deutsche philologie', Paderborn
1883, p. 44 et seq.) hav now only historical value. For
the study of the Gothic language the following editions ar
of importance :
Germanic Bible translated from the Greek by the Gothic bishop Wulfila
in the fourth century, and the other remains of the Gothic language,
edited (according to Bernhardt's edition), with an introduction, a syn-
tax, and a glossary, by G. H. Balg. Milwaukee, Wis. 1891.
plete material.
(c) The treatment of the Gothic fonology, in Holtz-
mann's 'Altdeutsche Grammatik'. Leipzig 1870.
Word-Formation.
II.
NOTE 1. Sum grammatical facts hav been laid down in the useful
articls of J. H. Gal lee, 'Gutiska' (I.) 'Lijst van gotische woorden, wier
APELT, 0., 'Ueber den accus. c. infin. im gotischen' (Germ., 19, 280-97).
BERNHARDT, E., (a) 'Die partikel ga als hilfsmittel bei der got. con-
jugation' (Zs. fdph. 2, 15866). (b) 'Ueber den genet, partit. nach
trangiitiven verben im got.' (Zs. fdph., 2, 29294). (c) 'Der artikel
im gotischen' (19 pp.), Progr. Erfurt 1874. (d) 'Der gotische op-
tativ' (Zs. fdph., 8, 138). (e) 'Zur got. syntax' (Zs. fdph. 9, 383
et seq.). (f) 'Zur got. casuslehre' ('Beitr. zur deutscheu philol.'
Halle 1880, 71 82. (g) 'Zur got. casuslehre' (Zs. fdph., 13, 120).
BORRMANN, J., 'Ruhe und Richtung in den gotischen verbalbegriffen'.
Halle diss. 1892 (39 pp.).
BURCKHARDT, F., 'Der got. conjunctiv verglichen rait den entsprechen-
den modis des neutestamentl. griechisch'. Zschopau 1872 (36 pp.).
reviewd by Erdmann, in Zs. fdph., 4, 455 59.
COLLIN, 'Sur les conjonctions gothiques' (40 pp., in Lunds univers.
arsskrift, XII. 1875-76).
DORFELD, C., 'Ueber die function des praeflxes ge- (got. ga-) in der
composition mit verben. Teil 1. Das praefix bei Ulfilas und Tatian'.
:
LUCKE, O., 'Absolute participia im got. und ihr verhaltnis zum griech.
original, mit besonderer beriicksichtigung der Skeireins'. Gottingen
diss. Magdeburg 1876 (58 pp.)- Reviewd by Bernhardt in Zs.
fdph., 8, 35254.
MAROLD, (a) 'Futurum und futurische ausdrucke im gotischen'
K.,
(Wissensch. monatsblatter 1875, 169 176). (b) 'Ueber die got.
conjunctionen, welche ^>v und Y^-P vertreten'. Progr. Konigsberg
1881 (30 pp.).
MOERKERKEN, P. H. van, 'Over de verbinding der volzinnen ia't go-
tisch'
(Bekroond en uitgeg. door de k. vlaarasche acad. voor taal
. .
SCHRADER, K., 'Ueber den syntakt. gebrauch des genitivs in der got.
Gottingen diss. 1875 (58 pp.).
sprache'.
SKLADNY, das got. passiv.' Progr. Neisse 1873 (19 pp.).
A., 'Ueber
Reviewd by Bernhardt in Zs. fdph., 6, 483.
SILBER, 'Versuch iiber den got. dativ.' Progr. Naumburg 1845 (16 pp.).
STREITBERG, W., 'Perfective und imperfective actionsart im germani-
schen'. Introduction and I. part: 'Gotisch' (Beitr. 15, 70177).
TOBLER, L., 'Conjunctionen mit mehrfacher bedeutung; ein beitrag zur
lehre vom satzgefiige' (Beitr. 5, 358 88).
WEISKER, Ed., 'Ueber die bedingungssatze im gotischen'. Progr. Frei-
burg in Schlesieu 1880 (14 pp.).
SELECTIONS FOR READING.
1. FROM THE GOSPEL OF ST. MATTHEW.
(CODEX ARGENTEUS).
auk qi]?a izwis und ]?atei uslei)?i}? himins jah airj?a, jota
:
M usstagg MS.
98 Matthew V. VI.
)?us;
batizo ist auk ]>us ei fraqistnai ains lij?iwe J^einaize,
jah ni allata leik pein gadriusai in gaiainnan. 30 jah jabai
taihswo peina, handus rnarzjai puk, afmait ]>o jah wairp af
>us; batizo ist auk pus ei fraqistnai ains lij?iwe J?einaize,
ah ni allata leik pern gadriusai in gaiainnan. 31 qij?anuh
?an ist J?atei hrazuh 1 ) saei afletai qen, gibai izai afstassais
>okos. 32 ip ik qij?a izwis }?atei hmzuh saei afleti)? qen
seina, inuh fairina kalkinassaus, tauji]? po horinon jah sa ;
MS. 3
fulhsja MS.
2 in the
!) ) fulhlsnja ) margin faihuj?ra . .
,
jain];>ro
Zaibaidaiaus jahlohanne brol?ar is, jah ]?ans in skipa manvv-
jandans natja. 20 jah suns haihait ins. jah afletandans
attan seinana Zaibaidaiu in ]?amma skipa imp asnjarn,
gali}?un afar imma.
21 Jah gali]?un in Kafarnaum, jah suns sabbato daga
galei]?ands in synagogen laisida ins. 22 jah usfilmans waur-
J?un ana j^izai laiseinai is; unte was laisjands ins swe
waldufni habands jah ni s was we J?ai bokarjos. 23 jah was
in J>izai synagogen ize manna in unhrainjamma ahmin, jah
ufhropida 24 qij^ands: fralet, hra uns jah }?us, lesu Nazo-
renai? qamt fraqistjan uns; kann }?uk, hras pu is, saweiha
gulps. 25 jah andbait ina lesus qijmnds p>ahai jah usgagg
:
i) leita MS. 2
) haimon MS.
102 Mark I. II.
qi]?a: urreis iiimuh |>ata badi ]?ein jah gagg du garda }>ei-
namma. 12 jah urrais suns jah ushafjandsbadi usiddja faura
andwair]?ja allaize, swaswe usgeisnodedun allai jah hauhide-
dunmikiljandansguj?,qij?andans}?atei aiwswa nigasehrum ).
:<
fldworin MS. 2
) afletanda MS.
3
) gasehru MS.
Mark II. III.
Galeilaian MS.
104 Mark III.
unhrainjana habai]?.
31 Jah qemun J?an ai]?ei is jah broj^rjus is jah uta stan-
dandona insandideduu du imma, haitandona ina. 32 jah
setun bi ina managei; qe|?un J?an du imma: sai, ai^ei ]?eina
jah bro]?rjus ]?einai jah swistrjus }>einos uta sokjand \>uk.
33 jah andhof im qijmnds: hro ist so aip>ei meina ai]?Jmu
l
) wanting MS.
Murk III. IV. 105
ina, 7 jah hropjands stibnai mikilai qa]?: hra mis jah f>us,
lesu, sunau gups J?is hauhistins? biswara j?uk bi gu]?a, ni
balwjais mis! 8 unte qaj? imma: usgagg, ahma unhrainja,
us J>ammamann! 9 jah frah ina: lira namo J?ein? jah qa)?
du imma: namo mein Laigaion, unte managai sijum. 10
jah ba]? ina filu ei ni usdrebi im us landa. 11 wasuh ]?an
jainar hairda sweine haldana at ]?amma fairgunja. 12 jah
bedun ina allos ]?os unhulj^ons qi]?andeins: insandei unsis
in J?o sweina, ei in ]?o galeijmima. 13 jah uslaubida im
lesus suns, jah usgaggandans ahmans }?ai uuhrainjans
gali]?un in }>o sweina, jah rann so hairda and driuson in
marein; wesunu]?-}mn swe twos J?usuridjos, jah afhrapno-
dedun in marein. 14 jah ]?ai haldandans ]?o sweina ga]?lau-
hun jah gataihun in baurg jah in haimom, jah qemun
saihmii hm wesi ]?ata waurj^ano. 15 jah atiddjedun du
lesua, jah gasailvand ]?ana wodan sitandan jah gawasidana
jah frajjjandan, ]?ana saei habaida laigaion, jah ohtedun.
16 jah spillodedun im ]?aiei gaseluun, Ivaiwa war]? bi J?ana
wodan jah bi ]?o sweina. 17 jah dugunnun bidjan ina ga-
lei)?an hindar markps seinos. 18 jah inngaggandan 'ina
in skip ba}? ina, saei was wods, ei mij? imma wesi. 19 jah
ni lailot ina, ak qa]? du imma: gagg du garda J^einamma
du |?einaim, jah gateih im, hran filu }?us frauja gatawida
jah gaarmaida f>uk. 20 jah galai]? jah dugann merjan in
Daikapaulein, Ivan filu gatawida imma lesus; jah allai
sildaleikidedun.
21 Jah usleijmndin lesua in skipa aftra hindar marein,
gaqemun sik manageins filu du imma, jah was faura marein,
22 jah sai, qimi]? ains ]Mze synagogafade namin Jaeirus;
jah sailuands ina gadraus du fotum lesuis, 23 jah ba]? ina
filu, qi]?ands J>atei dauhtar meina aftumist habai]?, ei qi-
mands lagjais ana \>o handuns, ei ganisai jah libai. 24 jah
o-alaij? mip imma, jah iddjedun afar imma manageius filu
jah |?raihun ina. 25 jah qinono suma wisandei in runa
blo>is jera twalif, 26 jah manag ga]?ulandei fram mana-
gaim lekjam jah fraqimandei allamma seinamma jah ni
waihtai botida, ak mais wairs habaida, 27 gahausjandei
bi lesu, atgaggandei in managein aftana attaitok wastjai
is. 28 unte qaj? J>atei jabai wastjom is atteka, ganisa.
29 jah sunsaiw ga]?aursnoda sa brunna blo]?is izos, jah
ufkun|?a ana leika j?atei gahailnoda af Jmmma slaha. 30 jah
sunsaiw lesus ufkunj>a in sis silbin ]?o us sis maht usgag-
gandein gawandjands sik in managein qaj?: Ivas mis taitok
;
J
) Avisandin kindina Syriais is evidently a marginal gloss of the
manuscript, which was accidentally put in the text.
Luke II. 109
usfulnodedun MS. 2
) anandwair)?ja MS.
110 Luke II. II. Cor. I.
1 2
) wisedun MS. According to codex B; from verse
) 8, onward,
with the various readings of A.
11. Cor. I. HI
3 pin bibs guj? jah atta fraujins unsaris lesuis Xristaus.
atta bleibeino jah gup allaizo gablaihte, 4 saei gabrafstida
uns ana allai aglon unsarai, ei mageima weis gabrafstjan
bans in allaini aglom bairh bo gaj^laiht bizaiei gabrafstidai
sijum silbans fram guba. 5 unte svvaswe ut'arassus 1st bu-
laine Xristaus in uns, swa jah bairh Xristu ufar filu ist jah
gabrafsteins unsara. 6 a};>ban ja]?be breihanda, in izwa-
raizos gablaihtais jah naseinais bizos waurstweigons in
stiwitja ]Mzo samono bulaine, bozei jah weis vvinnam, jah
wens unsara gatulgida faur izwis; jabbe gabrafstjanda in
izwaraizos gablaihtais jah naseinais, 7 witandaus ]?atei
swaswe gadailans }?ulaine siju}), jah ga}?laihtais wairjjij?.
8 unte ni wileima izwis unweisans, broj?rjus, bi aglon unsara
po waur}?anoii uns in Asiai, unte ufarassau kauridai wesum
ufar maht, swaswe ) skamaidedeima uiis jah liban. 9 akei
1
Chap. II.
2
) 1 Abban gastauida bata silbo at mis, ei
aftra in saurgai ni qimau at 2 unte jabai ik gaurja
izwis.
8
izwis, jah liras ist saei gailjai mik, niba ) sa gaurida us mis?
3 4
)bata silbo gamelida izwis, ei qimands saurga ni
ja}?-
habau tram baimei skulda faginon, gatrauands in allaim
5
izvvis batei meina fahebs ) allaize izwara ist. 4 abban us
managai aglon jah aggwibai hairtins gamelida izwis bairh
6
inanaga tagra, ni beei saurgaib, ak ei frijabwa ) kunneib
bpei haba ufarassau du izwis. 5 abban jabai liras gaurida,
ni mik gaurida, ak bi sumata ), ei iii anakaurjau allans 7
2
Xristaus, saei 1st frisahts gups ungasaihmnins ). 5 a]?]9an
ni uns silbans merjam, ak lesu Xristu fraujau, ip uns
skalkans 3 ) izwarans in lesuis. 6 unte gu]? saei qaj? ur-riqiza
liuhaj? skeinan, saei jah liuhtida in hairtam unsaraim du
liuhadein kun}?jis wul]?aus gu}?s in andwair]?ja lesuis
Xristaus.
7 AJ?J>an habandans ]?ata huzd in airj?einaim kasam, ei
ufarassus sijai mahtais guj?s jah ni us unsis. 8 in allamma
J?raihanai, akei ni gaaggwidai; andbitanai, akei ni afslau-
Jridai; 9 wrikanai, akei ni bilijpanai; gadrausidai, akei ni
fraqistidai, 10 sinteino dauj?ein fraujins lesuis ana leika
unsaramma bairandans, ei jah libains, lesuis ana leika
4
)
unsaramma 5
) uskunj?a sijai.
11 sinteino weis libandans in
dau]?u atgibanda in lesuis, ei jah libains lesuis swikunj?a
wairj?ai in riurjamma leika unsaramma. 12 svvaei uu dau-
}>U8 inuns waurkei)?, i}> libains in izwis. 13 habandans nu
J?ana samaii ahman galaubeinais bi ]?amma gamelidin:
galaubida, in ]?izei jah rodida, jah weis galaubjam, in ]?izei
jah rodjam, 14 witandans J?atei sa urraisjands fraujan lesu
jah unsis J?airh lesu urraisei}5 jah fauragasatjij? mij? izwis.
15 }?atuh }?an allata in izwara, ei ansts managnandei J^airh
managizans awiliud ufarassjai du wul]?au gu}?a. J.6 inuh
f>is ak J?auhjabai sa utana unsar
ni wairj?am usgrudjans,
manna frawardjada, ai}?J?au sa innuma ananiujada daga 6
jah daga. 17 unte ]?ata andwair|?o lireilahrairb jah leiht )
aglons unsaraizos bi ufarassau aiweinis wulj?aus kaurei
waurkjada unsis. 18 ni fairweitjandam J?izei gasailyanane,
ak J?izei ungasaihranane unte J?o gasaihjanona riurja siud,
;
saram B
stops here. 5
) The words pat in Italics are wanting in the
manuscript, they are interpolated translations from the Greek original.
) Here A begins again.
8 9
) hreiht MS. ) jag A.
7 in A.
) jah wanting
10 unsis A.
)
II. Cor. V. Skeireins 49. 115
swe wildedun. 12. )?anuh, bi}?e sadai waur|?un, qaj> du siponjam seinaim:
galisij? Ipos aflifnandeins drauhsnos, |?ei waihtai ni fraqistnai. 13. )?anuh
galesun jah gafullidedun 'ib' tainjons gabruko us fimf hlaibam J?aim barizei-
nam, }>ate\ aflifnoda ^aim matjandam. a *) ains interpolated by Uppstrom.
116 Skeireins 49. 50.
J
) wesun interpolated hy Vollmer. 2
) wisandiii MS. 3
) swe after
auk in MS. *) ist MS.
EXPLANATORY NOTES.
possibility (S., 99, c): whosoever breaks and 'should teach. miunista;
an exceptional case of a weak adj. without the art. ]>iiulangardjai himine;
without the art. (in the Grk. text rrt ru>v). . . . .
ditional sentence, the vs. of the protasis being in the .opt., those of the
apodosis in the imper. (S., 102, e). aibr; s. 'Vocabulary'. Jreins; attri-
118 Explanatory Notes.
butes generally follow their sb. (S., 10, n. 2). toa; here indef. (Gr., 162,
n. 2; S., 78, n. 2). 24. Here the apodosis begins. bo; the art. is uzed,
because the sacrifice (aibr) is again mentiond (as giba) (S., 67). beina;
for its strong inflection, s. Gr. 122, n. 1. brobr beinamma ; dat. after
gasibjon (S., 43). 25. aiidastanin beinamma; dat. after waila hugjands
(S., 41). ibai, lest, lit. perhaps, which sense is also exprest by the opt.
atgibai. stauin; from staua, in. (Gr., 108; not f.; Gr., 97). in karkara
gal.; gal. in w. ace., more frequently w. dat.; see qimib in, abuv.; jah
galagjaza, and [then] thou wilt be cast. 26. usgaggis .
nsgibis; the first
.
prs. expresses the first, the second the past future. uiinnistan ; this word
does not exactly answer toy arm ( which Wulfila in other places renders by
aftuma, aftumists, spediza, spedists, spediimists ). It is not impossibl, how-
ever, that kintus rneut not one particular coin (or mezure), but any coin
(or mezure) of litl value.
27. For the tenses and opt. mood, see 21, abuv. 28. saei saihrib;
ind. in a rel. clause for a Grk. ptc. (S., 99). du luston; inf. of purpose
after du (S., 14*4). izos; gen. after luston (S., 26). gahurinoda (For
the Grk.aor.; S.,87,(3)) izai; instrumental dat. of association (S.,52,(l),c).
29. marzjai; opt. necessitated by the sense, not by the conj. jabai (S., 102).
usstigg ita jah wairp; the order of words is Grk.; in Engl. we repeat
the object 'it' after the second v. (wairp). gadriusai in gaiainnau; gadr.
in w. ace.; onse (Lu. 8, 7) it takes the dat.; comp. qiman in, chap. V, 20,
abuv. 30. taihswo beina handus; comp. the sequence of words (without
the art.) with the similar expression (with the art.) in 29, abuv. bo,
this, that; but abrijv in Grk. batizo ist bus ei, etc.; the dependent clause
after batizo ist is sumtimes an ace. w. inf. (S., 113); bus is dat. of advan-
tage (S., 36, (4)). fraqistnai .... gadriusai; both optativs imply possi-
bility (S., 103). 31. -uh ban; both particls (= ban alone) ar here cou-
tinuativ: but farther, also, saei afletai qen; opt. in a rel. clause which
does not contain a statement of the speaker, but of sum one else (cp
verse 32, below); qen is less definit here than in the following verse, where
seina is emfatic, and qen seina means as much as 'his legitimate wife.
gibai; hort. opt. (S., 91, (2)). afstassais bokos, a writing (lit. letters;
cp. the Latin 'littera': 'litterae') of divorcement (lit. 'standing off ; cp. the
G. 'abstand' in the sense of 'desisteiice'). 32. saei afletty taujib; the
vs. ar in the ind. mood, because they contain the speaker's statements
(as opposed to the preceding ones). ize; for izei (Gr., 157, n. 3). 33.
ufarswarais .
.nsgibais; hort. opt. (S., 91, (2)).
.
fraujin; without the
articl, when signifying God (S., 68, n. 2. The Grk. text has TW). 3'4. swaran;
objectiv inf. after qiban, to say, with the sense of 'commanding' (S., 110).
gubs; gen. in its abbreviated form (Gr., 94, n. 3). 35. baurgs; with-
out the art., as in Grk. 36. tagl, a sing! hair; skuft, the hairs collectivly.
37. sijaib-Jan (for sijaih ban, for sijai-uh ban; see Gr., 62, n. 3), but . .
shall be. bata (art.) managizo; n. coinpar. uzed as sb.: lit. 'the more',
i. e. what is more. bairn; dat. as abl. (S., 54, 3), after the compar.
managizo (= ban w. nom.; cp. the Grk. gen. and the Lt. abl. in such cases).
ubiliu; dat. of the n. sg. ubilo uzed as sb. 38. und, for, in return for,
w. dat.; in other senses, and more frequently, w. ace. 39. andstandan;
Matthew V. VI. 119
inf.,as in verse 34. allis; adverbial gen., from the adj. alls, at all, with-
out equivalent in the Grk. text. Wulflla probably inserted it according to
verse 34, where the Grk. text shows o/loi?. Camilla nnseljin; weak adj.
n. uzed as sb.; see ubilin in 37, abuv. leas; here indef., as in 23, abuv.
stautai ; opt., as in 29, abuv; likewise the imper. wandei in the apodosis.
jah, also. 40. jah, and. Jiatmna wiljaudin; a participial construction,
as in Grk. (r<3 &l).ovri). niman; complimentary inf. after wiljaudin (as
in 42, below; S., 109). 41. anaiiaubjai gaggais; the prs. opt. in pro-
. .
tasis and apodosis (S., 102, a). rasta aiua; ace. expressing extent of
space (S., 15, (2), /9); rasta (for [tthov, the Eoman mile), lit. 'rest', place
of resting, a, stage or station, also the distance between two stages.
42. Camilla wiljandin; dat. as abl. after nswandjais (S., 54, (1), where
us should be inserted after af). leiban (complementary inf.; S., 109) sis,
to borrow; leihmn, to lend. 43. frijos .flais fland
. .
frijob lijaniN;
these words and several others ar found both with and without j (Gr.,
10, n. 4); fland (fljand), ace. of flands (fljauds), enemy, lit. hating, prsp.
of fl(j)an, to hate (Gr., 115). 44. biubjaib bans ivrikandaus; bless ye
(= treat wel; for the dat. after biubjan, 8. S., 45, page 246, below).
bi, concerning, for. nsbriutamlans; ace. of the prs. ptc. (Gr., 133) of
usbriutan, the us- being intensiv -briutan
;
=
'-trude' in 'obtrude'.
45. ei wairbaib siinjns; ei, that, in order that; wairbaib, prs. opt. in a
final clause (S., 96, a). in hiininam; adv. frase uzed substantivly after
the art. (bis). urranneib; ur- from us; Gr., 24, n. 2; 78, n. 4. rigneib;
from rigujan, factitiv of rign, n., rain. 46. teo mizdono; the interr. fco
agrees with the following gen. in gender, -niu (i. e. ni-u); interr. particl.
Jai biudo, the (= those) of the Gentiles, the Gentiles; biudo is gen. pi.
ofbiuda, peple. 47. pans fryonds izwarans, the frends (of) yours, your
frends; frijoiids is sb. in form (Gr., 115) and meaning, while bans frijon-
dans stil has its verbal force; izwarans is a poss. prn. ace. pi. agreeing
with frijomls, but izwis is a personal prn. ace. pi. guvernd by frijondans.
tee; instr. case of bra, n. of teas (Gr., 159; S., 51). managizo; compar.
after tee (S., 51). 48. jus; for the personal prn. with a vb., see verse 22,
abuv. swaswe atta izwar sa in himinam is the subject, not sa, sa in
hiininam being an attribute of atta izwar, and may be renderd by a rel.
clause in English.
Chap. VI. 1. taujan; complimentary inf. after atsaiteib (2nd pers. pi.
imper.). du saitean im prop, a gerundiv construction, to be seen by then],
lit. '/or them to see'. The activ inf. in Gothic often has a passiv force
(S., 106, n. 3, end). aibbau, or eZse, otherwise. 2. ban, when. tanjais;
opt. in a temporal clause (S., 100). haurnjais; hort. opt. (S., 91, (2)).
bai liutans; the art. denotes a class of peple (S., 68-, (6), n.). hauhjain-
dau; prs. opt. pass, in a final clause (S., 96, a, a). frain, by. qiba;
without ik; see V, 22, abuv. andauenmn; pret. expressing completion
(=our they hav receivd (Cp. 5, below). 3. |>uk taujandau
prs. perf.):
arniaion ni witi hleidumei beina, tea tanji> taihswo behia; a puzling con-
struction, indeed I
(Cp. O. Luecke, 'Absolute Participia im Gotischen, etc.';
and E. Bernhardt, 'Gotische Grammatik', p. 116). Sum Latin manuscripts
hav 'te fucieiitem'. But |>uk taujandau probably depends on witi : Let
120 Explanatory Notes.
not thy left hand know thee doing alms, what thy right hand doeth
(=: when thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know what thy right hand
doeth.) 4. sijai; prs. opt. in a final clause (S., 96, a). saihrib; ind. in a
rel. clause expressing a fact (S., 99). usgibib; prs. ind. for the Grk. fut.
(S., 86, (3)). 5. ei gaumjaimlaii maniiam; dat. after gaumjan in the pass.
('to be seen bf = 'to appear' or 'show one's self to'). batei haband, etc.;
galukands (S., 52, (4), note). 7. bidjandansub ; s before the enclitic -uh
(-ub; Gr., 62, n. 3) generally becums z (Gr., 78, c). bai biudo; gen. after
the art. in the nom.; see V, 46. im; dat. (of the pers. prn. is) after the
impers. bugkeib (S., 42, n.). andhaiisjaindau; prs. opt. pass, expressing
probability (S., 91, (3)). 8. bairn (dem. pru. S., 63); iustr. dat. after
galeikob (S., 51 and 52). bizei jus baurbub, of what you ar in
need; jjizei is gen. of attraction (= bata bizei; S., 70, n. 1; 72); for the
inflection of baurbub, s. Gr., 196. bidjaib; opt. in a temporal clause.
9. bidjaib; hort. opt. (S., 91, (2)). atta uusar bu; voc. accumpanied
by bu (for the Greek art. S., 14, us. 1 and 2). (9 ... 13) weihnui . .
qimai wairbai
. .
briggais; opts, expressing a wish, while the impera-
tivs gif .... aflet lausei imply what the speaker desires to be done
now (S., 91, n. 1). 11. hlaif uusarana baua sinteinan, our bred, the daily
= our daily bred; sinteins, continual (= daily) is undoutedly ment to ex-
press the 'cotidiauum' of the Itala, for the Grk. rov Ixtoutrtov means the
following [ij kKtouao. (whense xL<>baio<f), sc. yfj.gpa, the following day].
himma daga; loc. dat. (S., 53, (2)): to day. (For the dein. himnia, s. Gr.,
155). 12. uns; dat. of the indir. object, as in 14, below. batei; ace.
after sknlaus sijaiuia (S., 15, n. 5). 13. in fraistnbnjai ; dat. after in,
where we should expect the ace., as in V, 20. beina ist; the predicate
is in the sg., altho it belongs to three coordinate subjects (S., 5, n. 1),
the gender of beina being that of the first subject (S., 9, n. 3). in ahvins
(ace. pi. of the i-declension see Gr., 91, n. 5), for ages, for ever.
;
14.
afletib (2nd pers. pi. prs. ind.) afletib (3d pers. sing. prs. ind., for the
. . .
Grk. future); the ind. in both clauses regarded as statements implying facts
(S., 102). ize, of them their (S., 60).=15. ban 5 adv.; see V, 20.-
missadedins; ace. pi. of -debs (-(K-tls; s. Gr., 74, n. 2). 18. maintain; dat.,
as in 5, abuv. usgibib bus; cp. verse 6, end. 19. frawardeib; sg., altho
belonging to two subjects connected by jah (S., 5, n. 1). 21. ist; for the
Grk. future. jah, also. 22. lukarn leikis ist augo; the subject is augo;
in the Grk. text the art. occurs with each noun. wairbib; for <rrat.
23. Iran fllu; supply ist from the protasis. 24. twaim fraujam; dat. of
the relation of one person towards another (S., 37 and 45); so after the
following vbs., ufhauseib and frakunnan (S., 41). jabai; as if for e/,
but the Grk. text has ^'; hense the follg. jah means also. 25. dubbe; for
du-h-be (see 'Vocabulary'). saiwalai leika; dats. of the thing towards
. . .
which the action of the vb., maurnaib, is directed (S., 40): for your life.
matjaib . .
drigkaib . .
wasjaib; opt. in indir. questions (S., 95). toe;
instr. case (Gr., 153 and 159; 52, (2)).
S., fodeinai wastjom; abl. dats.
. .
of the compar. degree (S., 57, n.). paim; abl. dat., as fodeinai in 25.
29. qipuh; for qipa-uh (Gr., 4, n. 1). liiinma daga; 8. verse 11.
gistradatris, to-morrow; the corresponding word of the cognate dialects
means yesterday. See 'Vocabulary'. wisando; prs. ptc. n. (weak infl.;
Gr., 133) galagi)>; pp. n. (strong infl.; Gr., 134).
. . .
gnfrj subject. 31.
matjam drigkam; ind.: what shal we eat
. . ilrink [now] wasjaima . . . .
[sc. uns]; opt. (for the Grk. fut.): wherewith shal [= may (S., 91, (3))]
we clothe ourselvs [hereafter]? 32. waituh; for ivait-uli.
art. is omitted before these gens. (S., 68, n. 2). 2. gauu'lip ist; for the
Grk. perf. Dsaiin praufetau ; in the Greek text the art. is uzed before both
data. (S., 68, n. 2); for the different forms of prati fetus, s. 'Vocabulary'.
sai (Gr., 204, n. 2). ik; the pers. prn. might here be omitted, as it does
not seem to be emfasized (S., 59). Probably for this reason sum MSS.
do not hav it. saei; rel. prn. (Gr., 157). gamauweip; the prs. for the
Grk. future (S., 86, (3)). J>einaua; after its sbs., because it is not em-
fatic (S., 10, n. 2). 3. wopjandins; gen. sg. of wopjanda, weak prs. ptc.
(Gr., 133). manweip; there is no perceptibl difference between this v. and
158; S., 73). 12. sai, ahnia, not sa alnna, because ahina, 'Holy Ghost ,
occurs always without the art. (Bernhardt, note to this passage). 13.
dage; partit. gen. with tiguns (Gr., 142; S., 21). dinzani; dat. pi. of
dius (Gr., 78, b; 94). imiiia; dat. with andbahtidedun (S., 38). 14.
Oaleilaia; (Grk.) dat. after qaiii in; see V, 20. 15. usfullnuda . . .
atnehrida;
for the Grk. perfect (S., 87, (2)). galaubeip in.; with the dat. (for other
constructions after galaubjan, see S., 41 and note). 16. faur, along, lit.
before. Galeilaias; (Grk.) gen. as in verse 9. is, his, i. e. Simon's (S.,
62). 17. hirjats; dual of hiri (Gr., 20, n. 1). igqis; dir. obj. mituiis ;
predicate ace. (S., 18). seiua; poss. prn. referring to the subj. of the
122 Explanatory Notes.
sentence; cp. verse 16. 19. inn gaggands, going on. ]>ana /aibaidaians,
[that of Zebedee, =
the 'Zebedeean' =] the son ofZebedee. Observ the adj.
force of the gen. (S., 19 and 21). is; see verses 16 and 18, abuv.
nianwjandans ; weak inflection of the prs. ptc. uzed as sb., and with an
obj., natja (Gr., 133. Cp. also Gr., 115; and lilt. V, 47). 20. seiuana;
this poss. prn. refers to the subj.; cp. the poss. is in v. 19; also v. 16.
21. sabbato; indecl. sb. for the gen. pi. synagogen; ace. 22. usfiliuans,
this is one of the adjs. that follow the weak infl. only (Gr., 132, n. 2).
23. synagogen; dat. in (the second); denotes a condition: in, with.
24. Ira uns jah bus, what hav we to do with thee, lit. what [is there} to
us and to thee (S., 35, n. 1). Nazorenai; a Grk. ending, or -ai is an
error for -an. uns; is dat. or ace. with fraqistjan (S., 46). weiha;
weak adj. uzed as sb. gubs; gen. (Gr., 94, n. 3). 25. ut us Jmmma, out
of him (lit. this, for the Grk. auros. S., 63). unhrainja; the weak infl.
of adjs. in the voc. case is quite common in Gothic. 26. stibnai mikilai;
instr. dat. (S., 52, (2)). 27. inib sis misso, with one another (S., 59, n.).
sijai; prs. opt. in a dir. question implying possibility (S., 91, (3)).
Ivd, of what kind; the copula is omitted, as in Grk. laiseino; gen. pi.;
s. Mt. V, 46; also Gr 159. ,
ahmain paim unhrainjani; dat. with ana-
biudib (S., 37). imma; dat. after ufhausjand (S., 38; and 45). 28. is,
his. bisitands, neighbor (lit. sitting, i. e. dwelling, near; for this kind of,,
nouns, see Gr., 115). 28. in garda; in with dat. after qiinan; see Mt. V>
20. lohannen; with a Grk. ending. There is 110 flxt rule for the declension
of proper names in Gothic (Gr., 120). 30. in briunon; in fever, lit. 'in
burning'. 31. im; dat. pi. of is, guvernd by andbahtida (S., 38); refers to
Jesus and those with him. 32. andaiiahtja waurbanaiuma; dat. abs. (S.,
119). fran; for <Je, the second ban for ore. sanil; this word occurs-
only twice in Gothic, and without the art. (S. 262), the uzual word for
'sun' being sunno. 34. missaleikaim sauhtiiu; instr. dat. (or 'with-case'.
S., 50) of cause: ubil habandans m.s., (having evil=) being sick with
divers diseases. 36. jah galaistans >vaurbun imma; iinina is instr. dat. of
accumpauiment or association, depending on the predicate noun galaistans
(S., 52, (1), a). 37. batei, conj., that, before a dir. quotation. 38. bisun-
jane; attributiv adv. preceded by the art. (S., 68, (2)). 40. J>rutsflli
habands, (a person) having leprosy, for Asnpos, a leper. kimvam kiiuss-
jands; an alliterativ expression, kniwam being a superfluous instr. dat.
(S., 52, (2)). 41. imma; dat. guvernd by attaitok (S., 40). wiljau; the
opt. of this vb. discharges the function of the ind. (Gr., 205). wairJv
be thou (for the distinction between the imper. and the hort. opt., see
S., 91, n. 1). 42. bata . bata; the former is the dem. prn., the latter the
,
art. 43. imma; dir. obj. in the dat., guverud by galtotjands (S., 40; cp.
verse 41, abuv). 44. qibais; opt. in a final clause (S., 96, a). niannhun;
indef. prn. in the dat. (Gr., ataugjan; inf. of purpose (without
163, a).
du, to) after gagg (S., 114). fram (xspt), concerning, for. batei; rel.
prn., for bata-ei (Gr., 4, n. 1 157), that which,
; giba J6ei in Mt. VIII, 4.
45. swaswe, so that. is, be (= lesus), while the first is refers to the
heald man.
Chap. II. 1. Iratei; conj., that (Gr., 157, u. 2). ist (for isriv); we
Mark II. 123
should rather expect the prt. 2. swaswe jubau ni gauiostedun (prt. of
gaiiidtan; Gr., 202) nih at daiira, so that they found no room any more f
not even at the door. im; dat. of the iiidir. obj-. (S., 37). waurd; in
Gr.: ruv
).bfov.
3. liafanana (ace. sg. of hafans; Gr., 134), pp. of hafjaii
(Gr., 177, u. 2). 4. iinina; dat. guvernd by nehra (qiman; cp. netojau sik,
S., 39). faura (w. dat.), because of. usgrabauds; for iopu*avrt<i,
digging out; hense breaking up (sc. hrot). insailidedun pata badi jali
fralailutun (for %aJiutffiv rov xpdfiarroy), lit.: they tied the bed to cords and
let (it) down. 5. Jmsj dat. after afletanda (S., 37). 6. pagkjandans sis,
reasoning with themselvs, the refl. dat., sis, does duty for the Grk. midl
(S., 47, n. 1). 7. Ita (ace. sg. of the interr. prn., TJ, quare), why?
sa; dem. prn. (S., 63). ains, alone. 8. ahinin seinaiuma; loc. dat. (S.,
53, (1), c). sis; refl. dat., as in verse 6, abuv. duke, = du-hre, toe being
an instr. case proper (Gr., 159, n. 1; S., 51). 9. du qipan .... qipan;
two subj. infs., the former with, the latter without du (S., 107, a and b).
10. mans; gen. sg. (Gr., 117, (1)). 11. uiiuuli, and take. 12. jah hauhi-
dedun mikiljandans gup, and glorifying praised God, for du^d^nv ruv &zov.
Similarly in chap. I, v. 27: afslaujmodedun sildaleikjaudans, for i^a/^^aav.
aiw . ni, ever not,
. =
never, aiw is, properly, the ace. sg. of aiws, time,
and answers in form and meaning our 'aye'. gasehnim; notice change
of person. 13. iddjedun; pi. vb., agreeing with the subj., all, in sense
(S., 5 and 82, c). 14. pana Alfaius; cp. 1, 19. Ill, 18. 15. warp
jah inanagai, etc. (for a different construction with warj, s. Mk. II, 23.
S., 108, n.; 113), it came to pass [that] also many, etc. lesua
sipoujam; instr. dat. of accumpaniment (S., 52, 1, c). 16. bra, how, as in 7.
17. lekeis; gen. (as abl.) with paurbun (S., 27). nbilaba (adv.) habau-
daus; for xax<5? eywvres being sick; cp. Mk. V, 26. 18. Johaunis
1
(S., 86, (3)). |>an Jan, when, then. 21. ibai afnimai fullon af bamma
. . .
(S., 53, (2)). 24. sabbatiui; dat. as in verse 23. 25. ninf (= ni-uh) aiw,
never. 26. uf, under, i. e. in the time of. panzei (i. e. pans-ei; Gr.,
157, n. 4). matjan; subj. inf. (S., 108). aiiiaim gudjain, for the priests
alone (S., 108, n.). sis; refers to the subj. (S., 60). 27. in (for did
with the ace.) mans (gen.; Gr., 117), for man; in sabbato dagis, for
sabbath day. warp gaskapans; for the Gr. aor. (S., 87, (4), c). 28.
ffauja; predicate noun. jah, also. painma sabbato; dat. depending
on frauja (S., 35, (2)).
124 Explanatory Notes.
prt. in the leading clause (S., 95, b). prt. wrohidedeina ; opt. in a final
clause (S., 96, b, /9). 3. in niiduinai (for efr TO (J.<TOV); dat. with in after
a vb. of motion within limited space. (S., 55). 4. skuldu ; the suffix
u introduces the question (cp. verse 2, abuv). sabbatim; for its decl.,
s. Gr., 120, n. 1. 5. gastob (figurativ), was restored, lit. stood. 6.
imma; instr. dat. (S., 52, p. 250) of the dir. obj., guverud by usqe-
mcina, prt. opt. of purpose (S., 96. b). 7. mauageins; partitiv gen. with
flln (S., laistidednn ; its subj., flln inanageins, is pi. in sense (S., 5).
21).
9. ei skip habaib (n. eg. of the prt. ptc. in the predicate) wesi (prt. opt.
of purpose. S., 96, b), that a, ship be redy (lit. had or held). in, be-
cause of. braiheina ; prt. opt. of purpose, like wesi. 10. drusun, they
prest upon, lit. fel upon. imma ; dir. obj. (S., 40) guvernd by attuito-
keina (prt. opt. of tekan). 11. J>aih (i. e. bai-h, for bai-uh; Gr., 154)
ban, when they, bate!, conj., that, before a direct quotation, as in Mk.
I, 37. 13. ustaig; for usstaig. (Gr. 78, u. 5), prt. of us-steigan. banzei;
see II, 26. 14. sis; refers to the subj. of gawaurhta (S., 60). 16. Paitrus;
predicate uom.; we should
rather hav expected the ace. (S., 13, n. 2).
17. bamma Z.; 18. Seimdua; (Grk.) ace., while the same form
s. I, 19.
in 16 is a regular Goth. dat. 20. ga'iddja sikj for
ffuvfp/srat (S., 16, n.).
22. baiin iinhnlbom; instr. dat. guvernd by uswairpij* (S., 52, (4), and
p. 253, n. 2). 23. Satanan; ace. after uswairpan (cp. v. 22). 27. mag
kasa swinbis galeibands in gard is wilwau, (can rob a strong one's goods,
entering into his house =) can enter into a strong man's bouse and rob
his goods. 28. all at a bata frawaurhte, all that of sins; frawaurhte is
partitiv gen. after bata (S., 21; and 68, (3)). 29. aiwcinaizus fra-
waurhtais, gen. depending on skula (S., 22, p. 235, where danbns is an
error for danbaus). 31. standandona haitandona, the n. (pi.) is uzed
. . .
in the predicate (cp. the following verse), because the persons in the
(ep. the preceding verse) occurs with each of the sbs. of different gender
(S., 10, n. 1). 34. allisj here conj.: for. waurkeib, for the Grk. future
(S., 86, (3)). sa; dem. prn. meins; agrees with the nearest sb., and
I
mcina) is understood with the others, swistar, aibei. The first jail was
added by Wulfila.
Chap. IV. 1. The gen. inanageins depends on flln (S., 21), the predi-
cate, galesun, being iii the pi. because of the pi. meaning of the subj.
(S., 5). s was we; galeibandan, ptc. agreeing with iiia)
with the ace. (iiia
and inf. and inf. (S., 115).
(gasitau), for wars w. the ace. was; here
manage! takes a sg. v. (S., 5). 2. uianag; ace. sg. u. uzed as sb. 3.
saiands; prsp. uzed substantivly. For its declension, s. Gr., 133. du
saiaii; inf. of purpose after urranii, a vb. of motion (S., 114). fraiwa
seiuamma; instr. dat. guvernd by saiau (S., 52, 4). bata; for auro,
5. anbamb-baii, i.e. anbar-uh-ban (Gr., 62, u. 3). steiuahaniina ; uzed
substantivly: stony ground. in bizei, because (s. 'Vocabulary', in, (1)).
Mark IV. 125
the gen. of the th. askt about (S., 26), for a dubl ace. in Grk. 11. atgiban
(pp.) ist; for dfdoTat. jainaim bairn (art. S., 68, (2).) uta, to them
(the) that ar without. 12. nibai hran (for firjxors; we should expect
ibai hran; cp. Mt. V, 25) gawandjaiiia sik, Jest at any time they should
be converted (lit.: should convert themselvs). afletaindau (prs. opt.
pass.) im frawaiirhteis, their sins should be forgivn (lit.: sins should
be forgivn to them. S., 37). 13. bo; dem. prn. bos; art. kunueib; . . .
for the Grk. fut. 14. saijands saijib; without the j in verses 3 and 15
. .
(Gr., 22 and n. 1). 15. abban bai wibra wig sind; the Greek text is:
oorot d siffiv ol -Kdpd. rrt v 6dov, but Lu. VIII, 12: ol d& irapo. rijv odov elaiv.
ban, when. unkarjuns; added by Wulfila from a Lt. MS., for 'negli-
genter'. 16. jah; sc. bai, dein. prn. 18. bai, dem. prn. . . bai, art. .
uianiiat 28. silbo; weak form (Gr., 156), agreeing with airba; it stands
for auro/jirij, spontaneous, of herself, 29. iusaudeib; its subj. is is, i. e.
manna. atist; the prs. for the Grk. perf. (e'criyxa; S., 86, (4)). 30. toe;
instr. of hra (Gr., 159; S., 51), guvernd by galeikom (S., 52, (1)), c).
gabairam, shal we compare, lit. bear or bring together; here ga- has an
associativ force. 31. batei; subj. of ist. ban, \\-lit-n. 33. swaleikaiui
uianagaim gajiikuin; iustr. dat. of manner (S., 52, (6); in Mk. Ill, 23 we
hav in gajukom). iui; dat. pi. guvernd by du, while in the following
verse im is guvernd by rod id a. 35. audanahtja pan (then) waurbaiianuna;
dat. abs. introduced by at (S., 120). jainis stadis (S., 30), 'yun' shore,
~ that shore (towards which the speaker pointed), i. e. to the other side
[of the lake]. 36. jah ban; emfatic: nud aluo, besides, moreover.
Explanatory Notes.
37. war|>, arose. waltidednn; orig. trans., but here in tr. (S., 16, 3).
38. niu ( lii-n, the enclitic -u introducing the question ) kara Juk pizt'i ',
is there not care to thee of that (|)is) that (ei; Gr., 157), i. e. does it not
concern thee that? kara (or kara ist) takes the ace. of the person and
the gen. of the obj. (S., n. 4). 39. wiuda; the dat. is guvernd by gasok
{S., 45). afdiunbn ; imper. sing. (Gr., 195, n. 1). 41. sis; refl. dat. for
the Grk. midl (S., 47, 1). agis uiikil; cognate ace. (with a vb. of kindred
signification, ohtedun; S., 15, (2), b). du sis niisso, to one another (S.,
GO, n.). sa (dem. prn.) sijai; opt. in a dir. question (S., 91, (3), p. 276):
may he be. imina; dat. guvernd by uf hausjaud, listen with submission,
obey (S., 38).
Chap. V. 1. landa; dat. guvernd by qiman in (S., 55, n.). 2. us-
gaggandin imiiin; dat. abs. (S., 119). imina; dat. guvernd by gainotida
(S., 39). 3. naudibandjom eisarneinahn ; instr. dat. (S., 52, (2)), as in the
following verse. 4. eisarmun bi fotuns gabugauaim; the hole frase trans-
lates the Greek Ttgdats, its literal meaning being: with bent irons for (bi,
about, for, xspt) the feet. naudibandjom eisarneinaim (for aXutrsaw},
*
with chains, but literally: with iron need-bands', i e. fetters. uaudi-
bandjos; for d/Luffets. l>6 ana futuiu eisarna (for rd? n8a$), the irons on
the feet. 5. nahtam jah dagam; adv. frase (S., 53, (2)): night and day
(The Greek has the gen. Cp. S., 30). stainam; instr. dat.
(S., 52, (2)).
7. stibnai mikilai; instr. dat. of manner
hra mis jah bus(S., 52, (6)).
(the copula ist being understood); dativs denoting relationship (S., 35,
u. 1): what is there to me and to thee?, i. e. what hav I to do with thee?
suiiiiii; this is the voc. (Gr., 105, n. 2), in apposition with lesu.
bahvjais; hort. opt. (S., 91, (2)). mis; dat. guvernd by balwjais (S., 44).
8. maun; dat. sg. (Gr., 117, (D). 10. im; instr. dat. pi. (Gr., 152), re-
ferring to the subj. of sijum, and guvernd by usdrebi, for nsdribi (Gr.,
10, (2), n. 5), (S., 52, (4)). 12. qibandeins; nom. pi. of the prsp. (Gr.,
133). 14. banrg; dat. (Gr., 116). haimom; dat. (Gr., 103, n. 4).
qemun; its subj. is they, i. e.
thepeple. saitoan; inf. of purpose (without
du, to; S., 114). wesi, might he; prt. opt. in an indir. question. J>ata
(art.) (pp. uzed as sb.), 'the being done', i. e. that which was
waurband
done. 15. atiddjedun (the prt.) gasaitoand (the prs.); both for the Grk.
. . .
historical prs. (S., 86, (2)). Jrnna saei habaida laigaion; for TOV iff^u'ira
/U^eoiva; ]>ana is dem. prn. 17. seinos, their; refers to the subj. of dugimiuin
(S., 62; and 60; cp. Mk. Ill, 14). 18. inngaggandan ina in skip (for
avrou ely TO itJiotoy), him going into the ship; bab ina saei
Ifj-ftatvovTos
was wods, him prayd he that had been (lit. was) possest. 21. usleij>audin
lesna; dat. abs. (S., 119). hindar marein; depends on uslei)>andin.
gaqeinun sik; for the Grk. midl (S., 16, u. 1). manageins; gen. with filu,
the predicate being here in the pi. (S., 5). 22. qiniij) gadrans; change . . .
23. J>atei; conj. (Gr., 157, n. 2) before a dir. quotation. aftumist habaip,
'has the last', i. e. lies (or ;.s) at the point ofdeth. ei; conj., that, which
here introduces an exhortation. qimands lagjais, cuming thou mayst
lay, i. e. cum and lay. ganisai .libai; opts, of purpose (S., 96, a).
. .
25. sama; iudef. pru. uzed substautivly, and with a part. gen. (Gr., 162;
Mark V. Luke H. 127
S., 78, (1)). 26. allamma seinamma (uzed as sb. S., 82, (2), c); instr.dat.
guvernd by fraqiinandci (S., 52, (1), c), lit.: 'cuming away with all bers',
i. e. having spent (lit. spending. S., 117) all that she had. ni waihtai
(instr. dat. denoting mezure of difference. S., 52, (7)), not in anything,
in nothing; botida (fern, of the pp. Gr., 134), betterd. mais wairsj niai>
is pleonastic, as in Mt. VI, 26. habaida (3d pers. sg. prt. ind., not pp.);
p. Mk. II, 17. 27. wastjai; dat, guvernd by attaitok (prt. of attekan.
Gr., 181), (S., 40). 28. batei; conj., as in 23. 29. izos (Gr., 151, n. 2).
30. mis; so-calld poss. dat. (for the gen. in Grk. S., 48). wastjom; dat.
as in 27. 32. $6 bata taujandein, her that bad done this (lit.: the this
doing), the prsp. having a prt. meaning, as in 26. 34. ganasida; for the
Grk. perf. (S., 87, (2)). sijais; the opt. for the Grk. imper., the imper.
of wisan being wanting (Gr., 204, n. 2). 35. iiiiina rodjandin; dat. abs.
(S., 119). qemuu; the prt. for the historical prs. in Grk. (S., 87, 3).
J>atei; introduces a dir. quotation; cp. verse 23. hra; why? It is uzed
as in verse 39. 36. rodib; pp. of rudjan, agreeing
like TI (S., 74, n. 2),
with waurd. 40. allaim; instr. dat. guvernd by uswairpands (S., 52, 4;
and n. 2, p. 253). 41. qabuh (=qab-uh), and said. The first part of the
compound sentence stands for a participial frase in Greek. izai ; refers
to the natural gender of barn; cp. Lu. II, 27. 28. 42. jere twalibe; gen.
of quality (S., 24), of twelv years, i. e. twelv years old. fauhrteiii
inikilai; instr. dat. of manner (S., 52, (6)) which is here (and in Lu. II, 9)
uzed with a vb. of kindred signification; hense it resembls the cognate
acc. (S., 15, (2), n. 2). 43. ei manna ni fuubi (prt. opt. in a final clause,
after a prt., anabaub, in the leading clause. S., 96, b), that a man should
not find out, i. e. that no man should find out. izai. matjan ; the . .
former is the indir., the latter the dir. obj. of giban (for the pass. inf. in
Grk. S., 84, n. 3), this being the obj. of haihait (S., 110).
weseina; a final clause for the inf. in Grk. hjarji/iih in seinai baurg
(dat. Gr., 116); belongs to melidai: every one (of all that went) in his
o\vn city. 4. Oaleilaia Xazaraib (indecl.) ; both stand for the dat. (Gr.,
. . .
120 and notes). sei; for si-ei (Gr., 157, n. 3). 5. anaiiu-ljan (for the
mf. pass, in Grk.) to enrol (himself). sei was imma qeins (for qens.
Gr., 7, n. 2), who was to him a, wife, i. e. who was his wife (S., 35, (1));
the rel. clause stands for the Grk. art. with a ptc. wteandeiii inkilbon
<w. adj. uzed as sb. in the predicate); in apposition with Mariin. 6. warp
. usfulluodedun; see verse 1.
. .
bo; nom. pi. n. of sa, referring to two
persons of different gender (Joseph and Mary. S., 8). du bairan (for
TOO rsxzlv. Cp. the Latin: tempus est abire, for the gen. of the gerund).
izai; dat. of advantage after usfulluodedun (vS. 47). 7. ii/c-tin ;
dat.
128 Explanatory Notes.
after galagida in; see Mt. Y, 20. im; dat. of possession after was (S.,
35). gen. as subj.: of room, i. e. room (S., 25, n. 2). 8. waht-
riiinis;
worn; dir. obj. after witaudans (S., 40). ualits (Gr., 116), adv. gen.
(S., 30), by night. 9. agisa inikihiniiiia; see Mk. V, 42. 10. wairbib;
for Effrat. allai managein; poss. dat., as in verse 7. 11. himiua daga;
adv. frase (S., 53, (2)), this day. 12. bata; subj. prns. are not subject
to agreement with pred. sbs. (S., 7). bigitid (d for b is very common
in this gospel. Gr., 74, 1); for the Grk. fut, (S., 86, (3)). bhvuiidan . .
galagid (d for b, as abuv); ace. sg. n. of the pp. (Gr., 134). 13. warb,
was, lit. became, appeard: it is the pred. (in the sing.) of the collectiv
noun manage! (S., 5. Cp. Mk. V, 32). harjis h. ; gen. after manage!.
hazjaudaue qibamlane (Gr., 133); attributiv ptcs. agreeing w. harjis
. .
in gender and number (in sense. S., 5 and 9, n. 1). 14. in hauhistjam,
in the highest, for iy oi^ttrroi?. guba (sc. sijai )
;
dat. of possession (S.,
35). himin; dat. guvernd by galibim in; see Mk. V, 20.
15. bai
hairdjos; in apposition (S., 11) with mans (Gr., 117). bairhgaggaima
.
saibjaiina; 1st pers. pi. of the hort. opt., for the more common 1st
. .
pers. pi. imper. (S., 91, n. 1). 18. im; refers to allai (S., 61). 19.
bagkjaudei; prsp. fern, (in -ei. Gr., 133): pondering (sc. them). 20. in
allaize bizeei,because of all that which, the rel. prn. (Gr., 157) being
assimilated to the case of its antecedent (S., 71). du bimaitan ina; cp.
verse 6. 21. jail bibe . and when . . . jah; introduces the principal
. . .
fldwor; uninflected (Gr., 143) attribute to jere. soli; here for ij.
fastiibnjain bidoih; instr. da,t. of manner (S., 52, (6)).
. . . blotande (efor
ei, fern,ending of the prsp. Gr., 17, n. 1, and 133). nahtam jah datrain;
loc. dat. of time (S., 53, (2)), like bizai beilai in the next verse. 38. and-
haihait with the dat. (fraujin), to giv thanks to (S., 45). in allaiiu
(in being added by Wulfila), among all (without in, allaiiu would be the
indir. obj. after rodida); allaiiu is attribute to the ptc. usbeidandam, which
is uzed substantivly, but with a dir. obj. (S., 15, n. 2), labon, redemption.
nld with spirit and wisdom (S., 27). 41. jera bammeh (Gr., 164, a);
loc. dat. of time (S., 53, (2)): every .year, at dulb (ace. Gr., 116) paska
(indecl. attribute), at the feast of the passover; at with the ace. always
denotes time. 42. 43. nsgaggandam ban im .jah ustiuhandam; dat. . .
abs. (S., 119), when they then (J>an referring to the preceding clause)
went up . and when they had fulfild.
. . mibbane (e for ei, as in 37)
gawandidednn sik aftra, as they returnd, lit.: as they turnd themselvs back.
wissedun; here the pi. occurs in an abridged compound sentence (S. 1, n.),
sumtimes the sing. (S., 5, n. 1). 44. hngjandona; n. pi., as in verse 33.
ina wisan; ace. and inf. guvernd by hugjandona (S., 112). dagis
(adnominal gen. S., 20) wig (ace. of extent of space. S., 15, n. 2, J3),
a day's way, a day's jurney. kunbaiii; weak dat. of kuubs (uzed as sb.
Gr., 132). 46. warb; see verse 1. in midjaim laisarjaiin, in the midst
of the teachers (cp. the Lt. 'in media urbe'). im; dat. guvernd by bans-
jandan, hearing, i. e. listening to (S,, 45). 47. is, him, lit. of him; obj.
gen. guvernd by haiisjandans (S., 26). ana frodein; depends on usgeis-
nodednn. 48. magau; voc., for maga (Gr., 105, n. 2). hra; ace. of
specification (S., 15, 2, b, n. 2, a): why? uns; dat. of the indir. obj.
(S., 37). sokidedum; here and in verse 49 we should rather hav ex-
pected the dual (S., 5, n. 4). The subj. being of different persons, the first
person is preferd (S., 5, n. 2). 49. in bairn attins nieinis; so-calld elliptic
expressions like this ar also common in Grk., a noun signifying 'things'
or the like being understood with the art.: in, or about, the things of my
father. As a matter of fact, however, attins nieinis shows the orig. adj.
force of the gen. which is here uzed substantivly (S., 19, and 68, (3)).
50. ya; nom. pi. n. (Gr., 152), referring to Joseph and Mary; see verse 6.
bamma waurda; loc. dat. guvernd by fro ban (S., 53, (1), p. 254; and
cp. n. 2, p. 255), prt. of frabjan (Gr., 177, n. 2). 51. im; dat. after
ufhansjands (S., 38). 52. frodein . . wahstau . .
anstai; loc. dats. of speci-
fication (S., 53, 1, c).
sijum; we should have expected the prs., because the statement does not
130 Explanatory Notes.
remain untranslated, or the first jah may be rendered by 'the same (jah 1
bairh Xristu, by the same Christ), and the second by also. ufar fllu ist,
is beyond much, i. e. abounds. abban, but. jabbe br., in ; jabbe . . .
wisan); ace. and inf. depending on wileima (S., 112). brobrjus (before
which we should put a comma); voc. uns; dat. of interest (S., 47).
ufarassau; instr. dat. of manner (S., 52, (6)). ufar maht (ace. Gr., 102),
abuv strength; cp. verse 5. swaswe skamaidedeima uns (refl. ace. S.,
16, n. 1); opt. in a consecutiv clause (S., 97, b): so that we wer ashamed.
[Foot-note: afswaggwidai weseima; evidently a better rendering of
Igaxopetff&at, to be utterly embarrast.j&l; for jah. Gr., 62, n. 3].
jah, even. 9. akei sflbans in uns si 1 bant and aha ft daubaus habaidedum,
but we ourselvs had the answer of deth in ourselvs, i. e. (according to
de Wette. Bernhardt's large edidion, p. 415) the question, whether I
should escape deth, lanswerd negativly. sijaima; final opt. (S., 96, a, /?).
10. izei; prn. (=saei. Gr., 157, n. 3).
rel. daubnm, deths, i.e. dangers
of deth. galauseib (not for /Juerat. Bernhardt, p. 415) . galauseib; . .
both for the Grk. fut. (S., 86, (3)). 11. at hilpandam jah izwis; dat. abs.
introduced by at (S., 119): as ye also ar helping. bidai; instr. dat. (S.,
52, (2)). bi; w. ace., for (= unep w. gen., as in Mt., 44). in inana-
gamina andwairbja, in (=before) a great presence, i. e. before many persons.
ei so in uns giba
awiliud^au (3d pers. sg. prs. opt. pass. Gr., 189, d),
that for the gift (bestowd) on us thanks be givn, lit.: that the gift (be-
stowd) on us be praizd. bairh managans, by many. faur uns, on our
behalf. 12. batei; conj., that. usmeitum ; ei for e (Gr., 7, n. 2). ib
ufarassau (instr. dat. of manner. S., 52, (6)), and more abundantly
(nspiffffoTfyio? (5e), and beyond mezure.
13. alja; ace. pi. n. of ayis (Gr.,
125), here uzed substantivly. alja (the second); conj., except. 14. unsara;
sc. syub boftuli. 15. bizai (dem. prn.) trauainai; iustr. dat. of manner
(S., 52, (6)). habaidedeib; prt. opt. (Gr., 192) in a final clause (S., 96, b).
16. gasandjan niik (an activ vb. with a refl. ace., for a pass. vb. in Grk.
(S., 16): to return. 17. batub-ban; tor bata-uh-ban, and this. ibai
aufto,perhaps (a negativ answer being expected). leihtis; gen. guvernd
by bruhta (S., 25). aibtau batei (rel. prn.) mito bi leika bagkjau, or do
I purpose that which I think according to the flesh ? There is a note-
wurthy change of mood in this and other dubl questions (S., 91). bata
ja ja jah bata ne ne (advs. w. the art. uzed substantivly. S., 68, (2)),
the yea, yea and the nay, nay? i. e. now yea, now nay? 18. abban
triggws gu)>, an ellipsis: but (as) God (is) tru, [so tru it is]. 19. nih;
for ni-h, the -h (= uh) being intensiv. warb; here the same as jvas.
20. teaiwa, managa gahaita gubs, in imma, as many promises of God,
II. Cor. I. II.. 131
Gr., 62, n. 3) trablaihan ; ace. with the inf. introduced by swaei to express
result (S., 115; cp. Mk. IV, 1). J>ata andaneibo; adverbial ace. (S., 15,
(2), n. 2): contrariwise. managizein (weak compar. adj. fern. Gr., 132,
n. 4) gaurgai; instr. dat. of cause (S., 52, 5; cp. also 53, n. 1). sa
swaleiks (for its strong inflection, see Gr., 161), such a one. 8. innb (for
in- uh, i. e. -uh attacht to the prep, in, which is here uzed with the gen.:
because of. The prep, inuh or inu means without) bis, on this account,
therefore. in imina; for eiy abrov. 9. sijaidu (for sijai|>-u. Gr., 74, n. 1);
opt. in an question depending on iifkuniiau, and introduced by the
indir.
interr. particl -u (S., 95, a, /9). 10. a|>)>aii; here for 8i] cp. 4. Ira; here
indef. prn.; see Mt. V, 23. jah ik, [to him'] 1 [forgiv] also, jah |an ik
.
fragaf (in both cases for the Grk. perf.), for I hav alredy forgivn.
. .
jabai tea (indef.) fragaf, if I hav forgivn anything. 11. gaaiginondau; 1st
pers. pi. prs. opt. (in a final clause. S., 96, a, a) pass. (Gr., 189, d).
munis; gen. after unwitandans (S., 23). is; pers. prn. for the poss. prn.
(S., 62). 12. aW>au; for dl. qimands in Trauadai; see Mt. V, 20. at
haurdai uslukanai; dat. abs. with at (S., 120). misj dat. of interest
(S., 47). 13. ahmin meinamma; dat. (S., 53, (1), c).
loc. in |>ammei
(for |>aiiuua ei. Gr., 4, n.), in that (Gr., 157), because. im; abl. dat.,
guvernd by twisstandauds (S., 54). 15. daiins woji; for svtodia. 16. us,
of. jad; for jah (Gr., 62, n. 3). 17. sium; for sjjum (Gr., 10, n. 4;
204, n. 1).
132 Explanatory Notes.
(S., 52, (2)). 5. Ira; iudef. prn. 6. izei; rel. prn. (Gr., 157, n. 3).
brahta, with two aces. (S., 18): made. 7. swaei mahtedeina (Gr., 201);
consecutiv clause (S., 97, b). bis gataurnandins; belongs to wulbaus,
not to the adnominal gen. wlitis. 8. wairbai; potential opt. in a dir.
question (S., 91, (3)). 9. andbahtja; dat. of possession, the vb. being
understood: For if there be glory to the ministration of, etc. 11. bairh;
denotes here, as in II, 4, a state or condition. 12. managaizos balbeins;
gen. guvernd by brukjaima (S., 25), hort. opt. (S., 91, (2)). 13. jan; for
jah (Gr., 62, n. 3). dube (i. e. du +
the instr. case of bata. Gr., 153.
S., 51) ei (Gr., 157), 'to that that', for the purpose that, in order that,
with a final opt. (S., 96, b). gataurnandins; gen. sg. of the weak pp.
(Gr., 134) uzed substantivly (S., 68, (4)): of the vanishing (glory). 14.
wisib, remains. 16. gawandeib (intr. S., 16, n. 2); its subj. is hairto ize,
to be supplied from the preceding verse. 18. bo saiuon frisaht; this ace.,
with a pass, vb., is an imitation of the corresponding Greek passage:
TTJV aurrjv etxova fisrafiopyoufji.e&a,
we ar changed into the same image
(S., 17 and 18, n. 4, where this passage ought to hav been explaind).
Chap. IV. 1. gaarmaida waurbum (for the Grk. aor. pass. S., 87,
(4), c), wer pitied, receivd mercy. ni wairbaiina; hort. opt. (fortheind.
in A). usgrudjans; only weak (Gr., 132, n. 2). 2. bairn analangnjain
(adj. uzed as sb. S., 68, (1)); abl. dat. guvernd by afstobuin (S., 54, (1)).
galiug (pred. ace. S., 18) taujandans waurd gubs, falsifying the word
of God, lit.: making the word of God a lie. bairhtein; instr. dat. (S.,
52, (2>). 4. ei ni liuhtjai im liuhadeins. Like Bernhardt, I am in favor
of liuhadeins (gen. as subj. S., 25, n. 2); cp. iii was iin riimis in Lu. II, 7.
Sum editors (cp. Gr., 113, n. 2) prefer liuhadein (in B). Bernhardt remarks
that liuhadein may 'allenf alls' be explaind as an ace.: 'damit er ihnen
nicht leuchten lasse das licht'. But it may also pass as instrumental dat.:
'damit er ihnen nicht leuchte vermoge des lichtes', lest tber he any light
to them thru the light', etc. Cp. similar instr. dativs in Mk. V, 42;
Lu. II, 8. 9. 5. abbaa, for; see II, 4. 6. uns; external obj. after merjam.
skalkans izwarans; pred. ace. (S., 18). 6. unte gub; sc. ist: for it is
God who, etc. ur-j for us (Gr., 78, n. 4). liuhab skeinan; ace. and inf.
depending on qab (S., 112). saei jah, and who. 7. abban, but. 11. in
daubu; depends on atgibanda. 12. swaei nu (for &<Tre), therefore.
gamelidin; dat. of the pp. n. (Gr., 134) uzed substantivly (S., 68, (4)).
14. jah, also. nrraiseib fauragasatjib; for the Grk. fut. (S., 86, (3)).
. . .
15. batuh (for the art. bata and the intensiv particl -uh), immediately
1'ollowd by ban, allata being uzed substantivly (S., 82, (1), a): for all (the)
things. managizans, more; we uze the positiv: several, many (see II, 6).
ufarassjai; trans., its obj. being awiliud. gnba; dat. after a sb. (for
the Grk. gen. S., 34; and 35, n. 2): for God, i. e. of God. 16. inuh (for
iu-uh; see II, 8) bis, because of this, for this reason. ak bauhjabai (for
II. Cor. IV. V. 133
<i>U' el xa{), but even if, but tho. ai)>t>au, yet (cp. S., 102, b). daga
jah daga; loc. dat. of time (S., 53, (2)). 17. }>ata andwair>6 (adv.)
beilatoairb jah leillt xai. ikaypov), that (which
(for TO itapaorixa -poexatpov
is) at present, etc., the two
uninflected adjs. being uzed substantivly, with
an adnominal gen., aglons unsaraizos. waurkjada; the pass, for the Grk.
midl, with the pred. nom. (S., 18, n. 4) kaurd. 18. fairweitjamlam, sc.
unsis; dat. abs. (S., 119), or the ptc. is simply in apposition with the
preceding dat. unsis. |>izei (ei for e. Gr., 7, n. 2); gen. pi. of the art.
before the following two ptcs. (Gr., 134) uzed substantivly (S., 68, n. 4).
Chap. V. 1. |>atei; repeated after the protasis in the form of ei.
jabai; with the iud., for idv with the subj. (S., 102; cp. also 100, n.).
2. ufarhamun; uzed reflexivly (for the Grk. midl. S., 16, n. 3), and with
the instr., bauainai unsarai |>izai (S., 52, (2), b). 3. jabai swej>auh jah,
if even tho. gawasidai; the pass, for the Grk. midl; cp. the preceding
verse. 4. ana )>ammei (for |>amma ei), over that that, for the reason that.
afhainon anahamun; for the Grk. midl cp. verse 2. 5. jah; a strange
. .
;
gu])j sc. ist. wadi alimaii; the latter is the external obj. of gaf, the
former predicate ace. (S., 18; cp. also n. 1). 8. mais, rather. anahaim-
jaim wisan (for ivdrj/jL^irat). Gabelentz and Loebe and Uppstrom explain
the dat. anahaimjaim as being due to unsis understood with waljam.
9. inuli; see IV, 16. imma; dat. guvernd by galeikan (S., 42), the obj.
of usdaudjam (S., 109). 10. skuldai sijum, we ar owing, we must.
J>6 swesona leikis, the body's own, the bodily things, i. e. the things which
the body deservs. afar |>aimei; for afar J>aini |>6ei (by attraction. S., 71.
Cp. the reverse attraction in Grk. -xpds a). 11. swikun|>ans (pred. adj.)
wisan uns (subj.); ace. with the inf. (in Grk. the inf. alone) after wenja
(S., 112). 12. ni ei, not that, not as if. uskannjaima ; final opt. (S.,
96, a). boftuljos; adnominal gen. after lew (S., 20). frain, concerning,
for, on behalf of (cp. Mk. I, 44; Lu. II,24). 13. gufra izwis; dats. of
. .
par. inai/6 (S., 30, c). afar batei; temporal conj.: after that, when;
manage!; here w. a sg. v. (S., 5). matida (prt. here our past perfect =
Lt. 'postquanr w. the perfect). bigitau was, there was found; we
should expect the pi., but the sense is: there was found a quantity of
twelv (*b* Gr., 1, n. 2) baskets, etc. batei, which (i. e. which quantity).
fcizei (ei for e. Gr., 7, n. 2) hlaibe . . .
Jrize flske; partit. gens. (S., 21).
nih |>an, for not. ana . . .
in; change of prep, without change of sense.
aiiiaim, alone (140, 1). swaei; consecutiv conj., that. ainhrarjain-
ineli; dat. (Gr., 165, n. 1) guvernd by tawida, is; I prefer Bernhardt's
emendation, ize, of them (i.e. of the fishes), d. nauh us pamma, besides
(lit. 'stil from that.' jere; partit. gen. after in (Gr., 1, n. 2) aflif-
Aba, m. (108, n. 1), husband, man; af-etja (56, n. 2), m. (108), voracious
Lu. II, 36. eater, glutton. [-e<Ja<\/ ^ Man +
Abiabar, pr. n., Abiatbar; dat. -a; suff. -jan-.]
Mk. II, 26. [<'Afcd#ap.'} af-gaggan, stv. (179, n. 3; 207), to
Abraham (61, n. 3), pr. n., Abra- go away, depart; w. fairra w. dat.;
ham. [<'A{3pad[jL.] Lu. II, 37.
af (56, n. 1), prep. w. dat. (217), of, *af-haimeis, adj. (127), away from
from, out of, away from, off; Mt. home, absent; II. Cor. V, 6. 9.
V, 18. 42. Mk. Ill, 22. II. Cor. [ -liaimeis < haims. Cf anahaimeis. ]
.
Ill, 5. [OE. of, ME. of, off, a, o, af-hamou, wv. (190), to take off
NE. of, off, a- (as in 'adown').] clothes, to unclothe; II. Cor. V, 4.
af-aikan, rv. (179), to deny, curse. af-hla]>an, stv. (177, n. 1), to lade,
afar, prep. (217), (1)w. dat.: after, load.
according to; Mk. I, 7. 17. 20. II. af-bapjan, wv. (188), w. ace., to
Cor. V, 10. (2) w. ace.: after (only choke; Mk. IV, 7. 19.
of time); afar (lagans, after sum af-hrapnan, wv. (194), to choke (intr.),
days; Mk. II, 1; afar batei, after be choked; Mk. V, 13.
that,when; Mk. 1, 14. Skeir. VII, c. af-iddja, prt. of afgaggan.
[< af + compar. suff . -ar. OHG. af-lageins, f. (124), a laying aside,
avar, abur, MHG. aver, aber, NHG. remission ; Mk. I, 4. [< af-lagjan
aber- (in compos.), further, again, -t- suff. -ei-iii-.]
aber, conj., but. Cf. OE. eafora, m., af-lailot, prt. of afletan.
posterity, child.'] af-leiban, stv. (172, n. 1), to go away,
afar-gaggan, anv. (179, n. 3; 207), depart; w. af w. dat.; Mk. I, 42;
to go after, follow; w. niib w. dat.; du w. dat.; Mk. Ill, 7.
Mk. V, 37. af-letan (-leitanj 7, n. 2), rv. (181),
af'daubnan, wv. (194), to becum def, w. ace. of pers. or th., to leav, for-
grow dul; II. Cor. Ill, 14. sake, put away (a wife); Mt. V, 24.
af-dojan (26, a), wv. (187), to tire 31. ;
32
w. dat. of pers. and ace. of
out, vex, harass. th.,to let off, forgiv; Mt. VI, 12.
af-dumbnau, wv. (194), to becum 14. 15; to let one hav; Mt. V,
dum, hold one's peace; Mk. IV, 39. 40.
136 af-lifnan aglus.
af-lifnan (56, ns. 1. 4), wv. (194), aftuina, superl. adj. (139), the last.
to remain, remain over and abuv; [< af + superl. suff. -tu-ma-n-. J
Skeir. VII, c. aftumists, superl. adj. (139, n. 1), the
af-linnan, stv. (174, n. 1), to depart. last; aftumist haban, to lie, or be,
af-maitan, stv. (179), to cut off; w. at the point of deth; Mk. 5, 23.
ace. of th.; Mt. V, 30. [< aftuina + superl. suff. -ist-a-.
dat.; Mk. II, 20. 21. aggwij>a, f. (97), anguish; II. Cor. II,
af-sutjiin, wv. (187), w. ace., to put 4. [< aggwus + suff. -ij>6-.]
af-stass, f. (103, n. 3), a standing off, Brgm., II, p. 421, 132, Rem. 2),
falling away; afstassais bokos, a ME. eje, ON. agi > ME. aghe, awe,
writing of divorcement ; Mt. V, 31. NE. aw.]
[< stem -stassi- < stat-ti- < stat *agjan, wv. (35), in us-agjan. [<*ags,
(< V of standan + -t) + suff. -ti-.] awful, fearful, < -agan; s. agis.]
af-st6)miii, prt. of afstandan. aglait-gastalds (88, n. 1), adj. (124),
aftaro, adv. (211, n. 1), from behind, -agljan (14, n. 1), wv. (188), to
behind. [< af + adv. compar. suff. trubl, in us-a. [< aglus. OE. eglan,
-taro.] ME. eile, NE. ail.]
[< V of agis + suff. -In-. OE. egle (< \/ of aigan + suff. -ina-), u.,
(jo-stem), ME. egle, truhlsum, < property.]
eglan, ME. eile, NE. ail.] aihts (20, n. 2), f. (103), property,
Agustus, pr. n., Augustus; dat. -au; possession; in pi. goods, things.
Lu. II, 1. ['A uyouffTos.] [< V
of aigan +
suff. -ti-. OHG.
e'ht, property, goods, in compos.
ahaks, f. (103, n. 2), duv; Mk.
f.,
1, 10.
fre-ht ( Goth. *fra-aihts), gain,
Lu. 2, 24.
wages; cf. LG. fracht, Du. vracht
ahina, m. (108), the Spirit, the Holy > ME. fraht, fraught, cargo, freight,
Ghost; Mk. I, 8. 10. 12. 23. 25. 26. > frahte, fraughte, to load, pp.
27. II, 8. 11. 29. 30.
V, 2. 8. .13.
fraught, NE. fraught. Of. G. or
Lu. II, 26. 27. 40. Cor. I, 22. II.
Du. origin is the ML. frecta, fretta,
II, 13. Ill, 3. 6. 8. 17. 18. IV, 13. > OF. *freit, fret > ME. freit,
V, 5. [< V
of ahjan, to think, + freight (the gb being due to
suff. -man-.]
'fraught'), NE. freight.]
ahs, n. (94), ear (of grain); Mk. II, aibra-tundi (64), f. (98), brambl-busb,
23. IV, 28. [OE.ear(<*eaur,*eahur, bush. [<aitoa=OE. eoh (< *eohu),
*ahur), ME. ear, er, NE. ear (of m., horse; -tnndi *tindan <
the >
grain; for ear, the organ of hear- caus. tandjan, to kindl, OE. tendan,
ing, s. auso.)] ME. tende, NE. tind.]
ahtau, indecl. num. (141), eight; Lu. *aikan, ry. (179), in af-aikan.
II, 21. [OE. eahta, ME. eighte, aikklesjo, f. (Ill), church. [<
NE. eight.]
*ahwu), f., ME. SB, river, water, > Cor. I, 12. [< ainfalbs.]
OE. ig, Hand, lit. 'belonging to the ain-falbs, adj. (148), 'one-fold', singl;
water*, and in composition: igland, Mt. VI, 22.
ME. Hand, NE. iland.] ain-hrarjizuh, prn. (165, n. 1), every
aibr, n. (94), an offering; Mt. V, 23. one, each one; Luc. II, 3. II. Cor.
[No doiibt a corrupt form for *tibr V, 10.
= OE. tifer, n., OHG. zebar, victim, ain-hrabaruh, prn. (166), each oi
sacrifice; cf. MHG. un-ge-zibere, two.
un-zifer, NHG. ungeziefer, n., ver- *ainlif (56, n. 1), num. (141), eleven.
min, prop, 'an animal unfit for a [< ains + -lif, left, over. OE. and-,
sacrifice'.'] end-leofan, -leofen, (for an-leofan,
aigan (ailian), prt.-pre. (203), to etc., -leofan being the dat. of -lif)
o\vn, hav, possess. Cmpd. fair- ME. end-, en-, el-leven, NE. eleven.]
aihan (203). [OE. agan, ME. aghe, ain(n)6hun, ace. sg. of ainshun.
owe, NE. ow. Prt.: Gothic aihta, ains, num. (140), (I) one, a singl
OE. ahte, ME. ahte, ouhte, NE. one, (1) alone; II. Cor. V, 15; (2)
ought.] w. a sb., (a) follg.; Mt. V, 18. 36;
aiginon, wv., in ga-aiginon. [< aigin (b) preceding; Mt. V, 18. 41; (c)
138 ains-hun ajukdups.
one, o, (shortend when uzed as a brass, bronz, copper, ME. or, NE.
proclitic), one, alone; an, NE. one; ore.]
an, a.] aifcei,f. (113), mother; Mk. Ill, 31.
aiiis-liiin, indef. prn. (163, c), only in 32. 33. 34. 35. V, 40. Lu. II, 33.
negativ sentences, not any one, 34. 43. 48. 51. [OHG. eidi, eide,
none, (1) alone; II. Cor. V, 16; (2) mother.]
w. a. partit. gen. follg.; Mk. V, 37. aifrs, gen. ai|>is, m. (91), oath; Mt.
aipiskaupiis, m. (120, n. 1), bishop. Vr 33. [OE. a, m., ME. oth, NE.
[< bishop.']
^TrjVxoTrofr, oath.]
aipistaule, (120, n. 3), epistl, letter; aiN>au (20, 3; 71, n. 1),
f.
conj. (218),
II. Cor. Ill, 2. 3. [< txiffToty, or; Mt. V, 17. 18. 36. VI, 31. Mk.
message, letter.] Ill, 4. 33. IV, 17. 21. 30. Lu. II,
air, adv. (214, n. 1), erly; Mk. 1, 35. 24. II. Cor. I, 13. 17. Ill, 1; jabai
[OE. *ar > the compar. Ar; see . . . id J>t>au, either . . . or: Mt. VI,
airis.] 24; else, otherwise; Mt. VI, 1. [Cf.
airinon, wv. (190), to be a messen- OE. 06 Ce, North seththa, or.]
ger, an ambassador; w. faur w. Aiulf, prn. n. (65, n. 1).
ace.; II. Cor. V, 20. [< airus.] aiw, adv. (prop. ace. sing, of aiws,
airis, comp. adv. (212), erlier. [< q. v.), ever, always with ni never; :
air +suff. -is. OE. &r, ME. er, Mk. II, 12. 25. Ill, 29. [OE. a (for
sooner, erlier, before, NE. ere.] *aw), ME. ft, 6, ON. ei NE. aye.] >
airiza, comp. adj. (136), of old time, aiwaggeljo, f. (112), gospel; Mk. I,
living formerly; in pi. uzed sub- I. 14. 15. [< EUaffttlOV.]
stantivly; Mt. 5, 21. 33. [<air +
aiweins, adj. (124), eternal; Mk. Ill,
suff. -iz-an-. OE. &ror, ME. erer, 29. II. Cor. IV, 17. 18. V, 1. [<
former.] aiws + suff. -ein-a-.]
ak, conj. (218), but, for; Mt. V, 17. Alfaius, pr. n., Alpheus; gen. -aus;
39. VI, 18. 18. Mk. I, 45. II, 17, Mk. II, 14. Ill, 18. [< Atydtos.]
22. Ill, 26. 29. IV, 17. 22. V, 19. alhs, f. (116), tempi; Lu. II, 27. 37.
26. 39. II. Cor. I, 9. 12. 19. 24. 46. [OE. alh, ealh, m., tempi.]
II, 4. 5. 13. 17. Ill, 3. 5. 6. 14. alja, than, except, unless;
(1) conj.,
IV, 2. 5. 18. V, 4. 12. 15. Skeir. 11. Cor. 13.
I, (2) prep. w. dat.
VII, a. c. [OE. ME. ac, but.'} (217), except. [< stem of ajjis.]
Aka'ija, pr. n., Achaja; dat. -aij II. alja-kiins, adj. (130), foren, strange.
Cor. I, 1.
t
[< AX ata.']. [alja <
ay is; kuns kuni.] <
akei, conj. (218), but; II. Cor. I, 9. alja-leikos, adv. (212, n. 2), other-
akran, n. (94), fruit; Mk. IV, 7. 8. aljab, adv. (213, n. 1), in another
20. 28. 29. [OE. eecern, n., ME. direction. [< stem of aljis
b.] + suff.
akern, acorn, NE. acorn.] aljabro, adv. (213, n. 1), from else-
cases) elne, elle, NE. el.] (7) w. an adv. frase; Lu. II, 39.
alew, n. (119), oliv, oil; Mk. VI,. 13. (8) w. a sb., w. or without the art.;
[< Lt. oleum, oil.] Mt. VI, 29. Mk. I, 5. 28. 33. 39.
140 all-waldands ana-leiko.
IV, 1. 13. V, 12. 33. Lu. II, 1. 10. Mk. I, 44. (3) w. dat. of pers. and
31. 51. II. Cor. I, 1. 3. 4. II, 14. an obj. clause w. ei; Mk. V, 43.
Ill, 2. IV, 2 and a poss prn.; Mt. ana-b lisas (15, n. 1), f. (103); com-
;
V, 29. 30. VI, 22. 23. (9) in gen. mand, commandment; Mt. V, 19.
pi. w. a super!.; Mk. IV, 31. 32. [< ana-biudan + suff. -sni- (the
(10) all (sing, n.) w. gen. sg.; Mk. radical d being dropt). OE. bysen,
II, 13; a Hal a Jata w. gen. pi.; Mk. bisen, ME. bisne, f ., NE. (dial. ) byzen,
III, 28. [< V of alan suff. -la +
exampL]
< -no-; cp. fulls. OE. eall, ME. all, ana-fllh, n. (94), commendation;
NE. all.] anafllhis bokos, epistls of commen-
all-waldands, m. (115), all-ruling, al- dation; II. Cor. Ill, 1. [< ana-
11 Hi an.]
mighty. [<all-s+prsp. of waldan.]
-aljian, rv. (179, n. 1), in us-alban. ana-fllhan, stv. (174, n. 1), to hand
[Cp. alj>eis.]
down as tradition, commit to, com-
alJK-is, adj. (128), old; n. pi. |>6 alb-
mend, w. ace. (dir. obj.); II. Cor.
Ill, 1; and dat. (indir. obj.); II. Cor.
jona, (the) old things; II. Cor. V,
17. [Cp. aids; also OE. eald (w. V, 12.
ME. at home,
suff. -do-), aid, old, NE. old.] *ana-haimeis, adj. (127),
Amalaberga, pr, n. (54, n. 2). present; II. Cor. V, 8. 9. [-haiineis
erence', and the like; Lu. II, 25. 40. ana-kunnan, wv. (193) w. ace., to
II. Cor. 23. IV, 10. (2) w. ace.,
I, read; II. Cor. I, 13. Ill, 2.
local, on, upon, at, into; Mt. V, 45. ana-qiman, stv. (175, n. 1) w. ace.,
VI, 27. Mk. I, 10. 35. II, 21. III. to cum near, approach; Lu. II, 9.
10. IV, 21. 26. 31. V, 23. Lu. II, ana-laugniba, adv. (210), secretly, in
28. II. Cor. Ill, 13. [OE. an, 911, secret. [< analaugns + suff. -ba.]
ME on, o, NE. ana-laugns, adj. (130), hidn, secret;
on.]
ana-aukan, rv. (179), to ad, w. ana Mk. IV, 22. II. Cor. IV, 2. [< ana
w. ace.; Mt. VI, 27. -laugns li ii yaii +
suff. -ni-.] < +
ana-biudan, stv. (170; 173), to com- ana-leiko, adv., in like manner; Skeir.
mand, instruct, bid, (1) w. dat. of VII, a. [< *analeiks ( ana -leiks; < +
pers.; Mk. I, 27. (2) w. ace. of th.; s. also galeiko) + suff. -6j = OHG.
ana-meljan and-bahts. 141
*analih (anagilih), MHG. anelich, MHG. nit (nld-), NHG. neid, m.,
NHG. ahnlich, adj., like, similar.] envy.]
ana-meljan, w. v. (187), to write
anda-nem (33), n. (94), a receiving.
down, enrol for taxation ; Lu. II, 5. [< and- (= anda-) niinan.]
anda-nems (33), adj. (130), plezant,
anan (78, n. 4), stv. (177, n. 1), in
us-anaii, to breath out, giv up the
acceptabl. [< and-niman; cp.
prec. w.]
ghost. [< V
an, in OE. andian,
anda-numts (33), f. (103), a receiv-
to be angry, OHG. andon, MHG.
anden, NHG. ahnden, to punish.']
ing, acceptation. [< and-niman +
suff. -ti-j cp. prec. w.]
ana-nan J>jan, wv. (188), w. ace., to
anda-sets (34), adj. (130), abominabl.
constrain, force, compel; Mt. V, 41.
[< and- (s. and) sitan, to fear, re-
ana-niujan, wv. (188), to renew; II. gard. Of. G. entsetzlich, terribl, <
Cor. IV, 16.
(sich) entsetzen, to be amazed, <
ana-praggau (51), rv.(178), to harass, ent- +
setzen, factit. of sitzen, to sit,
trubl. + -lich.]
ana-silan, wv. (193), to be silent, be anda-sta]>jis, m. (92), adversary.
stil; Mk. IV, 39. [-stajjjis < stajw.]
ana-siuns, adj. (130), visibl. anda-staua, m. (107), adversary; Mt.
ana-stodeins, f. (103, n. 1), beginning; 5, 25.
Mk. I, 1. [< ana-stodjan + snff. anda-jrahts, (209), adj. (124), vigi-
-ei-ni-.j lant, cautious. [Prop, an old ptc.
ana-stodjan, wv.(188),intr.,*o begin; in -to-, <
and-pagbjan.]
Mk. superscr. and-angjd, adv., openly, publicly; Mk.
ana-trimpan, stv. (174, n. 1), to tred I, 45. [< and-angi (+ adv. suff.
upon, press upon. -6), n., face; -augi ang- (in ango <
and, prep. w. ace. (217), local, de- + suff. -ja-.]
noting 'motion over', along (orig. anda-waurdi, n. (95), answer; Luc.
opposit), to, into, on, in; Mk. I, II, 47. [waurdi < -waurds (in
28. 39. and driuson, down a slope; lausa-waurds, etc.) <waurd. OHG.
Mk. V, 13. [Orig. *anda = anda-, ant-wurti, n. f., MHG. ant^wiirte,
uzed w. sbs. and adjs. only; and- -wurt, NHG. antwort, f., answer.]
also w. vs. and advs. OE. ME. anda-wleizn, n. (94) or -wleizns, f.
and-, Qnd-, NE. an- (in answer).] (103), countenance, face; II. Cor.
anda-; s. and. III, 13. [-wleizn < *wleitan (=OE.
anda-beit (in B, -bet in A), n. (94), wlitan, ME. wlite, to look) + (if f.)
and-huljan, wv. (187), w. ace., to un- vindass, windlass, > ME. windas,
cuver; Mk. II, 4.; to reveal; Lu. II, NE. windlass (the 1 by influence of
35; pp. andhuli]>s, uncuverd, open; windlass, a circuit, < the vb. wind
II.Cor. Ill, 18. + -lass, for lace).]
andi-laus (88, n. 2), adj. 124), endless. ansteigs, adj. (124), gracious, favor-
amli/iih, conj. (218), otherwise, else. abl. [< ansts suff. -eig-a-.] +
[< andiz-, perhaps a compar. form ansts, (102), favor; Lu. II, 52;
f.
of and, uiida-, orig. opposit."] grace; Lu. II, 40. II. Cor. I, 2. 12;
and-niman, stv. (170; 175), w. ace., joy; II. Cor. I, 24. benefit; II. Cor.
to take, receiv, partake, accept ; Mk. I, 15. [OE. est ( is i-uml. of 6 <
IV, 20. 36. Skeir. VII, c; in the 9n for an), m., ME. este, favor,
prt. to hav receivd, to hav; Mt. grace.]
VI, 2, 16; and ana w.
to take, an>ar, adj. (122, n. 1; 124, ns. 1.4;
ace.,
take up in; Lu. II, 28.
146), another, second, (1) alone,
Andraias, pr. n. Andrew; Skeir. VII, with or without the art.; Mt. V,
a; gen. -ins.; Mk. I, 29; ace. -an; 39. Mk. Ill, 21. V, 19 ains . . ;
.
Mk. 1, 16. Ill, 18. [<^v^ac.] an]>ar, the one the other; Mt. . . .
NHG. erbe, n., heritage, inherit- [Lt. asinus (with change of suff.),
ance.}
OE. esol, m., ass, OHG. esil, MHG.
arbi-nunija (88a), m. (108), one who esel, NHG. esel, m., ass.]
takes an inheritance, an heir. asueis, m. (92), servant, hired man,
[numja < niinan + suff. -jan-.] hireling; Mk. I, 20. [< asans. OE.
arbja, m. (108), heir. [< arb-i + esne, m., servant.]
suff. -jan-.] asts,m. (91), branch, twig; Mk. IV,
arbjo, f. (112), heiress. [< arbi + 32. [OE. *test (> ajstel, m., lit!
suff. -jon-. OHG. arbeo (-eo <-jo), branch, book-mark}, OHG. MHG.
erbo, MHG. NHG. erbe, m., heir.] NHG. ast, m., branch, bough.]
Ariamirus (61, n. 1), pr. n. at, prep. (217), (I) w. dat., (1) lo-
Ariaricus (3, n. 2), pr. n. cal, (a) denoting nearness, at, by,
arjan, rv. (179, n. 5), to til, plow, with, about; Mk. II, 2. 14. IV, 1.
cultivate. [OE. erian, ME. ere, NE. V, 11. haban); Mk. Ill, 9;
for (s.
ear, to plow."] in an abstractsense; Luc. II, 52.
ark-aggiliis (57), m. (105), archan- II. Cor. I, 12. 17. U, 1 (the first).
pity; alms; Mt. VI, 1. 2. 3. [< II, 12. V, 20. Skeir. VII, b (the
arman.] first and third). (II) w. ace., only
annan, wv. (192), to show mercy. temporal, nt. in; at duty, at the
Cpd. ga-a. [< arms, adj.; s. arma- feast; Lu. II, 41. [OE. art, ME.
hairtijm. I NE. at.]
144 at-augjan *auhns.
at-aiigjan, \vv. (187), (1) w. refl. ace. Mt. V, 45. 48. VI, 4. 6. 8. 9. 14.
(sik) and dat. of pers., to bring 15. 18. 26. 32. Lu. II, 49. II. Cor.
before the eys, show (one's self to); I, 2.3; forefather, ancestor; Skeir.
Mk. I, 44; (2) w. faura w. dat., VII, d. [OHG. atto. the lan- <
to show one's self, appear; II. Cor. guage of children.]
V, 10. attaitok, prt. of attekan.
at- bairan, stv. (175), w. ace. of th.,, attaiihun, prt. of attiulian.
to bring; Mt. V, 24; to offer; Mk. at-tekan (ei for e; 7, n. 2), rv. (181),
I,44. w. dat.; to tuch; Mk. I. 41. Ill,
at-gaggan, anv. (179, n. 3; 207), to 10. V, 27. 28.
go to, cum; Mt. V, 24. Mk. II, 18. Attila, pr. n. (108), prop, 'litl father*.
20; w. ana w. ace.; Mk. I, 10; du at-tiuhan, stv. (173), to pulor draw
w. dat.; Mk. V, 15; in w. ace.; Mk. towards, to bring; s. inn-ut-tiuliaii.
Ill, 20; aftanaj Mk. V, 27. at-binsan, stv. (174, n. 1), w. ace.,
at-giban (56, n. 1), stv. (176;, (1) w. to draw towards.
ace. (in pass, the nom.), to giv over, at-wisan, to be present, be at hand;
deliver up, deliver, put in prison; Mk. IV, 29.
Mk. I, 14 to bring forth; Mk. IV, abban, conj. (218), always at the
;
29 ;
and
in w. ace., to deliver unto; beginning of the sentence, but, more-
II. Cor. IV, 11; (2) w. dat. (indir. over; Mt. V, 22. 28. 34. 44. VI, 16.
obj.) and ace. (dir. obj.), to deliver; Mk. II, 10. 20.
Ill, 29. IV, 15.
Mt. V, 25 ;
in pass. w. dat. of pers. II. Cor. 13. 18. 21. 23. II, 1.
I, 6.
(indir. obj.) and an inf. clause (subj.); 5. 10. 14. Ill, 4. 7. 16. 17. 18. IV,
Mk. IV, 11. 3. 7. V, 5. 8. 11. 18 ; for; II. Cor.
at-haitan (69, n. 2), rv. (170; 179), 11, 4. IV, 5; a>l>an ik .ib is, .
at-standan, stv. (177, n. 3), to stand auhjon (auhjon?), wv. (190), to make
near, cum near; Lu. II, 38. a noiz, cry aloud; Mk. V, 39.
atta (69, n. 1), m. (108), father; Mk. *auhns, m. (91, n. 2), oven; Mt. VI,
I, 20. V, 40. Lu. II, 48. (= God) 30. [OE. ofeii (for the common
auhsa bairh tei .
145
orig. of h and f, s. Brgm., I, p. 305 awiliuj> (-d), n. (94), thank; II. Cor.
.
et seq.), m., ME. oven, furnace, 11, 14. giving of thanks, thanks-
oven, NE. oven.] giving; II. Cor. IV, 15.
auhsa, m. (108, n. 1), ox. [OE. oxa, awiliudon, wv. (190), to thank, giv
m., ME. oxe, NE. ox.] thanks; Skeir. VII, b; w. faur w.
aiihuma, superl. adj. (139), w. a ace.; II. Cor. I, 11.
compar. meaning, higher, > aiihu- awistr (4), n. (94), sheepfold. [<
inists, aiiliiuists (a new superl.; 124: *awi (OE. eowu, a-stem, f., ME.
139, n. 1), highest, chief. [OE. ewe, NE. ewe, yu) + suff. -stra.
ymest, highest.'] OE. eowestre, n., sheepfold.]
auk, conj. (in our 'Selections' after azets, adj. (124), easy; compar. aze-
the first, or two first closely con- tizo, n.; Mk. II. 9.
nected words of the sentence), for; azgo, f. (112), ashes. [Cf. OE. asce,
Mt. V, 18. 20. 29. 30. 46. VI, 7. f., ME. asche, pi. -en (reg.) and es,
8. 16. 21. 32. Mk. I, 16. II, 15. NE. -ash, pi. ashes.]
Ill, 10. 21. IV, 28. V, 42. II. Cor. azynius (77), occurs only onse, in gen.
Ill, 9. 11. V, 1. Skeir. VII, c; jah pi azyiiie, unle vend bred.
.
[< aZufj.u<?,
auk, for; II. Cor. V, 4 auk -lib ;
. . .
adj., unle vend, unmix t, azyine being
(= uh) -ban, for but; II. Cor.. . .
formd in accordance w. TUV dZufituv,
11, 16 (in B). [OE. gac, ME. k, gen. pi. of the n. adj. uzed substau-
eke, also, likewise, NE. eke.] tivly.]
aukan, rv. (179), to increase.
Cmpds. ana-, bi-an. [OE. *eacan Badi, n. (95), bed; Mk. II, 4. 9. 11.
(pp. gacen), to increase, > the caus.
[OE. bed(d), n., ME. NE. bed.] 12.
yean, *ecan, ME. eke, eche, to in- bagins (48, n. 1), m. (91), tree. [Cf.
crease, NE. eke (dial.), ech(e) OE. beam, m., tree, ME. beom, bem,
(Shak.).] NE. beam.]
Aunisimus (9, n. 1), pr. n. bah tjan, wv., in a ml- ba litJan. -
aurahi (98, or an rahjo, 111? au? bai, num. adj. (140, n. 1), both. [OE.
Only dat. pi., aurahjom, occurs), f., *ba( for which begeu; cp.myCompar.
tomb; Mk. V, 2. 3. 5. Gloss., p. 583), m., ba, f., ME. ba,
aurali (5, a), n. (98), napkin. [< Lt. bo, f. n., NE. bo-, in both.]
skin, botl; Mk. II, 22. [Orig. skin banan (26), wv. (179, n. 2; 193, n.
of an animal. OE. baelg, m., a 1), to dwel, inhabit. Cpd. ga-b.
lethern bag, pouch, belly, ME. bely, [OE. Man, ME. bue, OHG. buan,
NE. belly.] MHG. buwen, to dwel, til, plant,
bafyei, f. (113), boldness; II. Cor. cultivate, NHG. bauen, to build,
Ill, 12. [< *balj, bold, daring, cultivate, etc. Its V is containd
= OE. beald, ME. bald, bold, NE. also in NE. bower and -bor, in
bold.] neighbor.]
balwjan, wv. (187), w. dat., to tor- Bauanairgais (a by-name of James
ment, plague; Mk.V, 7. [< *balws, and John), Boanerges; Mk. Ill, 17.
pernicious, baleful, = OE. bealu,
adj., evil, pernicious, and n. sb., -bauljan (24, n. 1), wv. (187), to
evil, sorrow, ME. bale, sb., bali, cause to swel, in uf-b. [Cf. OE.
adj., NE. bale, misery.] byle, f., ME. bile, bule, NE. bile,
dan. OE. bend, m. f. n., ME. NE. bafir (33), m. (101, n. 2), son. [<
bend.] bairan. OE.byre*buri-),m.,son.]
bandja (32), m. (108), one being baurgs, f. (116), town, city; Mt. V,
bound, prisoner. [< baiid-i + suff. 35. Mk. I, 33. 38. 45. V. 14. Lu.
-jan-.] II, 3. 4. 11. 39. [OE. burh, burg,
bandwa, f. (97, n. 1), sign, token. f., ME. burgh, borugh, NE. bo-
bansts, m. (101), barn. Mt. VI, 26. rough.]
[Cf. OE. bos (< *b9ns < bans), n., baurgs-waddjns (88a, n. 3), f. (105),
stable, ME. b6s, NE. boose.] town-wall.
barizeins, adj. (124), of barley; beidan, stv. (172, n. 1), w. gen., to
Skeir. VII, a. d. [< *baris (+ suff. abide, expect; Lu. II, 25. Cpd.
-eina-), barley, = OE. bere, m. (?), us-b. [OE. bidan, ME. bide, NE.
ME. bere, barley, NE. bar- in bar- (a)bide.]
ley.] -beistjan, wv. (187, n. 3), to leven,
barn (33), n. (93), child; Mk. V, 39. in ga-b. [< heist, n., leven. <V of
40. 41. Lu. II, 12. 16. 17. 27. 40. beitan.]
beitan bi-sitan. 147
beitan, stv. (172, n. 1), to bite. for whom the prayer is made, is
in; Lu. II, 22. 27. 29. 39. 42. II. second being a ptc. in agreement
Cor. I, 17. IV, 13. V, 16; bi w. the first; Lu. II, 12. 16 (barn).
ufarassau, exceedingly; II. Cor. IV, 46; in pass. w. nom.; Skeir. VII, c;
17. (II) w. ace., (1) local, against, or two noms. (one being implied);
on; Mt. V, 39; about; Mk. I, 6. H. Cor. V, 3.
Ill, 8. 32. 34. IV, 10. V, 4; (2) in bi-hlahjan, stv. (177, n. 2), to lai
abstr. relations, a/bout, over, for, at, laf to scorn ; Mk. V, 40.
of, concerning; Mt. V, 44. Mk. I, bi-leiban (56, n. 1), stv. (172, n. 1),
30. IV, 19. V, 16. 27. 33. Lu. II, to remain.
17. 27. 33. 38. II. Cor. I, 8. 11
bi-letyan, stv. (172, n. 1), to /ear,
;
II. Cor. 1, 11. [<bidjan. OE. bedu, bi-saihran (34, n. 1), stv. (176, u. 1),
f. (ge-bed, n.), ME. bede, OHG. w. ace., to look round about on;
beta, bita, MHG. bete, bite, NHG. Mk. Ill, 34.
bitte, prayer, request.}
f., bi-sanjjan (24, n. 1), wv. (188), to
bidjan, stv. (176, n. 5), to pray, ask, sully, defile.
desire, beseech, call on, beg, (1) bi-saulnan (24, n. 1), wv., to becum
abs.; Mt. VI, 5. 6. 7. 9. Mk. I, soild, sullied, defiled.
35; (2) w. ace. of the pers. addrest; bi-sitau, stv. (176, n. 1), to sit
Mt. V, 42. VI, 8. Mk. I, 40. V, 12. about or near; only in prsp. uzed
23; (3) w. du w. dat. of the pers. substantivly (115): and allans bisi-
addrest; Mt. VI, 6; (4) the pers. tands (ace. pi.) G., to 'a/7 dwellers'
148 bi-skeiuan boka.
of G., i. e. round about G.; Mk. bleibs, adj. (130, n. 2), merciful, kind.
I, 28. [OE. bliCe, happy, glad, frendly,
bi-skcinan, stv. (172, n. 1), w. ace., ME. bli}?e, NE. blithe.]
to shine upon, shine round about; blesan, rv. (179, u. 1), to blow, in
Lu. II, 9. uf-b- [OHG. blasan, MHG. NHG.
bi-sunjane, adv., about, round about, blasen, to blow.]
near; Mk. I, 38. Ill, 34. [-snnjane, bliggwan (68), stv. (174, n. 1), to
for *sundjane, gen. pi. of the prsp. beat, cut, w. ace. and instr. dat.;
of V es- + suff. -jon- (Feist p. 19); Mk. V, 5. [OE. 'blgowan (Kluge,
s. iiu. ] W., blauen) (> ME. blowe, NE.
bi-swairban, stv. (174, n.l), to wipe. blow, a stroke, hit), OHG. bliuwan,
bi-swaran, stv. (177, n. 1), to swear MHG. bliuwe, NHG. blauen (now
to, to adjure, w. ace. of pers. and connected with blau, blu), to beat.]
bi w. dat.; Mk. V, 7.
-blindjan, wv. (187), to make blind,
Bibania (9, n. 1), pr. n., Bethany. in ga-b. [< blinds.]
bi-be and bi-beh (153, n. 2; 154, -blindnan, wv. (194), to becum blind,
n. 2; for -h, s. -lib), (1) adv., after in ga- blindnan. [< blinds.]
that, then, afterward; Mt. V, 24. blinds, adj. (123), blind. [OE. blind,
(2) conj. (218), while, when, as, as ME. blind, NE. blind.]
soon as; Mt. VI, 16. Mk. I, 42. II, bloma, m. (108), Sower; Mt. VI, 28.
15. IV, 10. 17. 29. Lu. II, 15. 21. [< V b!6, to bloom, suff. -man-. +
22. 39. 42. Skeir. VII, d. OE. bISma, m., ME. blome, NE.
-biudan, stv. (170; 173), to offer. bloom.]
Cpd. ana-b. [OE. beodan, ME. bede, blostreis (69, n. 2), m. (92), wur-
to offer, command, announce. NE. shipper, only in gub-b. [<*blostra-,
bid represents both OE. biddan and a sacrifice, < blutan + suff. -stra-.]
beodan; s. bidjan.] blotan, rv. (179, n. 1), to reverence,
biugan, stv. (173, n. 1), to bow, wurship, w. ace. of pers. and instr.
bend. Cpd. ga-b. [OE. bugan (u dat.; Lu. II, 37. [OE. b!6tan, to
for eo in the prs. forms), ME. buge, sacrifice.]
bouwe, NE. bow.] blob (gen. blobisj 94), n., blud; Mk.
bl-iihti, n. (95), custom; Lu. II, 27. V, 25. 29. [OE. b!6d (w. -d), n..,
42. [< biuhts.] ME. blod, n., NE. blud.]
bi-iihts (15), adj. (124), accustomd, bio Jja-ri inlands,
(prop, prsp.; adj.
wont. blud-running. [< stem of
133),
blubs (74, n. 2), m. (91, n. 2), table. prsp. of riiman.]blob +
[Apparently <V
of biudan. OE. bnauan (26), stv. (7179, n. 2), to
beod, m., table.] rub. [For. bi-n. ON. *bnfia b- <
bi-wimlan, stv. (174, n. 1), to wind -f- nua -ntia in gnua (later nua), =
round, enwrap, swathe, w. ace.; to scrape.]
Lu. II, 7. (biwundans, wrapt) 12. boka, f. (97), letter; II. Cor. Ill, 6;
blandan, rv. (179, n. 1), to blend, in pi. letters; epistl; anafllhis bo-
mix. [OE. blandan, bl9ndan, to kos, letters of commendation; II.
mix, confused with blendan, to make Cor. Ill, 1. afstassais bokos, writ-
blind, to mix, ME. blende, NE. ing of divorcement; Mt. V, 31.
blend.] [Probably nom.pl. of bdk, n., which,
bleibei, f.
(113), mercy; II. Cor. I, 3. at a later period, was mistaken for
[< bleibs.] a nom. sg. f. OE. boc, u., uzually
bokareis Dagalaiphus. 149
f. (pi. bee, w. i-ural.), ME. bok, NE. 32. 33. 34. 35. V, 37. II. Cor. I,
dags, 111. (90), day; Mk. I, 9. 13. II, danns, f. (103, n. 1), odor, savor;
20. IV, 35. Lu. II, 1. 6. 21. 22. II. Cor. II, 14. 15. 16. [ON.daunn,
36. 44. II. Cor. I, 14; daga jah m., odor.]
daga, day by day, daily; II. Cor. daupeins, f. (103, n. 1), baptism:
IV, 16; afor (lagans, after (sum) Mk. I, 4. [< daupjan suff. -ei-ni-.] +
days; Mk. II, 1; hi in ma daga, to- daupjan, wv. (187), to baptize, (1)
day; Mt. VI, 11. 30. Lu. II, 11; abs.; Mk. I, 4. (2) w. ace. and m
und hina dag, until (unto) this day; w. dat.; Mk. I, 8. (pass.) Mk. I,
II. Cor. Ill, 14. 15
[OE. dypan (y for ie < ea +
naht jah daga,
; 5. 9.
night and day; Mk. IV, 27; nah- -j Goth, au + -j), to immerge,
tam jah dagani, th. s.; Mk. V, 5. baptize.]
Lu. II, 37. [OE. daeg, m., ME.
daupjands, m. prop. prsp. of daupjan
dsei, dai, day, NE. day.] (115); sa d., the Baptist.
Daikapaulis, pr. n., Decapolis; dat. daur, n. (94), door, gate; Mk. I, 33.
-ein; Mk. V, 20. II, 2. [OE. dor, n., OHG. MHG.
dailjan, wv. (188), to deal, Cpd. tor, NHG. thor, u., door, gate; s.
ga-d. [<dails. OE. d*lau, ME. also auga-dauro.]
dele, NE. deal, v.] daursan, prt.-prs. (199), to dare, in
dails, f.
(103), deal, part, portion, ga-d. [OE. *durran, prs. ind. sg.
share. [OE. dl, m., ME. deal, del, dear (=Goth.-dars), ME. dar, der,
NE. deal, sb.] NE. dare.]
dal, n. (? 94, n. 2), dale, valley. daupeins, f. (103, n. 1), the dying;
[OE. dael, n., ME. dale, NE. dale.] II. Cor. IV, 10. [< daubjan suff. +
dalab, adv. (213, n. 2), downward, ei-ni), to kil, <
daubs.]
down. [< stein of dal + suff.
-daubnan, wv. (194), to die, in ga-d.
].]
dalaba, adv. (213, n. 2), below. [< daubs.] [<
dalab + suff. -a.] daubs, gen. daubis, adj. (124), ded;
dalabro, adv. (213, n. 2), from be- II. Cor. I, 9. [Prop, an old ptc.
neath. [< stem of dal + suff. -bro.] < V dau (containd in ON. d6, prt.
daubiba, f. (97), defness; d. hair- of deyja (Noreen, 413), stv., to
tins, hardness of hart; Mk. Ill, 5. die, > ME. deye, NE. die) +suff. -bo-.
[<daufs, gen. daub-is, +
suff.-ibo-.] OE. dad, ME. ded, ded, NE. ded.]
duiilman, wv. (194, b), to becum daubus, m. (105), deth; II. Cor. I, 9.
def., in af-d. [< *daui's, gen. dau- 11. 16. in pi. deths, i. e. dangers of
34. [< drinsan, pp. drnsans. OE. for, because; Lu. II, 4; w. opt.,
dry re, ra., fall.'} that, in order that; Mk. IV, 21.
drusun, prt. of drinsan. II. Cor. Ill, 13.
Fadar, m. (114), father. [OE. faeder, NE. for- (except in forfeit, where it
fagrs, adj. (124), suitabl, fair. [OE. fairina, f. (97), charge, cause; Mt. V,
faeger, adj., fair, beutiful, ME. 32. [< fair- + suff. -ino- (?). OE.
faeijer, fayr, NE. fair.] firen (< *firenu), f., crime, sin.]
fahan (5b), rv. (179), to each, seiz. fairneis, adj. (128), old; Mk. II, 21.
[OE. f6n (< ffian < fohan < fgnhan 22. [< *fairna- ( < *fair-j cp. fairra)
< fanhan; prt. fe"ng), ME. fon, fong suff. -na. +
OE. fyrn (cp. Siev.,
(by influence of the prt. forms w. 302), ME.furn, former, OHG.firni,
ug), to each, > OE. ME. fang, NE. MHG. virne, NHG. firn, old.]
fang (sb.).] fairra, adv. (213, n. 2; 217), far, far
fahej)s (faheds; ace. faheid; 7, n. 2), off; uzed as prep. w. dat.; Lu. II,
f. (103), joy, gladness; Mk. IV, 16. 15. 37. [< fair- + suff. -ra. OE.
Lu. II, 10. II. Cor. II, 3. [< fab- feor(r), ME. feor, fer, adv. and adj.,
(cp. fag-inon) + suff. -edi-.] NE. far.]
-fah jan, wv. (188), in fulla-f. [< fairrabro, adv. (213, n. 2), far from,
fah-; s. fahebs. ]
afar off; Mk. V, 6. [< fairra +
faian (22, n. 2), rv. (? 182, n. 1), bro.]
to find fault with. [Cp. fljan.J fair-weiljan, wv. (187), to look at,
faih (20, n. 2), n., fraud, deception. behold stedfastly, fix the eys upon,
faihon, wv. (190), in ga-f. [< faih. w. gen.; II. Cor. IV, 18; w. dn w.
Cp. OE. fah, adj., hostil, ge-fah, m., dat.; II. Cor. Ill, 7 ; in w. ace.; II.
foe, ME. fa, fo, adj., hostil, (i-) fa, Cor. Ill, 13.
(i-) fo, m. (sb.), NE. foe. See also faljmn, rv. (179), to fold. [OE. feal-
ga-faihon.] dan, ME. falde, folde, NE. fold.]
faihu (53), n. (106), catl, property, falbs, adj. (148), -fold, in ain-f.,
muney. [OE. feoh, n., ME. fg, NE. fldur-f. [<falj>an. OE. -feald, ME.
fee.] -fald, -fold, NE. -fold.]
*failm-braihns, m. (91, or -]>raihn, fana, m. (108), a small piece of cloth,
n.; 94?), plenty of catl, riches. a pach; Mk. II, 21. [OE. fana,
[-Jraihns < breihan + suff. -na-.] a piece of cloth, banner, ME. fane,
fair-, inseparabl particl, w. vs. and vane, NE. vane, flag.]
verbal derivativs which it intensi- Fanuel, pr. n., Phanuel; gen. -isj Lu.
fies. [OE. for-, iutensiv prefix, ME. II, 36. [<
154 faran fidwdr.
faran, stv. (177, n. 1), to fare, go. V, 42. [< faurhts. OE. fyrhtu (a
[OE. faran, to go, travel, ME. fare, for orig. I), f., ME. frigt, fri^t, NE.
NE. fare.] fright.]
Fareisaius, m., Farisee; nom. pi. faurhtjan, wv. (188), to fear, be-
eis; Mk. II, 16. 18. 24. Ill, 6.; afraid; Mk. V, 36. [< faurhts. OE.
gen.pl. -e; Mt.V, 20. [<4>aptffaU<?.] fyrhtan, ME. frijte, a-frijt, pp.,
fast an, wv. (193), to hold fast, ob- NE. fright (poet.), affright.]
serv, keep; to fast; Mt. VI, 16. 17. faurhts, adj. (124), fearful; Mk. IV,
18. Mk. II, 18. 19. 20. Cpd. ga-f. 40. [OE. forht, timid.]
[< *fasts (= OE. test, adj., firm, faur-lageins, f. (103, n. 1), a laying
strong, ME. NE. fast). OE. testan, before; hlaibos faurlageinais, show-
ME. faste, to fasten, fast, NE. fast bred; Mk. II, 26. [< faur.lagjan
(also fasten, ME. feestne, OE. fsest- + suff. -ei-ni-.]
nian < OE. test).] laur-miiljan (15), wv. (188), to bind
fastubni, n. (95), (1) a keeping, ob- up one's mouth, to muzl.
servance. (2) fasting; Lu. II, 37. faurbis, adv., first, beforehand, be-
[< fastan + suff. -ubnja-. OE. fore; Mt. V, 24. Mk. Ill, 27. II.
testen, n., ME. fasten, festen, fast- Cor. I, 15. [< faur adverbial +
compar. suff. -bis (<-biza-)- OE.
fabs, m. (101), master; s. bi*iib-, furOor, ME. furCer, NE. further.}
gynagoga-, busundi-fabs. faurbiz-ei, conj. (218), before; Mt.
faur, prep. w. ace. (217), (1) of space, VI, 8. Lu. II, 21. faurbize (6, n.
before, along, by; Mk. 1, 16. II, 13. 4); Lu. II, 26.
IV, 4. (2) in abstr. relations, for, for *faus, adj. (124, n. 3), few. [OE.
. . sake,
.
concerning; II. Cor. 1, 6. 11. fea(w-), ME. fewe (the -we is due
V, 15. 20. Occurs also in compo- to the inflected forms), NE. few.]
sition w. other words. [OE. for, -Muan, wv. (193), in in-f-, to be
prep., before, for, ME. NE. for.] moved with compassion, to pity;
faura faur-, (1) adv. of space and Mk. I, 41.
time, before. (2) prep. w. dat. fera (8), f. (97), region, side, part.
(217), (a) of space, before; Mt. VI, [OHG. feara, fiara, side, part.]
2. Mk. I, 2. V, 21. Lu. II, 22. fldur- (15, n. 1; 24, n. 2; 141, n. 1),
II. Cor. V, 10; (b) in abstr. re- num. (only in cpds.), four. [<
lations, for, because of; *flbur.Mk. OE. fyCer-, ME. feSer-,
II, 4.
f. andwairbja w. gen., before; Mk. four; cp. fidwdr.]
II, 12. Occurs also in composition fidur-falbs, adj. (148), four-fold.
w. other words. [OE. ME. fore, fldwor, num. (141), four; Lu. II, 37;
prep., for, before; cp. faur.] dat. -im; Mk. II, 3. [For *fldwor-
faura-gaggja (67, n. 1), m. (108), (i)z. OE. fyCer-, ME. feSer-. Cp.
'fore-goer', guvernor, steward. [< OE. feower (< *fewur, for *fehwur
gaggja < *gaggi < gaggan suff. = 0. Icel. fjogor, fjugur, n., < an
+
-ja.] erlier *kwekur- < *kwetur-; cp.
faura-ga-satjan, wv. (187), w. ace., Brugm., Ill, p. 11), ME. foure,
to set before, to present; II. Cor. NE. four. Cp. fldur.]
IV, 14. fidwor-taihnn, num. (141). [OE.
faur-hah (5b), n. (94), curtain. [< feower-tene, ME. fourtene, NE.
hah < Italian. | fourteen.]
faiirhtei, f. (113), fright, fear; Mk. fldwor tigjus (cp. tigus), num. (142),
figgra-gul \> f odeins.
155
forty; Mk. I, 13. Skeir. VII, d Skeir. VII, c. [OE. feolu, feola,
(= -m-). fgowertij, ME.
[OE. ME. fela, fele, OHG. filu, MHG.
fowwerrtij, vourti, NE. forty.] vil(e), NHG. viel, much.]
figgra-gnl)> (88), n.(94), 'finger-gold', fllusna, f. (97), abundance; Skeir.
Skeir. VII, d. [OE. tedan (< "ra- fra-itan, stv. (176, n. 3), to eat up,
dian), ME. fede, NE. feed.] devour, w. ace.; Mk. IV, 4. [OE.
fon (12, n. 3), n. (118), gen. fiinins, fretan (< *for-etan), to eat up,
dat. funin, fire; Mt. V, 22. [< V devour, ME. frete, to devour, con-
m (Goth, d for u) suff. -na, + sume, corrode, NE. fret, to eat
-ii-an-. In West-Germanic the suff. away.]
-r- is added. OE. fyr (< fu-ir), fraiw, n. (94, n. I), seed; Mk. IV, 3.
ME. fir, NE. fire.] 26. 27. 31. [ON. tree (dat. fr&wi),
fdtn-baurd (88a), n. (94), foot-board, n., seed.]
foot-stool; Mt. V, 35. [< fotus + fra-kunnan, prt.-prs. (199, n. 1), to
baiml =
OE. bord, n., board, shield, despise, w. dat.; Mt. VI, 24.
table, ME. bord, NE. board.] fra-qiman, stv. (175, n. 1), to ex-
fotus, m. (105), foot i Mt. V, 35. pend, spend, consume, w. dat.; Mk.
Mk. V, 4. 22. [Stem fotu-, orig. V, 26.
fot- (consonantal stem). OE. fot, fra-qistjan, wv. (188), to destroy;
pi., let, m., ME. f6t, fot, pi. ft, Mk. I, 24. II. Cor. IV, 9.
NE. foot.] fra-qistnan, wv. (194), to perish;
fra-, an inseparabl particl uzed w. Mt. V, 29. 30. Mk. II, 22. IV, 38.
vbs. and verbal nouns. It chiefly II. Cor. II, 15. Skeir. VII, d.
signifies 'separation, destruction, fra-lailot, prt. of fraletan.
loss, change', and the like. [A fra-letan -loitan; 7, n. 2), rv. (181),
i
'hearing, knowing, receiving, lern- God), OHG. fro, MHG. vr6, lord,
ing', of, from, about; Mk. Ill, 21; king, God, NHG. frohu- (< OHG.
(b) of 'cause or motiv', from; II. frono, gen. pi.) in cpds.]
Cor. II, 3 (c) denoting the 'source' IVaiijinoH, wv. (190), to be lord, be
;
wheuse anything cums, from; Lu. king, rule over; Lu. II, 29; w. dat.;
II, 1. II. Cor. I, 2. on the part of, II. Cor. I, 24. [< frauja.]
of; Mt. VI, 1 (d) concerning, on fraujinonds, in. (115), ruler. [Prop,
;
onward; Mk. I, 19. [< fram + -is, OE. -wyrht (< *wurhti-), f., ME.
the adv. ending of the compar.] -wurht, deed, work.]
fram-wigis, adv. (214), continually, fra-weitan, stv. (172. n. 1; 197, n. 1),
ever more, [-wigis is gen. sg. of to avenge, revenge.
fra-weitands, m. (115), revenger.
fra-slindan, stv. (174, n. 1), to swal- [Prop. prsp. of fra-weitan.]
low up; II. Cor. V, 4. frehun, prt. of fraihnan. .
fraj>i (74, n. 3), n. (95), mind; II. Cor. freidjan, wv. (188), to spare, w. gen.;
Ill, 14. IV, 4. [< fral>- (in frafr- II. Cor. I, 23. [OHG. friten, to luv,
jan).] foster, protect, > frit- in frithof,
frajjjan, stv. (177, n. 2), to under- MHG. vrithof, churchyard, cognate
stand, know; Mk. IV, 12; be in with vride, enclosure, > NHG. fried-
right mind; Mk. V, 15; w. dat., to hof, m., churchyard, graveyard.
understand; Lu. II, 50. [Cp. fro|>s Cp. friajwa, -frij6n.]
(w. ablaut).] frei-hals (88), m. (91, n. 4), liberty,
frafrjan, wv. (185), in fulla-f. [< freedom; II. Cor. Ill, 17. [<freis
-frajyis.] + hals. OE. freols (< *freoheals <
-frajijis, adj. (126), thinking, minded. frioheals, for *frijo-hals), liberty,
[< fraj>- (in fraj>jan, stv.) + suff. freedom, lit. the state of having a
-ja-.] free neck.~\
frijoudi, f. (98), a, femal frend. [< 32. [OE. fugol, m., ME. fojel, fowel,
fry ends.] NE. fowl.]
frijonds, m. (115), frend; Mt. V, 47. fnlgins (66, n. 1), adj. (124), hidn;
[Prop. prsp. of frijon. OE. freond Mk. IV, 22. [< the stem of the pp.
(< fri(j)gnd), ME. frend, NE. frend.] of fllhan.]
<}a-, inseparabl particl prefix! to vs., ga-biugan, stv. (173, n. 1), to bow,
sbs., adjs., and advs. For its bend; Mk. V, 4 (s. note).
various meanings, s. my 'Compara- wv. (187), w.
ga-blindjan, ace.; to
tiv Glossary', 113, or 'First
p. make blind, to blind, w. ace.; II.
pass, the nom.; Lu. II, 11. ga-daila, m. (108), partaker; II. Cor.
ga-bairhtjan, wv. (188), to make 1, 7. [< *ga-dails, adj., partaking;
bright or clear, to manifest, show, -dails < sb. dails.]
w. ace.; II. Cor. II, 14; in pass. ga-dailjan, wv. (188), to divide, se-
the nom.; Mk. IV, 22. parate, w. ace. (in pass, the nom.);
ga-bar, prt. of gabairan. Mk. Ill, 26; w. vnbra w. ace.; Mk.
ga-bauau (26), wv. (179, n. 2; 193, III, 24. 25.
n. 1), to dwel; Mk. IV, 32. ga-daiirsan, prt.-prs. (199), to dare.
ga-baiir, m. (91, n. 4), a festiv meal. ga-daubnan, wv. (194), to die; Mk.
[Lit. that which is brovgbt to- V, 39.
gether, < ga-bairan, to bring to- Gaddarenus, pr. n. [< Fa8ap^v6<i.'\
gether.] *ga-dofs (56, n. 1), adj. (130, n. 2),
ga-baur J)s, f. (103), birth. [< ga- becuming, fit. [< ga-daban (prt.
bairan, to hear, +
suff. -)>i-. OE. gadof). OE. ge-defe, adj.; suitabl,
ge-byrd, f., ON. burSr > ME. burth, fit. See also -daban.]
birth, bur]>, NE. birth.] ga-draban, stv. (177, n. 1), to hew
out.
gabei (34). f.
(113), riches; Mk. IV,
19. ga-drans, prt. of gadriusan.
[<giban.]
ga-draiisjan, wv. (188), w. ace., to
ga-beisljan, wv. (187, n. 3), to lern.
thrust down, cast down; pp.
ga-bigs, ga-beigs (17, n. 3), adj.
gadrausibs; II. Cor. IV, 9.
(124), rich. [< giban + suff. -i-ga-,
ga driusan, stv. (173, n. 1), to fall,
-ei-ga-.]
w. ana (upon) w. dat.; Mk. IV, 5;
ga-binda (32), f. (97), band, hood. du (at) w. dat.; Mk. V, 22; faffr
[< ga-biudan.] wig, by the way side; Mk. IV, 4;
ga-bindan, stv. (174), to bind, w. in w. ace., into, among, on; Mk.
ace.; Mk. Ill, 27. V, 4 (gloss); and IV, 7. 8; so in a pass, sense, to be
instr. dat.; Mk. V, 3; in pass. w. cast; Mt. V, 29. 30.
a subj. uom.; Mk. V, 4. gaf, prt. of giban.
160 ga-fabs gahts.
ga-fahs (5 b), m. (91), a each, haul. V, 34; mi]> w. dat.; Mt. V, 41. VI,
[< ga-fahan.] 6. Lu. II, 51; Jrairh w. ace.; II.
tion; II. Cor. V, 18. 19. [< ga ga-hait, n. (94), promise; II. Cor. I,
frfydn.] 20. [< ga-liaitan. OE. ge-hat, n.,
ga-fulljan, wv. (188), to til, w. ace., promise. ME. hat, hdt, promise,
the th. w. which anything is fild, OHG. gahei3, m., MHG. geheis, m.,
occurs in the gen., Skeir. VII, d. geheise, n., NHG. geheiss, n., com-
ga-fullnan, wv. (194), to becum ful, mand.]
to fil (intr.), fil up (intr.); hense to ga-hardjan (14, n. 1), wv. (197), to
be fild; Mk. IV, 37. harden.
ga-gaggan, anv. (179, n. 3; 207), ga-haiisjan, wv. (187), to hear; Mk.
to cum together, gather together; II, 17. IV, 9. 15. Lu. II, 18; w.
so w. the refl. sik; Mk. Ill, 20. ace.; Mk. V, 36. Lu. II, 20 (s.
ga-ga-wairjman, wv. (194, n. 1), w. note); bi w. ace.; Mk. V, 27.
dat., to reconcile one's self to, be ga-horinon, wv. (190), to whore,
reconciled to; II. Cor. V, 20. [< commit adultery with, w. dat.;
*gftfwair]>sj s. gawairpi.] Mt. V, 28.
gaggan, anv. (179, n. 3; 207), to ga-hraineins, f. (103, n. 1), a clenz-
go, go one's way, walk, cum; Mk. ing; Mk. I, 44. [< ga-hrainjaii +
II, 9. Ill, 6. V, 42; w. inf.; Mt. V, suff. -ei-ni-.]
24. Mk. I, 44; w. afar w. dat. (to ga-hrainjan, wv. (188), to clem;
go Mk. II, 14. 15.
after, follow); Mk. I, 40.
V, 24; du w. dat.; Mk. I, 38. 45. gahts (5 b), f. (103), a going, in
II,11. 13. V, 19; in \v. dat.; II. cpds. [Stein -gahti- (for -ganhti-)
Cor. IV, 2; or ace.; Mt. VI, 6. Mk. < gangan + suff. -ti-.]
ga-hugds ga-lagjan .
161
ga-hngds iSl, -
1), a lost sb. gst < *gas- (= Goth.
L(IQB), thought,
mint], conscience. [<
ga- ihngjan
<~
:!
OE. gehygd, f. n., thought, mind.] in a. yoke, a pair; Lu. II, 24.
f. (112), that which is put
sia-luiljaii, wv. (187), to cnver, hide, ga-juko,
conceal, w. ace. (iu pass, the nom.), together for the sake of comparison,
II. Cor. 3. hense a comparison, parabl: Mk.
IV,
ga-lcenaiiis, f. (103, n. 1), a staying Ill, 23. IV, 2. 10. 11. 13. 30. 33.
for a while, rest; II. Cor. II, 13. 34. [<gajuk.]
[< ga-toeilan + suff. -ai-ni-.] ga-juko, f. (110, n. 3), a female cum-
wv. (188), to threten, panion. [< gajuk.]
ga-ltotjan,
wv. (188), to make
rebuke, charge, w. dat.; Mk. I, 43. ga.kaimjaii,
known, w. ace. of pers. and dat. of
ga-iddja, prt. of ga-gaggan. Lu. to make known
th.; II, 15;
Gaiainna, in. (108), Gehenna; Mt. V, abroad, w. bi w. ace.; Lu. II, 17.
22. 29. 30. [< flewa.] ga-kroton (12, n. 1), .wv. (190), to
gailjan, wv. (187), to wake glad, crush, grind.
w. ace.; II. Cor. II, 2. [< *gails, ga-kuimaii, prt.-prs. (199, n. 1), to
adj., = OE. gft], ME. gal, gol, adj., acknowledge one's inferiority or
proud, wanton, OHG. MHG. geil, subjection, to subject one's self.
wanton, merry, gay, XHG. geil, ga-kimiian, wv. (193; 199, 1), to
adj., lascivious, lewd, fat.] recognize, know, consider, \\. ace.,
Gaina (21, n. 1; 65, n. 1), pr. n. Mt. VI, 28. II. Cor. I, 14.
Gainnesarai]) (23). pr. Gennesaret. ga-kusts, f. (103), proof, test.
n., [<
[< /V/X/JrtY//; ;'/.]
ga-kiusan, to prove, test, + snff.
gairda, 1.
(97), girdl; Mk. I, 6. [< -ti-. -kusts OE. cyst, f., = ME.
v of -gairdan. OX. gjorfc, f., girdl, cust, choice, quality.'}
girth, > ME. gerth, NE. girth.] ga-qemun, prt. of gaqimau.
-gairdan, stv. (174, n. 1), to gird, in ga-qiman, stv. (175, n. 1), to cum
bi-g. [Cp. OE. gyrdan, wv., ME. together; Mk. II, 2; w. sik and du
girde, NE. gird.] w. dat,; Mk. V, 21.
gairnjan, wv. (188), to yern for, ga-qiss, adj. (124, n. 1), consenting.
cuvet, desire, wish; II. Cor. V, 2. [< ga-qipan +
suff. -ta- (qissa- <
[< -gairns (= OE. georn, adj. *qip-to-).]
(georne, adv.), ME. jeru, adj., ga-qiujan (42), wv. (187), to quicken,
zelous, eager (jerne, adv.), OHG.
giv life; II. Cor. Ill, 6.
MHG. gem, adj., desirous, eager,> ga-qiunan (42, n. 3), wv. (194(, to
OHG. gerno, MHG. gerne,.XHG. becmn alive.
gerne,gem, adv., gladly, willingly, ga-q limps, f. (103). a cuming to-
eagerly.). OE. geornian, ME. erue, gether, assembly, council; Mt. V, 22;
XE. yern.] synagog; Mt. VI, 2. 5. [< ga-
gairu (cp. 20, n. 2), n. (106, n. 1), qiman + suff. -pi-, -qunips = OHG.
*ting. MHG. kunift, kunft ( w. eufonic
-gaisjan, wv. (188), in iis-g. [ME. before which m
clianged to n), a
Scaud.) gase, XE. gaze. Cp. cuming, arrival, XHG. -kuuft (in
aghast for agast for agasted, pp. cpds.).]
of ME. agasten [Sk.] < OE. ft- ( = ga-lagjan, AW. (188), to lay, lay
Goth, us-) 4- gstau, to terrify, < down, w. ace. and in w. dat.; Lu.
162 ga-laista ga-meljau.
II, 7. 12 ;
or ace., to cast into; Mt. II, 13; hindar w. ace.; Mk. V, 17;
V, 25. VI, 30. in w. ace.; Mk. 21. 45. II, 1. 26.
I,
ga-laista, m. (108), follower, cum- III, 1. 27. IV, 1. V, 12. 13. 38.
panion; g. wair^an AV. dat., to Lu. II, 15. II. Cor. I, 16. IT, 13;
follow; Mk. I, 36. [< *ga-laists, mty w. dat,; Mk. V, 24; innj Mk.
adj., following; -laists < the sb. V, 40.
laists; s.
laisljan.] ga-lesun, prt. of galisan.
ga-laij), prt. of ga-lei)>an. ga-lewjan, wv. (188), w. ace., to
ga-laubeins (31), f.(103, n. I), belief, betray; Mk. Ill, 19.
faith; Mk. II, 5. IV, 40. V, 34. II, ga-ligri, n. consummation of
(95),
Cor. I, 24. IV, 13. V, 7. [< ga- marriage, a lying-together. [<
lit.
du w. dat.; Mk. Ill, 13; fairra w. AV. dat. of the pers. addrest; IT.
dat.; Lu. II, 15; faur w. ace.; Mk. Cor. II, 4. (2) the th. Avritu is in-
ga-mosteduu ga-sakaii. 163
dicated by the ace., to enrol for eous, just; Mt. V, 45. Lu. II, 25.
taxation, to tax; Lu. II, 1. (3) w. [OHG. gi-rebt, right (not righteous],
dat. of pers. and ace. of tb.; II. Cor. MHG. gereht, NHG. gerecbt, adj.,
II, 3. w. in w. dat.: II. Cor. Ill,
(4) right, righteous.]
2; and swej Mk. I, 2.; or swaswe; *ga-raij>s (-raids; 74, n. 2), adj.
Lu. II. 23. (5) w. a final clause (124), commanded, appointed. [OE.
w. duj>pe ei; II. Cor. II, 9; or
. . .
(ge-)r&de (w. umlaut), ME. rede,
el; II. Cor. II, 3. (6) inn g., to adj., redy, > (or < the Scand.)
inscribe; II. Cor. Ill, 3. Jiata ME. (i-) rsedi, ra?di^, redy, w. suff.
gamelido (pp. uzed as sb.), that -i, -i, OE. ig), NE. redy.]
which is writn; II. Cor. IV, 13. *ga-raJ>janJ, stv. (177, n. 2), to
ira-mostedun, prt. of iramotaii. reckon, number.
ga-inotan, prt.-prs. (202), to hav or garda-waldands (88*, n. 2), m. (115),
find room, hav place; Mk. II, 2. master of the house, [-waldands
ga-inotjan, wv. (188), to meet, w. is prsp. of tvaldaii.J
iuougb, inow, NE. enuf.] 38. Lu. II, 17. 20 (s. note). 48; in
ga-railitei, f. (113), righteousness; to appear, w. pred. nom.;
pass.,
Mt. V, 20. II. Cor. Ill, 9. V, 21. Mt. VI, 16. 18 1>6 gasaihranuua,
;
rebuke, w. dat.; Mk. IV, 39; in pass. to stand, stand stil, stoj>; w. in w.
w. Tiom.; Skeir. VII, a. dat., to tarry,stay behind; Lu. II,
ga-sandjan (74, n. 3), \vv. (187), to 43. (2) trop., (&) to take position,
unite in sending; hense to ac.cum- rize up, w. ana w. ace.; Mk. Ill, 26
pany, w. ace. of pers. and in w. ace. (the first); to stand; Mk. Ill, 26
of place; II. Cor. I, 16. (the second); w. (loc.) dat.; II. Cor.
ga-satjan, wv. (187), to set, place, I, 24; (b) to be restored: Mk.III, 5.
w. iiamd g. w. dat. (indir. gasti-g6J>s (88*), adj. (124;,
ace.; good to
obj.), to glv a name or surname; a stranger, hospitabl.
Mk. Ill, 16 (s. note). 17.
ga-stojan (26), wv. (186), to judge,
ga-sehmm, prt. of gasaifran. determin, w. ace. and at w. dat.;
ga-sibjon, \vv. (190), AV. dat., to re- II. Cor. II, 1.
concile one's self to, be reconciled ga-stol>, prt. of gastandnn.
to; Mt, V, 24. gasts, m. (101), stranger. [OE. gaest,
ga-siggqan, sty. (174, n. 1), to sinA- ME. gest, stranger, gest, enemy,
(said of the sun); Mk. I, 32; w. NE. gest.]
(instr.) dat., o sink under, be ga-suljan, wv. (188), to found,
s\v allow d up; II. Cor. II, 7. ground.
ga-siiijja (gasinj>a),m.(108), (travel- ga-swalt, prt. of ga swiltan.
ing) cumpanion, in pi. cumpany(ior ga-swikunbjan, wv. (188), to make
the Grk. aovoSio); Lu. II, 44. [< known, manifest, w. ace.; Mk. Ill,
*ga-sinj>s, adj.; -sinbs the sb. < 12.
Miibs. OHG. gi-sindo(for gasindjo), ga-swiltan, stv. (174, u. 1). to die;
MHG. gesinde, m., traveling cum- Mk. V, 85.(the II. Cor. V, 15
panion, servant, while OHG. gi-sind, second); w. faur w. ace.; II. Cor. V,
MHG. gesint(d), QE. ge-sid (s. 15 (three times).
sinbs), in., cumpanion, attendant, ga-taihuu, prt. of ga-tcihau.
are strong sbs.] ga-tairau, stv. (175, n. 1), to tear,
ga-sitan, stv. 176, n. 1), to set one's
( tear to pieces, break, destroy; Mt.
self down, sit down, sit, w. in w. V, 17. 19; iu pass., to be dissolvd;
dat.; Mk. IV, 1. II. Cor. V, 1 to be destroyd, be ;
report, announce; AV. in AV. dat. of AV. dat.; II. Cor. 1, 4; or bairh \v.
place; Mk. V, 14; \v. dat. of pers. ace.; II. Cor. I, 4; in pass, the
and a clause introduced by hran nom. (exprest or implied), w.
fllu; Mk. V, 19; or, in the pass., an (instr.) dat.; II. Cor. I, 4; or in AV.
int. frase as subj.; Lu. II, 26. gen.; II. Cor. I, 6.
ga-temiba (32), adv. (103, 11. 3; ga-brask (32), u. (94), threshing
210), fitly. [< *ga-tems (= OHG. floor. [< ^
of (*ga-)briskan.]
gi-zami, MHG. gezdeme, adj., fit, ga-bnlan, wv. (193), to suffer, en-
i,uitabl) -ba;+ <
\f of ga-tinian. dure, AV. ace. and frain AV. dat.;
ga-timan, stv. (175, n. 1), to suit. Mk. V, 26.
ga-timrjo, f. (112), building; II. Cor. ga-Jrtvasljan, AAV. (188). to confirm,
V, 1. [-timrjo < -tinira (\v. suff. restore, stablish, AV. ace. and in w. .
iiuililing; -f- suff. -J6li-.] observ, behold, (1) abs.; Mk. IV,
ga-trauau (26), AW. (179, 193), n. 2; 12. (2) AV. a clause AV. bateij
to h;iv confidence, be confident, to Skeir. VII, d. in pass., to appear,
trust; II. Cor. A', 6. 8; AV. in AV. be seen, AV. dat.; Mt. VI, 5. [OHG.
dat.; II. Cor. II, 3. goumen and goumou, MHG. gou-
ga-tnlgjan, AW. (188), to confirm, men, to pay attention to, observ.]
establish; pp. gatulgibs, firm, sted- gannun, AW. (189), to lament.
fast; II. Cor. I, 6. ganrjan, to make sorry, to griev,w.
gativo, f. (112), street. [ON. gata ace.; II. Cor. II, 5 (the second);
(ace. gtu), f., street, > ME. gate, also abs., to cause grief; II. Cor.
NE. (Sc.) gate, way, path.] II, 5 ^the first). sa guurida (pp.;
r
ga-bairsan, stA . (174, n. 1), to 134), he who is made sorry, AV. us
wither; Mk. Ill, 1. 3. AV. dat.; II. Cor. II, 2. [< gaurs.]
ga-Jmiirbs (56, n. 3), adj. (124), gaurs (24, n. 3), adj. (124), sorry,
temjierate. [<\/of (*ga-)J)aurban.] sorrowful, sad, grievd; AV. in AV.
ga-]>aursnan (32), wv. (194), to dry gen.; Mk. Ill, 5; of a sad counte-
up, wither away; Mk. IV, 6. V, 29. nance; Mt. VI. 16. [< \/ gau, in
(dial.) gewiiede, AV. 'lassen', to let giba, f. (96), gift; Mt. V, 24. IL
alone.'] Cor. I, 11. [< giban. OE. giofu.
ga-waknan (35), AW. (194), to awake, gil'u, f., ME. gife, gift; cp. -gifts.]
to return ; Lu. II, 20; w. in AV. ace.; the ace. an inf.; Mk. V, 43; AA-! dat.
Lu. II, 39. 45; AV. aftraj Lu. II, 43. of pers.; Mt, V, 42. Mk. II, 2G; so
ga-wasjan, wv. (187), to clothe, AV. in pass.; Mk. IV, 25. Cpds. at-,
sik, to clothe one's self; Mt. VI, 29 ; fra-, us-g. [OE. giefan, gii'au, ME.
gawasfys (pp.), clothed; Mk. V, 15. gyve, NE. giv.]
II. Cor. V, 3. gawasfys \visan, to gibaiids, m. (115), giver. [Prop,
be clothed, AV. (instr.) dat.; Mk.I, 6. prsp. of giban.]
ga-waurki, n. (95), work, business. gif, imper. of giban.
[< ga- -f wabrk exteiided by suff. -gifts (56, n. 4), a giving, 1'.,
in fra-g.
ga-widan, stv. (176, n. 1), to join gilja, f. (97), tiickl; Mk. IV, 29.
together. [Cf. OX. gelda > ME. gelde, NE.
ga-wigaii, stv. (176, u. 2), to shake, geld.]
shake together. ginnan, stv. (174, n. 1), in du-g.,
ga-tviljis, adj. (126), willing, un- to begin. [OE. -ginnan, ME. ginue,
animous, [-wiljis wiljan.] < NE. gin (obs.), cpd. begin (be- =
ga-wiss, L (103), connection, joint. Goth, bi-.]
[< ga-widan, to join together, (s. Gisaleicus (21, n. 1), pr. n.
widan) + suff. -ti- (ss < dt).] gistra-dagis, adv. (214), to-morrow;
ga-wrisqan, stv. (174, n. 1), to pro- Mt. VI, 30. [Either an error, for
duce fruit. it means both yester-
afar-daga, or
gazds, in. (91), sting. [OE. gierd day and to-morrow; cp. ON. igivr,
(stem geardja- < gardjS,-, while to-morrow, yesterday; OHG. eges-
gazds an a-stem), gird,
is ME. i'., teru, day after to-morrow, day he-
yerde, twig, rod, NE. yard.] fore yesterday; gistra gis- (cp. Lt. <
-geisnan, AW. (194), in us-g., to be- hes-ternus, yesterday) -tra; da- +
cum amazed. [Cp. -gaisjan.] gis is gen. of dags.]
Oelimer, pr. u. (6, u. 2). -gitaii, stv. (176, n. 1), to get, iu
giutan gu}>bl6streis.
bi-g. [OE. gietan, getan, ME. gete, gretan, rv. (181), to weep, lament;
NE. get (also in cpds.).] Mk. V, 38. 39. [OE. gr&tan, ME.
gintau, stv. (173, n. 1), to pour, w. grete, NE. greet, to weep, lament.]
ace. and in w. ace.; .Mk. II, 22. grets, m. (101, n. 1), weeping. [<
[OE. geotan, ME. jete, to pour, gretan.]
OHG. giosan, MHG. giejen, NHG. grinda-frabjis, adj. (126), feebl-mind-
giesseu, to pour, cast.] ed, pusillanimous.
glaggwo, adv., (211), diligently, per- *gribs (grids; 74, n. 2), f. (103), step,
fect ly, accurately, we]. [< *glagg- grade, degree.
\vus + adv. suff. -6.] groba (35), f. (97), hole. [< V of
glaggwuba (4, b), adv. (131, n. 2; graban. OHG. gruoba, MHG.
210 and n. 1), diligently, accurate- gruobe, NHG. grube, f., pit, hole,
ly- [< glaggwus -f -ba.] dich.]
*glaggwus (68), adj. (131, n. 2). guda-faurhts (88S n. 1), adj. (124),
[OE. gleaw, ME. gleu, adj., saga- God-fearing, devout; Lu. II, 25.
cious, skild.~\ guda-laus (88, n. 1), adj. (124),
glitmnnjan, wv. (187), to glitter, godless, without God.
shine. [< *glitmuni, shine, splendor, gud-hus (88, n. 1), n. (94), house
< *glitmun- (+suff. -ja), splendor, of God, tempi,
< *glit- = ( gHt- in E. glit-ter) + Gndi-lub (56, n. 1; 88*, n. 2), pr. n.
suff. -mini-.]
gudja, m. (108), priest; Mk. I, 44.
goljan, wv. (188), to greet, salute,
\\elcum, w. ace.; Mt. V, 47.
II, 26. [< gub suff. -jan-.] +
gulb, n. (94), gold. [OE. gold, n.,
gobs (gen. godis), adj. (124, n. 2:
ME. gold, NE. gold.]
138), good, meet, suitabl; Mt. V,
45. Mk. IV, 20. Lu. II, 14. [OE. guma, m. (107), man. [OE. guraa,
god, ME. god, god, NE. good.] ME. gome, NHG. -gam (in brauti-
graba (35), f. (97), dich, trench.
gam, bride-groom) < MHG. gome,
[<
OHG. gomo, m., man,]
v of graban.]
gras (gen. grasis), n. (94), grass, gub (1, n. 4), m. (94, n. 3; 118, n. 1),
hhide of grass, herb; Mk. IV, 28. God guda, gods); Mt. V, 34.
(in pi.
32. [OE. graes, u., ME. gras, gress, Mk. II, IV, 11. 26. 30. Lu. II,
7.
NE. grass.] 13. 20. 28. 40. 52. II. Cor. I, 1.
2. 3. 9. 12. 19. II, 15. 17. Ill, 4.
gredags, adj. (124), greedy, hungry;
Mk. 25. IV, 2. 4. 6. 7. 15. V, 1. 5. 11. 18.
II, [< gredus (=OE. grAd,
orig. u-stem, in., greed),
19. 20. 21. [OE. god, m., God; n.,
in., greed,
hunger, + suff. -a-ga-. OE. grdig god, ME. god, NE. God, god.]
(w. suff. -ig-), ME. gredi, NE. gnba-skaunei (88a, n. 1), t. (113),
greedy.] the form of God. [-skauuei <
greipan, stv. (172, to seiz, take. skauus.]
Cpds. fiiir-, und-g. [OE. gripan, gub-blostreis (88, n. 1; cp. 69, n. 2),
ME. gripe, NE. gripe.] in. (92), wurshipper of God.
168 habau haitan.
Haban, wv. (192), (1) tohav, possess, hailjan, \vv. (188), to heal, (1) abs.;
(a) abs.: Mk. IV, 25; (b) w. aoc.; Mk. Ill, 2. (2) w. ace. of disease;
Mt, V, 46. VI, 5. Mk. I, 22. 32 Mk. Ill, 15. Cpd. ga-h. [<
(s. nnhulbo). 4 <>. 1- 3 15m -
- n
hails. OE. h&lan, ME. hele, NE.
- -
dat,; Mk. II, 19; us w. dat.; II. Cor. cuntry; Mk. I, 38. V, 14. [OE.
V, 1; \vibra w. ace.; II. Cor. V, 12. ham, m., ME. horn, home, dwell-
(2) to hold, take, take bold of, ing, in ace. uzed as adv., NE. home,
keep; lialmij) wisan, to be held, be -ham, Ham-, in names of places.]
redy for; Mk. Ill, 9. (3) to 'hav hairaisis (23), heresy, in nom. pi.
eviF, be sick; Mk. I, 32 (the first). eis. [< atpffi$, pi. -sty.]
34. II, 17; >vairs h., rather to be hairda, f. (97), herd, flock; Mk. V,
wurse; Mk. V, 26; aftumist h., to 11. 13. Lu. II, 8. [OE. heord, f.,
lie at the point ofdeth; Mk. V, 23; ME. herde, NE. herd.]
ufarassau h., to hav in abundance; hairdeis, m. (90), herd, shepht-rd ;
II. Cor. II, 4. Cpds. dis-, ga-h. Lu. II, 8. 15. 18. 20.
[< hairda.
[OE. habban, ME. habbe, have, OE. hierde, hyrde, and heorde
NE. hav.] (without uml., ME. herde, NIL
hafjan, stv. (177, n. 2), to hear, lift herd, -herd (in shepherd 'sheep-
up, bear; Mk. II, 3. Cpds. and-, herd').]
us-h. [OE. hebban, ME. hebbe, hairto, u. (109), hart; Mt. V, 28.
heve, NE. heav.] VI, 21. Mk. II, 6. 8. Ill, 5. IV,
-liaftian (35), \vv. (194), to heav 15. Lu. II, 35. II. Cor. I, 22. II,
hail>i, f. (98), heath, field; Mt. VI. handugei, f. (113), wisdom; Lu. II,
28. 30. [OE. h&&, f., ME. heth, 40. II. Cor. I, 12. [< handiigs.]
XE. heath.] handugs, adj. (124), wise. [< hand-
haibhvisks, adj. (124), wild; Mk. I. (not allied to handus; s. Kluge,
G. [< haibi + suff. -i-ska- (= E. Stammbildungslehre, 203) suff. +
-ish), the between the two w u-ga (the u by influence of handus i.
vowels being intrusiv.] OE. hendig (w. suff. -ig), ME.
halba, (97), the half, a part; in
1'.
hendi, XE. handy (a for e by in-
bi/ai halbai, in this respect, in this fluence of hand), adj. skilful.]
behalf; II. Cor. Ill, 10. [Prop., f. handns, f. (105), hand; Mt. V, 30.
of halbs uzed as sb. OE. healf (< Mk. I, 81. 41. Ill, 1. 3. 5. V, 23.
*half), ME. half (behalfe, for be [OE. hond, hand, f., ME.
41.
halfe, XE. behalf), XE. half, side.'] hand, XE. hand.]
halbs, adj. (122, n. 1), half. [OE. hansa, f. (97), multitude, cumpany,
healf, ME. half, XE. half.] band of men. [OE. hos (6 < 9n <
haldan, rv. (179),
hold, keep, an), f., band of men, OHG. hansa,
to
feed; Mk. V. 11. 14.
[OE. healdan, f., multitude, MHG. hanse, a com-
ME. halde, holde, X'E. hold (notice mercial Jeag, XHG. hause, f., Hanse-
its various meanings).] atic leag.]
haldis, adv. (212), rather, more. hardjau (14, n. 1), wv. (187), to
[Prop, coinpar. adv. Cp. OE. ge- harden, in ga-h. [< Iianlus. j
healdre, ME. helder, G. halt (w. harduba, adv. (210 and n. 1), html,
loss of suff.), rather, more.] severely, grievously. [< hardus +
halja, f. (97, n. 1), hel. [Apparently -ba.]
C \ of *hilan (s. hiiljan) -f suff. hardu-hairtei, f. (113), hard-harted-
OE. hell (< *haljal, f., ME.
-jo-. ness. [< stem of hardus + hairtei
helle, XE. hel.] < -hair Is. adj.; s. arinahairti]>a. |
hals, m. (91, n. 4), neck. [OE. heals, hardus:, adj. (131), hard, sfVf-re.
hals, m., ME. hals, XE. halse (obs. ), [OE. heard, ME. hard, XE. hard,
OHG. MHG. XHG. hals, m., nock.] -ard (as in drunkard).]
li a i ill'- (53), adj. (124), maimd. harjis, in. (90), army, multitude,
[OHG. hampf, adj., maimd.] legion; Lu. II, 13. [OE. here (<
liamun, wv. (190), to clothe, in *heri < *ha:ri < *hari), m., army,
af-, ana-, ufar-h. [< a sb. = OE. multitude, ME. here, host, army, XE.
h9ma, haina, m., ME. hame, coat, her- (in heriot). har- (in harbor ).]_
cuvering (lic-hanie, OE. lic-hama, hatis, n. (gen. hatizis; 94 and n. 5),
body), XHG. -am, for ham, in leich- hate, hatred, wrath, anger. [<
nam, m., corpse, MHG. lichuame, hatan suff. -iz-a. OE. hete (i- +
OHG. lihhiuamo (lihliin is gen. of stem, orig. iz-stem s. however ;
-leika, in man-leika, m., OE. mau- persecution, ME. hete, hate, XE.
lica, in., MK. manliche, human form: hate.]
Goth, -leika < -leiks; s. ga-leikan). hatizun (78), wv. (190), to be angry.
m., corpse.] [< hatis.]
liana, in. [OE. hona, hatjau (and hatan; 193, u. 1), wv.
(108), cock.
hana, m., cock, ME. *hane, hau- to hate, w. ace.; Mt. V, 44. [<
(in cpds.), OHG. hano, MHG. hau, hat-, consonantal stem of hatis.
XHG. halm, in., cock.] OE. hatian, ME. hate, XE. hate.]
170 haubi]? hinnna, lima, liita.
haubifc n. (93), heel; Mt. V, 36. VI, Mt. V, 21. 27. 33. 38. 43. Cpds.
17. [OE. heafod, u., ME. heaved, and-, ga-, uf-h. [OE. hieran, by ran,
heved, NE. bed.] hera(n) (ie, etc., <ea (= Goth, an)
hauhei, f. (113, n. 1), height. [< before orig. j), ME. here, NE. hear.]
hauhs. OHG. hohi, MHG. hoehe, haiisjon, wv. (187, n. 3; 190), to
NHG. hohe, f., height.] hear; Mk. IV, 33. [= hausjan
hauheins, f. (103, n. 1), lit. a height- having goue over to the second
ening, a raizing on high; hense weak conjugation.]
honor, glory, praise. [< huiihjaii hawi, n. (dat. lianja; 95), ^TYJ.S.S: Mt.
+ suff. -ei-ni-.] VI, 30. Skeir. VII, b. [Prop., a
Iiaiihis, compar. adv. (212), higher. thing to be cut (< v/ ban, seen in
[< Inuilis. i OE. heawan, rv., ME. hewe, NK.
the highest height,
hiiuhisti, n. (95), hew). OE. heg, n., ME. hei, hai,
the highest; Lu. II, 14. [< haii- NE. hay.]
hista-, superl. stem of huuhs.] ha/cins, f. (103, n. 1). praise. [<
haiihjan, wv. (188), to raiz on high, ha/ jan + suff. -ei-ni-.]
exalt, glorify, w. ace.; Mt. VI, 2. ha/, jan, wv. (187). to praise, AV. ace.;
Mk. II, 12. [< hauhs. OE. hean, Lu. II, 13; and in w. gen.; Lu. II,
hegau, ME. heie, OHG. hohjan, 20. [OE. herian, ME. herie, NE.
hohen, MHG. hoehen, NHG. (er)- herry (obs.), to praise.]
hohen, to make high, raiz.] her (8), adv. (213, n. 1), here, hither.
hauhs, adj. (124), high; superl. han- [OE. her, ME. her, NE. here.]
hista, the highest; Mk. V, 7. [OE. Herodes (61), pr. n., Herod. [<
heah, ME. heigh, NE. high.]
hauiis, adj. (130, n. 2), humbl, base. Herodianns, pr. n. m., Herodian; dat.
[OE. heari, ME. hgne,
adj., base, pi. -urn; Mk. Ill, 6. [<'Hpw8'.a>6?.]
vile, poor; cp. G. hohn, in., scorn, hefcjo, f. (112), chamber; Mt. VI, 6.
disgrace.] hidre, adv. (213, n. 1), hither. [<
haiirds, f. (103), door; Mt. VI, 6. pronominal stem hi-, in liiiimia. +
II. Cor. II, 12. [OHG. hurt, pi. suff. -dre. Cp. OE. hider, ME. hider,
hurdi, f., hurdl, MHG. hurt, pi. ON. he5ra (to which seems due the
hiirte,hurde, f., hurdl, Joor,>NHG. th of) NE. hither.]
hiirde, f., hurdl, pen, fold; cp. also Hildericus (61, n. 1), pr. n.
OE. hyrdel (w. 1-suff.), m., ME. Hildibald (54, n. 2; 61, n. 1).
hurdel, NE. hurdl.] hilpau, stv. (174, n. 1), to help; w.
haurn, n. (94), horn. [OE. ME. NE. (instr.) dat. and bl w. ace.; II. Cor.
horn, n.] I, 11. [OE. helpau, ME. help.'. NE.
haurnja, m. (108), horn-blotver,
help.]
trumpeter. [< haurn 4- suff. -jan-.] hiinina-kiinds(88a),adj. (124), heven-
ha urn jan, \vv. (187), to blow a horn; ly; Lu. II, 13.
Mt. VI, 2. [< haurn.] himins, in. (91), heven; Mt. V, 18.
hausjan, \vv. (187), to hear, listen, 19. 20. 34. 45. 48. VI, 1. 9. 10.
harken, (1) abs.; Mk. IV, 3. 9. 12. 14. 20. 26. 32. Mk. I, 10. IV, 32.
23. (2) w. gen. of pers.; Lu. II, 47. Lu. II, 15. II. Cor. V, 1. 2. [ON.
(3) w. dat. of pers. (to listen to, himinn, in., heven. Cp. OHG. himil
hear); Lu. II, 46. (4) w. ace. of th.; (w. suff. -1-), MHG. hirael, NHG.
Mk. IV, 16. 18. 20. 24. (5) w. fram hiinmel, in., heven.]
w. dat.; Mk. Ill, 21. (6) w. patei; liiiimia. hina, hita (155), forms of a
hindana hleip>ra-stakeins. 171
defectiv prn., this; himnia datra. to- liinhina diinina; 62, n. 4), m. (108),
day; Mt. VI, 11. 30. Lu. JI, 11; crowd, multitude. [< \f of hauhs
und hina dag , 1
ing' [-stakeins <a lost v. *stakjan hnul>6 (15; hniito in B), f. (112),
(
= OHG. MHG. NHG. st-ckeii, wv., thorn, sting: [ON. hnufSa.]
to stick, put, set), to stick, put, lioriuon, wv. (190), to whore, com-
put vp.~\ mit adultery; Mt. V, 27. 32. -
hlifan, stv. (176, n. 1), to steal; Mt. Cpd. ga-h. [< hors.]
VI, 19. hors, m. (91), whoremonger, adult-
hlijans; s. hleis. erer. [ON. h6rr, m., adulterer,
liliuiiia, in. (108), hearing, ear. [< hdra, f., adulteress, > ME. hore,
hlin- (+ suff.
-man-) OE. hleo-, =
NE. whore (w. inorganic w).]
in hleoSor, n., that which is herd, hraineins, f. (103, n. 1), purification;
a, sound, voice. Its \/ is containd Lu. II, 22. [< liniinjuu + suff.
also in OE. hlud (orig. pp., herd), -ei-ni-.]
ME. lud, loud, NE. loud; and .in hrainja-hairts (88a, n. 2), adj. (124),
OHG. Hlud wig (-wig < V of Goth. pure in hart, pure-harted. [-liairts
weihau), NHG. Ludwig, Louis.] <hairt- in hairto; s. arinahairtiba.]
hliitrei, (113), purity, sincerity; hrainjan, wv. (187), to purify, clenz.
f.
II. Cor. I, 12. [<hlutrs. OHG. Cpd. ga-h. [< hrains. OHG.
hlut(t)rf, lut(t)ri, MHG. liuter, f., lireinnau (for hreiujan), reinen,
purity.] MHG. reinen, to make clean. NHG.
hlutrijta. f. (97), purity, sincerity; MHG. reinigen, to clean, <reinic(g),
II. Cor. II, 17. [< hlutrs +
suff. adj.,<reine-f-suff. -ic, -g; g.hrains.]
-i-]>6-.] hrains, adj. (130), pure, clean; h.
hlutrs (15), adj. (124), pure. [< V wairpan, to becum clean, be clean;
hlut +
suff. -ra-. OE. hlut't)or, Mk. I, 41. to be clenzd; Mk. I, 42.
ME. lutter, OHG. (h)lut(t)ar, MHG. [OHG. reini (r for hr), MHG. reine,
corpse.]
wv., to bend, press down.']
hropjau, wv. (188), to call, cry, cry
liuahvs, adj. (124), low, humbl. [< out; Mk. Ill, 11. V, 5; w. (instr.)
v/ of hneiwan (prt. hnaiw).]
dat.; Mk. 1, 26. V, 7. Cpd. uf.-h.
hnasqus, adj. (131, n. 1), soft, ten- [< hrops, in., outcry, clamor. (< \/
der. [OE. hnaesce, hnesce, ME. XE. ME.
of OE. hropan, rv., rope, NE.
nesh (obs.), soft, tender.] to cry, shout, OHG.
(Sc.) roup,
hneiwan, stv. (172, n. 1), to bend ruofan, MHG. ruofeu, NHG. rufen,
downwards, decline, bow. Cpd. to call, cry). OHG. ruofen, MHG.
ana-li. [OE. hnigan (For Goth, w riiefeu, wv., to call, cry out.]
and OE. g, s. Brgm., I, 443 and hrot, u., (94), roof; Mk. II, 4. [Cf.
444). OHG. nigan (for hnigan), OE. hrost (st<t-t), in., ME. rust,
MHG. nigen, stv., to bow, incline, NE. roost, a perch (for fowls).]
NHG. neigen, wv. (due to neigen adj. (124), victorious,
hro)>eigs,
= Goth, hnaiwjan.] triumfant; II. Cor. II, 14. [<
-hniiipan, .-.tv. (173, n.
1), in <lis-hn., *hrol>i- (< \/ hro, seen in OHG.
to tear or break to pieces, to break. (h)ruom, MHG. ruom, NHG. ruhm,
hrukjan h waiwa. 173
m., fame, glory, -f suff. -bi-) = OE. hund, n. (144), a hundred; occurs iu
Iire5, f., fume, + suff. -ei-ga-. OE. the pi. only, linnda ; cp. also hunda-
Ir.vSig, adj., triumt'nut.} fabs, chief of hundred men, cen-
hrukjan (15). wv. (188), to crow. turion. [OE. ME. hund, NE. hund-,
[Cf. OE. hrok, in., ME. rok, NE. in hundred, < ME. OE. hundred
rook, a kind of crow.] (-red =Goth. *rab in rabjo).]
hiiggrjan (66, n. 1; 67, n. 1), wv. linns!, n. (94), sacrifice; Lu. II, 2t,
(188). to hunger. [<sremhuugru-; [OE. husl (< *hunsl), n., offering,
s. hfihrus. OE. hyngran, ME. NE. housel.]
eucharist, ME. husel,
hungre, NE. hunger.] luinsla-stajs (88), m. (101), aplace
hugjaii, wv. (188), to think, be mind- where sacrifices ar ofi'erd, an altar;
ed, believ, w. ace.; Skeir. VII, a: Mt. V, 23. 24. [< stem of huiisl
w. ace. and inf.; Lu. II, 44; w. ei; + stals.]
Mt. V, 17; waila h., to think wel hups, in. (101), hip, loin; Mk. I, 6.
towards, agree with, w. dat.; Mt. [OE. hype, in. f., ME. hupe, hipe,
V, 25. [< hugs, m. (= OE. hyge, NE. hip.]
m., ME. hyje, hije, mind, thought). lius (15), n. (94), house, in gud-hus,
OE. hycgean (< *huggjan), ME. house of God. [OE. hus, n., ME.
hujie, to think.] hus, nous, NE. house.]
huhrns (15; 66, n. 1), m. (1C5), huzd, n. (94), trezure; Mt. VI, 19.
hunger. [< stem *hunhru- *hungru-; 20. 21. II. Cor. IV. 7. [OE. hord r
(
s. huggrjan). OE. hunger (trans- n. m., ME. hord, NE. hoard, store,
ferd to the a-declension), m., ME. trezure.]
hunger, NE. hunger.] huzdjan, wv. (188), to lay up trezure,
hulistr, n. (94), a cuvering, veil; II. w. ace.; Mt. VI, 19. 20. [< huzd.]
Cor. Ill, 13-16. Cpds. and-, ga-h.
+
[< hill jan suff. -s-tra-. ON. hulstr, h-a. n. of hras.
m., case, cuvering, Du. holster, case toairban, stv. (174, n. 1), to walk.
for a pistol, >
NE. holster. OH
[OE. luweorfan (eo <e Goth, ai), =
heolstor, cu vering, ca re, is a pri mary ME. hwerfe, to walk about, OHG.
formation < \/ of helan; s. huljau.J werban, MHG. werben, to walk
liuljan. wv. (187), to cuver, veil. about, pursue, NHG. werben, to
[< *hulja (= OHG. hulla, MHG. sue for, woo, etc.]
hiille, f., cuvering, raiment, NHG. torainiei, f. (113), skul. [Cf. the
hiille, t'., cuvering, veil, < *hilan, meaning OHG. hirni (< *hirzni),
of
OE. helan, ME. OHG. helan,
hele, MHG. hirne, NHG. hiru, n., brain.]
MHG. heln, stv., XHG. hehlen, wv.,
toaiteis, m. (92), wheat. [OE. hw&te,
to conceal, but verhohlen, adj., orig. in., ME. whete, NE. wheat.]
kainmt'h, dat. sg. m. n. of hrazuh. Mk. IV, 23. II. Cor. II, 5. 10. Ill,
hraii, adv. (214, n. 1), (1) in negativ V, 17; w. an adj. (uzed as sb.)
5.
sentences ibai, or nibai, hiaii, lest
: in the gen. sing.; Mk. IV, 22. [OE.
at any time; Mt. V, 25. Mk. IV, 12. hwa, m. f., whaet, n., ME. h\va,
(2) w. adjs. and advs., how, (a) in hwo, who, m. f., hvvaet, hwat, what,
dir. questions or exclamations: Iran n., NE. who, what.]
filu, how great; Mt. VI, 23; (b) in kas-hun, indef. prn. (163), any one.
indir. questions: bran fllu, how kassei (76, n. 1), f. (113), sharpness,
much, what great things; Mk. Ill, severity. [<stem*hrassa (in hrassaba,
8. V, 19. 20. [< stem of teas. Cf. adv., sharply) stem of OE. hwaes,
OE. hwanne, hwamne, ME.hwanne, OHG. (h)was, MHG. was, adj.,
whan, hwen, NE. when.] sharp. Stem kassa- < *hrat-ta- <
Ivan-hun, adv. (163), ever, at any *hrat (= OE. hwaet, ME. hwat,
time. hwa^t, sharp) +
suff. -ta-.]
Jpar, adv. (213, n. 1), where. [< kabar, interr. prn. (124, n. 1. 4; 160),
stem of hras + OE.
loc. suff.whether, which of two?; Mk. II, 9.
-r.
hwaer-, hwer- (s. -hun), beside hw&r, [< stem of Was + suff. -bar. OE.
hwar, ME. hwer, wher, NE. where.] hwaetJer, which of two, ME.hweSer,
karbon, wv. (190), to go about, wheSer, NE. whether.]
walk; Mk. II, 14; w. faur w. ace.; toaj>ar-uli, indef. prn. (166), each of
Mk. I, 16. [OE. hwearfian, ME. two, each.
wharfen, to turn, wander about. toabro, adv. (213, n. 1), whense, from
Cp. hi air ban.] whense. [< stem of Itas 4 -J>ro.]
karjis, interr. prn. (160), who? hjaz-uh, indef. prn. (147, n. 1; 164),
which ? (of several). [< tear + suff. f. hroh, n. hrah, each, every, (1) as
ja-.] sb.; Mt. V, 22. Lu. II, 23. (2) as
karjiz-uh, indef. prn. (147, n. 1; 165), attrib.; Lu. II, 41 = IP. saei, who-
;
every one, every; Lu. II, 3. II. Cor. ever, whosoever; Mt. V, 28. 31. 32.
V, 10. See also sa-hr. and bis-hr. For
leas inter- hraz-: bas, s. 78, c.]
(hraz-), prn. (159), (I)
rogativ, who?, what?, which?, hie, iustr. of hras.
what sort of? hre (instr.), where-
toeh, instr. of Inizuh (164, n. 2), uzed
with, in what
degree, by what, as adv., at least, only.
whereunto, (1) in dir. questions;
hreila, f. (97), while, hour, time,
Mt. VI, 31. Mk. I, 24. 27. II, 7.
season; Mk. II, 19.
Ill, 33. IV, 30. 41. V, 7. 9. 30. 31.
II. Cor. 16. Skeir. VII, a; w. a hreilahrairbs, adj. (124), enduring but
II,
for a while, transitory, [-foairbs
prn. in the gen. pi.; Mt. VI, 27;
toe manigizo, what greater <V of kairban.]
(or
more)? Mt. V. 47. Sumtimes = Gr. Iteilo-hun, adv. (97, n. 2; 163, n. 1),
for a while, [toeilo- is the stem of
n, Lt. quare, quomodo, why?; Mt.
VI, 28. Mk. II, 16. 24. V, 35. 39. hreila.]
Lu. II, 48. 49; (2) in iudir. questions; toeits, adj. (124), white; Mt. V, 36.
Mt. VI, 3. 25. Mk. II, 25. IV, 24. [OE. hvvit, ME. whyte, hwit, NE.
V, 14. (II) indef. (116, n. 2), any white.]
one, any thing; Mt. V, 23. 39. 41. iuterr. prn. (161), how
ileik* ik. 175
great, what ? [< tee + -lau^s. adj., (2) conj. (218), Jest, lest by any
grown up, < \ oi liudan.] means; Mk. II, 21 ibai aufto, lest ;
teileiks, interr. adj. and prn. (161), perhaps; Mk. II, 22. II. Cor. II, 7;
wh;it. what sort of?, in dir. quest- iba ban, lest at any time; Mt. V,
ions:Mk. IV, 30. [< tei- (161, n.l) 25. [OE. *if (in gif ;
s. jabai), OHG.
+ -leiks. OE. hwilc (< *hwi-lic), ibu, conj. (prop, instr. of iba, f.,
MK. hwilc, h \vilch, which, NE. flout; cp. Kl. TV., ob), beside oba,
which.] MHG. obe, ob, NHG. ob, if,
teopan, rv. (179), to boast, glory; cent, ibuks, backwards) + suff. iia-.
r
II. Cor. \ 12. ,
OE. efn, ME. even, NE. even.]
teotjan,wv. (188), to threten, rebuke, iddja (73, n.), weak prt. (207), I
charge. Cpd. ira-te. [< teota, f., went; Mk. I, 45. II, 13. 15. V, 24.
thret, thretening. Cp. -teatjan, to 42. Lu. II, 3. 51. Cpds. af-, at-,
sharpen, incite, < *toat; s. toassei.] ga-, us-i. For citations, s. the
respectiv cpds. of gaggan. [OE.
lairusalein, pr. n. f., Jerusalem; dat. eode, ME. eode, jede, geode, NE.
-em; Lu. II, 22. 25. 43; ace. -em; yede, yode, (obs. ).]
Lu. II, 41. 45. [< 'hpouffa/Lrjfj..] idreiga, (97), repentence; Mk. I, 4.
f.
lairusaulrmeis, pr. n. in pi., Jerusa- lesus (1, n. 4), pr. n., Jesus (Christ);
lem; also the peple of Jerusalem; Mk. I, 9. 14. 17. 25. 41. 42. II,
Mk. I, 5. [< 'hpoffokufjLirrjSj in- 5. 8. 17. 19. Ill, 7. IV, 1. V, 13.
habitant of Jerusalem (cp. lairu- 20. 30. 36. Lu. II, 21. 43; gen.
sauljmeites in Jo. VII, 25).] lesuis; Mk. I, 1. V, 22. II. Cor. I,
lakob (54), pr. n., Jacob. [< Yax<w,3.] 1. IV, 5; dat. lesna; Mk. II, 15.
lakobns, James; gen. -aus;
pr. n., V, 15. 21; or lesu; II. Cor. I, 2;
Mk. III. 17; or -is; Mk. V, 37; dat. ace. lesu; Mk. V, 6. 27. Lu. II,
-au; Mk. I, 29. Ill, 17; ace. MI; Mk. 27. II. Cor. IV, 14; voc. lesu; Mk.
I, 19. Ill, 18. V, 37. [< 7d*a#off.] I, 24. V, 7. [< 7j;<7D?.]
lared (6), pr. n., Jared. [<
'lapid.] iftuina, superl. adj. (139), the next.
laiiniaiu's, pr. n., the river Jordan ; [<if + superl. suff. -tu-nia-u-.]
dat. -e; Mk. I, 5. 9; also nom. -us; igqara (iggqara; 67, n. 1), pers. prn.
gen. -aus; Mk. Ill, 8. [< "lo 2nd pers. du. gen.; dat. ace.
ig(g)qis.; s. ]>u. [OE. gen. incer,
ibai (iba), (1) interr. particl (216), in dat. inc, ace. inc(it); ME. gen.
dir. questions, a negativ answer incer, dat. ace. inc(k).]
being expected, perhaps, but uzu- igqis, ace. du. of J>u.
ally remains untranslated in En- ija. ace. sg. of si.
glish; Mk. II, 19. IV, 21. II. Cor. ik, pers. prn. 1st pers. nom. sing.
Ill, 1 so \v. aufto; II. Cor. I, 17.
; (150), /, (1) emfatic, w. vs.; Mt.
176
V, 22. 28. 32. 34. 39. 44. Mk. I, after vs?. of motion and rest, (a)
2. 7. 8. II. Cor. I, 23. II, 2 jah ; local, in, into, within, among, on*
ik, and I, I also; Lu. II, 48. II. at, towards, to, before; Mt. V, 19.
Cor. II, 10; gen. dat. mis; uieiiia; 20. 25. 28. 45. 48. VI, 1. 2. 5. 9.
Mk. I, 7. 17. II, 14. V, 7. 30. 31. 10. 13. 18. 23. Mk. I, 2. 4. 9. 11.
II. Cor. I, 17. H, 1. 2. 12; ace. 13. 14. 15. 19. 20. 23. 29. 39. II,
mik; Mk. I, 40. Lu. II, 49. II. I. 6. 8. 15. IV, 1. 17. 28.
Ill, 3.
Cor. I, 16. 19. II, 2. 5; dual noin. 36. V, 1. 3. 5. 13. 14. 20. 27. 30.
wit, we two; dat. ug(g)kis; ace. Lu. II, 3. 7. 8. 11. 12. 14. 16. 19.
ug(g-)kis, ugk; pi. nom. weis, we, 21. 22. 24. 25. 27. 34. 38. 43. 44.
(1) w. vs. (emfatic); Mt, VI, 12. 46. 49. 51. II. Cor. I, 8. 9. 11. 19.
II. Cor. I, 4. 6. IV, 11. 13. V ;
16. 20. 23. II, 3. 8. 14. 15. Ill, 2. 3.
21; (2) jah weis, and we, we also; 7. 10. 14. IV, 3. 4. 11. 12. V, 1.
II, Cor. I, 6; weis allai; II. Cor. 4. 6. 11. 19. Skeir. VII, b.d; (b) tem-
III, 18; or allai weis; II. Cor. V, poral, in, at, during, within, by, for,'
10; gen. misani; dat. uns; Mt. VI, Mk. I, 9. II, 20. Ill, 4. IV, 35.
11. 12. Mk. I, 24. Lu. II, 48. II. 11. Cor. I, 14; (c) in other relations
Cor. I, 8. 9. 11. 19. Ill, 2. 3. 5. of which sum may be regarded a*
IV, 12. V, 5. 12 (in B). 18. 19.; belonging under (2), (a), chiefly in
r
or Lu. II, 15.
uiisis; II. Cor. IV, an abstr. sense, indicating a 'state
7. 17. V, 5 and 12 A); ace. (in or 'condition', in, of, with; Mt. VI,
uns; Mt. VI, 13. Mk. 24. V, 12. I, 6. 13. 18. 29. Mk. I, 23. 30. V,
II. Cor. I, 4. 5. 8. 10. 11. 14. 19. 25. II. Cor. I, 4. 12. II, 1. Ill, 8.
20. 21. 22. II, 14. Ill, 1. 6. IV, 2. V, 17; or 'manner', in, with; Mt.
5. V, 5. 11. 12. 14. 18. 20. 21; or VI, 4. 6. 29; or 'instr.', 'means';
unsis; Mk. V, 12. II. Cor. I, 21. Mk. I, 5. 8. IV, 2. 24. V, 13. 21.
IV, 14. V, 14. 18 (in A B). [OE. Lu. II, 27. II. Cor. I, 21. II, 12. 17.
ic, ME. ic, ich, i, y, iNE. I. See also Ill, 7. 14. V, 19. Skeir. VII, c (the
meina, weis, unsara.] first); or 'reason', 'cause', because
iui, anv. (204), 1st pers. sing, pres. of, for; Mt. VI, 7. II. Cor. V, 2.
indie.; s. wisan. [OE. eom, earn, in Jmmmei (= ]>amina ei), because;
am, ME. eom, sem, am, NE. am. II.Cor. II, 13; with regard to, ac-
The remaining forms of the prs. cording to, in, after; Mk. I, 11. 15.
indie, and opt. (Goth, is, is-t; II. Cor. II, 3. 9. IV, 8. Skeir. VII, c
sijau, etc., OE. ear-t, is; sie, etc.) (the second). (3) w. aec., (a) of
ar from the same v/-] place, 7/7, into, on, among, to, to-
im, prn.; s. is. ward, down to, up to; Mt. V, 25.
imma, prn.; H. is. 29. 30. VI, 6. 26. 30. Mk. I, 12.
w. gen., on ac- 21. 45. II, 1. 22. 26. Ill, 1. 13. 20.
in, prep. (217), (1)
count for 27. IV, 1. 7. 8. 18. V, 12. 13. 18.
of, sake, about, thru,
. . .
by; Mk. II, 27. Ill, 5. 9. IV, 17. 38. Lu. II, 4. 15. 39. 41. 42. II.
Lu. II, 20. II. Cor. I, 6. II, 10. 12. Cor. I, 16. II, 13. Ill, 13. 18; (b)
])is, on this account, for this cause; 1; (c) in other relations, expressing
II. Cor. II, 8. IV, 16. V, 9; in 'disposition', 'feeling', 'direction', or
because, for the reason that;
J>i/-ci, 'action towards', toward, against,
Mk. IV, 5. II. Cor. IV, 13. (2) w. to, unto, in; Mt. V, 22. Mk. V, 34.
dat., both concrete and abstr., and II. Cor. I, 5. 11. IV, 11. Occurs
ina is.
ITT
often in composition \v. vs., sbs., in-saifoan (34, n. 1). stv. (176, n. 1),
and adjs. [OK. in, ME. in, inn, to look u/ioji, behold, w. (In w.
XE. iu.] dat,; Mt. VI, 26.
ina, prn., 8. is. in-sailjan, wv. (188), to down by
let
iu-braiinjan, wv. (187), to set on fire, means of a rope, let down with
set fire to,burn. cortls; Mk. II, 4.
in-feinan, wv. (193), to be moved in-sandjan, wv. (188), to send into,
with compassion, to pity, w. <ln w. send off or forth, send, 1 ) w. ace.; (
dat,; Mk. I, 41. Mk. IV, 29; and faura w. dat,; Mk.
in-ga-leikon, wv. (190), to change I, 2 or in w. ace. and a clause w. ;
into the likeness of; II. Cor. Ill, 18. ei; Mk. V, 12; or inf. of purpose;
iii-kil])6, f. adj. (132, n. 2), with Mk. Ill, 14. (2) without obj., w.
chiM; Lu. II, 5. [-kil|)6n- < a sb.
'
du w. dat,; Mk. I, 2.
= OE. cild, n. (in.), ME. child, NE. iniili, prep. w. ace. (217), without;
child.] Mt. V, 32. Mk. IV, 34. Skeir.
inn, adv. (213, n. 2), in; Mk. V, 40. VII, b. [Also inn. Cf. OHG. &no,
Occurs in many cpds. [< in. OE. MHG. an, ane, NHG. ohne, prep.,
in(n), ME. NE. in, adv.] without.']
inna, adv. (213, n. 2), within, in; in-wait, prt. of inweitan.
It.Cor. Ill, 3. [< inn -a. +
OE. in-weitan, stv. (172, n. 1; 197, n.
ME. inne, NE. in, adv., coinciding 1), to wurship; Mk. V, 6.
Avith in =
Goth, inn.] in- winds, adj. (124), turnd aside;
innaiia, adv. (213, n. 2), within, in- hense distorted from the right;
side. [< inna +
-na. OE. inn an, perverse, unjust, unrighteous ; Mt.
ME. inrien, NE. in (coinciding with V, 45. [-winds V of -windan.] <
in =
Goth, inn, inna.] ludas (11, n. 2), pr. n., Juda. [<
inn-at-gaggan, anv. (179, n. 3; 207),
to enter, enter into, go or cum into; lohannes (61, n. 3), John; Mk. I, 4.
Mk. IV, 19. V, 39. 6. 14; gen. -is; Mk. II, 18; dat.
inn-at-tiiilian, 8tv. (173), w. ace., to -e; Mk.'l, 9. Ill, 17; or -en; -\[k.
bring in; Lu. II, 27. I, 29; ace. -en; Mk. V, 37; or -e;
innaj)r6, adv. (213, n. 2), from within, Mk. I, 19. [< '/wrists.]
within, inwardly. [< inna + suff. losef, pr. n., Josef; Lu. II, 4. 33. 43;
-KO.] ace. losef, pr. n., Josef; Lu. II, 16.
inn-gaggan, anv. (179, n. 3; 207), to
go in, enter, w. in w. ace.; Mk. V, 18; is, pers. prn. 3d pers. sg. m. (152),
inng. framis, to go on ; Mk. I, 19. nom., uzed alone and w. vs., for
minima, superl. adj. (139), inner, emfasis, he; Mk. I, 8. 45. II, 15.
innermost, inward; II. Cor. IV, 16. 25. Ill, 8. 13. IV, 27. 38. V, 4. 34.
{< inn -f suff. -ii-ma-n. Cf. OE. 40. Lu. II, 28. Skeir. VII, d; gen.
ME. inuein-est ( = Goth.*innumist-s, is; Mt, V, 35. Mk. I, 7. 16. 19.
adubl superl.; cp. hinduinists), NE. 22. 28. II, 15. 16. 23. Ill, 5. 27.
inmost (-ost for -est by influence of IV, 32. V, 27. 28. 31. Lu. II, 21.
most; s. niaistsi.] 33. 34. 41. 43. 47. 48. 51. II. Cor.
s. is.
ins, prn.; II, 11. Ill, 7. Skeir. VII, a. c;
in-saian (-saijan; 22, n. 1), rv. (182), dat. ininia; Mt. V, 25. 39. 40. 41.
to sow into, w. ace. and in \v. dat.; Mk. I, 5. 13. 18. 26. 27. 30. 36.
Mk. IV, 15. 37. 4045. Lu. II, 24; ace. ina;
178 is, 1st jabai.
Mt. VI, 8. Mk. I, 12. 25. 26. 34. Ill, 7. ace. -an; Lu. II, 4; or -a;
37. 40. 43. Lu. II, 7. 45. II. Cor. II. Cor. I, 16. [< 'fnudaia.]
V, 16; pi. nom. eis; Mk. III. 4. ludaia-land, pr. n., the cuntry of
Skeir. VII, b; gen. ize; Mt. VI, 14. Judea; Mk. I, 5.
15. Mk. I, 23. 39. II, 5. Ill, 5. In das or Judas, pr. n., Judas; ace.
IV, 15. V, 37. Skeir. VII, d ; dat, -an; Mk. Ill, 19. [< 7yrj aff .]
im; Mt. VI, 1. 7. Mk. I, 31. 38. inp, adv. (213, n. 2), upwards, up.
44. Ill, Cor. IV, 4. Skeir.
4. II. [Cf. OE. upp, ME. up, NE. up.]
tip,
VII, b; ace. ins; Mt. VI, 26. Mk. iupa, adv. (213, n. 2), abuv, on high.
I, 20. 21. 22. Skeir. VII, b. c; f. [< inp + suff. -a.]
sg. nom. Mt. V, 28. iupana, adv. (213, n. 2), from abuv,
si; gen. izos;
Mk. I, 31. V, 29; dat. izai; Mt. V, again. [< iup + suff. -a-na.]
28. 31. Mk. V, 34. 41. 43. Lu. iupabro, adv. (213, n. 2), from abuv.
II, 6. 7; ace. tfa; Mk. I, 30. V, 33; [< iupa suff. -]>r6.] +
neut. sing. nom. ita; Mk. IV, 37; izai, ize, i/6, izos, prn.; s. is.
ace. itaj Mt, V, 29. Mk. IV, 16; iz-ei (78, e; ize), rel. pru. (157, n. 3),
pi. nom. ija; Lu. II, 50; dat. im; he who, he that; II. Cor. I, 10. Ill,
Lu. II, 42 (?). 49. 50. 51. [All 6; f. sei (<si ei); Lu. II, 4. 5. 10;
but si < a pronominal stem of the ]>ana izei, him who; II. Cor. V, 21.
3d pers., i-.] sa ize, he who; Mt. V, 32.
is, ist, anv. (204), 2nd and 3d pers. i/6, izos; s. izai.
Skeir. VII, a. b. (2) and; Mt, VI, jabai, conj. (218), if, whether, even
24. (3) ij> nn, then, therefore;
. . .
if, altho, (1) w. prs. indie.; Mt. V,
Mt. V, 19. 46. 47. VI, 14. 15. 22. 23. Mk.
liidaia, pr. n., Jndea; dat. -a; Mk. III, 24. 25. IV, 26. V, 28. II. Cor.
Jaeirus juggs. 179
opt,; Mt. V, 29. 30. 39. 41. Mk. (&0; Mti VI, 30. in J>izei jah,
IV, 23. jabai swebauh jah, if only, and therefore; II. Cor. IV, 13.
even tho; II. Cor. V, 3. (3) w. jah... jah, both... and; II. Cor.
pret. indie.; Mk. Ill, 26. II. Cor. V, 5 (But s. note). Cp. also Mk.
II, 5. Ill, 7. V, 16. [< pron. stem Ill, 35. [OHG. joh (ahd gr., 25,
ja- (cp.Brgm., I, 123) + -bai (for n. 1), MHG. joch, and, also.]
ibai?); cp. OE. gif (for ge-if), gief, jainar, adv. (213, n. 1), there; Mt.
ME. yif, yf, NE. if. S. also ibai.] V, 23. 24. Mk. I, 35. 38. II, 6.
Jaeirus, pr. n., Jairus; Mk. V, 22. III, 1. V, 11. Lu. II, 6. [< jains +
[< loc. suff. -r.]
VfltJ/)09.]
adv. (213, n. 1), there, thither.
jah (the h being often assimilated to jaind,
a follg. sound; 62, n. 3), conj. [< jains + loc. suff. -d. Cf. OE.
(217), (1) and (xaO; Mt. V, 18. 19. geond, ME. youd, NE. yond (obs.),
20. 23. 24. 25. 29. 30. 32. 38. adv., yonder.]
4145. 47 (the 1st). VI, 2. 4. 5. jaindre, adv. (213, n. 1), there,
6. 12. (the 1st). 13. 1720. 25. thither. [< jains + suff. -dre. ME.
26. 28. Mk. I, 47. 913. 1526. NE. yonder.]
27 (the 1st). 29 (the 1st) 38 (the jains (20, n. 4), dem. prn. (156),
1st and 2nd). 3945. II, 14. 6. that, w. a sb., (1) without the
8. 9. 1114. 15 (all but the 2nd) art.; Mk. I, 9. II, 20. IV, 35. Lu.
25. 26 (the 1st and 2nd). 27. II, 1; jainis stadis, to the other
III, 18. 9. 1119 (the 1st). 20 side; Mk. IV, 35. (2) w. the art.;
28. 31-34. IV, 1. 2. 49. 11. 12. Mk. Ill, 24. 25; jainaim bairn uta,
13. 1521. 24. 25 (the 1st). 26. to them (that ar) without; Mk.
27. 30. 32. 33. 3541 (all but the IV, 11. [OE. geon, ME. son, NE.
3d). V, 17. 9. 10. 1226. 29 yon.]
34. .3743. Lu. II, 3. 710. 12. jaiubro, adv. (213, n. 1), thense; Mt.
13. 14. 15 (1st and 3d). 16. 18. V, 26. Mk. I, 19. [< jains + suff.
20. 21. 22. 2428. 30. 3340. 42 -bro.]
52. II. Cor. I, 1. 2. 3. 6. 10. 12. jabbe (62, n. 3), conj. (153, n. 2;
1522. II, 2. 3. 4. 7. 12. 14. 15. 218), and if, jabbe .jab be, either
. .
16. 111,2.13. IV, 7. 14 (the 2nd). ... or, whether . or; II. Cor. 1, 6.
.
16. 17. V, 2. 6. 8. 12. 15. 18. 19. V, 9. 10. 13. [<jah (b for h; s.
Skeir. VII, a (the 1st and 3d), b. jah) + Je, instr. of bata; s. sa.]
c (the 3d), d. (2) also (xat); sum- jau, interr. adv. (216), whether, if.
times it is merely emfatic: even, jer, n, (94), year; Mk. V, 25. 42.
indeed, or may remain untranslated
Lu. II, 36. 37. 41. Skeir. VII, d.
in E. Mt. V, 39. 40. 46. 47 (the
.
;
[OE. gear, ger, ME. yer, NE. year.]
2nd). VI, 10. 12 (the 2nd). 14. jota, m. (108), iota, jot; Mt. V, 18.
21. 24. Mk. I, 27 (the 2nd). 38 [< ttura, iota.]
(the 3d). II, 15 (the 2nd). 26 (the ju, adv. (214, n. 1), now, alredy;
3d). 28. Ill, 19 (the 2nd). IV, 25 Mt. V, 28. Lu. II. 15. [OE. iu,
(the 2nd). 41 (the 3d). Lu. II, 15 giu, adv., alredy, onse, formerly.]
(the 2nd). II. Cor. I, 5. 7. 8. 11. (124), adj. (124), new, fresh;
13. 14. II, 10. Ill, 6. IV, 6. 11. Mk. II, 22. yung; Lu. ll, 24.
180 juk kiimus.
dat. -a; Lu. II, 1. [< xalaap.] (iuB); or -iuui (in A). [< A ,o :''/;?.]
Kajafa (52), pr. n. Cajaphas. [< Kaiirinpo, pr. n., Corinth; dat. -on;
II. Cor. I, 1. 23. [< Ao/>w00ff.]
kalbo, f. (112), female calf, hefer. kaurjan, wv. (188), to press, burden,
[OHG. chalba, kalba, MHG. kalbe, trubl, w. ace., in pass, the nom.
f. Its orig. stem appears in OE. (implied); II. Cor. I, 8. V, 4. Cpd,
cealf-ru, pi., but cealf, sing, (with- ;ina-k. [< kaurus.]
out the orig. s: z: r-suff.), ME. caelf, kaiirn, n. (94), corn, grain; Mk. IV,.
kalf, NE. calf.] 28. [OE. corn, n., a grain, corn,
kalds, adj. (124), cold. [Orig. aptc. ME. NE. corn.]
(da- being suff.), v kal, in OE.< kaurno, (110), corn, grain of corn;
n.
ME. cole, NE. cool, OE.
w. abl., Mk. IV. 31. [< kaurn.]
ceald, ME. NE. cold.]
cald, cold, kaunis, adj. (131, n. I), bevy, weighty,
kalkinassus, m. (105), adultery, forni- burdensum.
cation; Mt. V, 32. [< kalk- (seen kawtsjo (39, n. 1), f. (112), security.
in kalk-jo, or kalk-i, harlot, whore) [< Lt. cautio, security.]
+ suff. -iu-assu-.] Kefas (6), pr. n., Cephas.
KanaiH'ites, pr. n. m., Canaanite; Mk. keinan, stv. (172, n. 2;
195, n. 2),
Ill, 18. [< Aavavj'Dj?.] to germinate, spring up, grow; Mk.
kan n, kan(n)t; s. kiinnan, prt.-prs. IV, 27. [OE. cinan, ME. chine, to
kaiiujau, wv. (188), to make known. split, crack, burst, > NE. chink
Cpds. ga-, us-k. [Factit. of (w. k-suff.).]
kunnan. OE. (ge-)cennan, ME. (i-) kityei, f. (113), womb. [S.,inkill>6.]
keime, to make known, and (by kindins, m. (91), guvernor; k. wisau,
ON. kenna, to know)
influence of to be guvernor, toguvern; Lu.ll, 2.
to know, NE. ken, to know, recog- kiiiniis, f. (105), cheek; Mt. V, 39.
nize.'] [OE. cin- (in composition ),chin (but
kara, f. (97; karist; 204, u. 3), care; cheek in cin-bau, u., ckeek-bone, cin-
kintus qa]>. 181
t65, in., cheek-tooth), ME. chin, V, 16. 21. Skeir. VII, a; and an
NE. chin.] indir. question; Mk. I, 24; or bi w.
iintus, in. (105), farthing; Mt. V, dat,; II. Cor. V, 16. Cpds. fra-,
26. [Perhaps <
a vulgar form of ga-k. [OE. cunnan prs. sing, can, ;
Lt. quintus, one fifth (of an 'at?'): cpu, ME. cunne, kunne, conne; prs.
op. MHG. quentin (quintin) one con, kan, can > NE. can.]
fourth (perhaps orig. one fifth of a -kuimaii, AW. (199, n. 1), in ana-,
'lot' = about % ounce), < Vulgar at-, ga-, uf-k.[< kunnan. abuv.
Lt. quintiuus <
Lt. quintus, fifth.'] OE. cunnian, ME. cunne, to try to
kinsaii, (173, n. 1), to test,
stv. find out, to try, test, NE. con
jtrore, choose. [OE. ceosan, ME. (obs.), to consider, cun (Sc. ).]
chese, chose > NE. choose.] kiinba, prt. of kiinnan, prt.-prs.
kniii, n. (94, n. 1), knee; Mk. I, 40. kuu])i, n. (95), knowledge; II. Cor.
[OE. cneo, ME. kne, NE. knee.] II, 14. IV, 6. [< kunl>s. OE.
knobs (74, u. 2), f. (103), race, stock. cyS(S), f. (t), ME. kith, MHG.
[OHG. chuot, chuuat, f., race. Its kiinde, n., knowledge.]
stem, kno, = OE. cno-, in cnosl (w. -kiiiibjan ; s. -vi-kiiiibjan.
suff. -sla-), race, A/a.] kuiTps, adj. (123; prop, pp.), known;
kniissjan, \vv., to kneel down; Mk. I, II. Cor. Ill, 2; kunba, sb. in. (107),
ace.; Mk. I, 34. IV, 11. 13. II. Cor. (Jartus (59), pr. n., (Juartus.
II, 4. 'in pass, the uom.) Ill, 2. qabi-uh). prt. ot qiban (+ -uh).
182 qemjau, qemuu qums.
((emjau, (|f'inun, prt. of qimaii. 7. 24. 25. 27. Ill, 30, 33. 34. IV,
qens (qeins; 7, n. 2), f. (103), woman, 9. 26. 30. V, 7. 30. Lu. II, 13. 28.
wife; Mt. V, 31. 32. Lu. II, 5. [OE. Skeir. VII, a; (b) w. Jmtei; Mt. V,
ewen, f., ME. quene, wife, woman, 31. Mk. I, 11. 15. II. 12. Ill, 11.
queen, NE. queen. Cp. qino.] 21. 22, V, 23. 28. 35. (3) w. ace.
prt. of <|i J)aii.
(|<~'}>uii,
and inf.; II. Cor. IV, 6. w. dat. (4)
qiinan, stv. (175, n. 1), to cum, ar- of the pers. addrest and, (a) an
rive, both lit. and
Mt. VI, trop.; ace. of th.; Mk. V, 33; or a voc.,.
10. Mk. I, 7. 9. IV, 4. 15.
Ill, 31. Mt. V, 22 (raka, indecl.); (b) a dir,
17. V, 22. 23. 33. II. Cor. II, 3; obj. sentence; Mt. V, 18. 21. 26. 33.
w. af w. dat.; Mk. Ill, 22. II. Cor. 44. VI, 2. 25. Mk. I, 17. 41. II, 9.
I, 16; at \v. dat.; Mk. 40. II, 3.
I, 11. 19. 27. IV, 2 (and in w. dat.).
Ill, 8. II. Cor. I, 15. 16. II, 1; 11. V, 8. Skeir. VII, d; (c) an obj,
fram w. dat.; Mk. V, 35; hindar clause w. Jatei; Mt. V, 20. 22. 28.
w. dat,; Mk. V, 1; in w. dat,; Mt. 32. 33. VI, 5. 16. 29. Mk. 111,28;
V, 20. Mk. I, 14. 29. V, 1. Lu. II. (d) a final clause w. ei; Mk. Ill, 9;
27. 51. II. Cor. I, 23. II, 12; netoa (e) an inf.; Mt, V, 34. 39; (f) bi w.
w. Mk. II, 4; us w. dat.; Mk.
dat.; ace.;Mk. I, 30. (5) \v. du w. dat.
I, 11; dube (therefore); Mk. I, 38; of the pers. addrest, and, a) a dir, (
a final clause w. du|)e ei; Mk. IV, sentence; Mk. I, 38. 44. II, 5. 8.
21; inf. of purpose; Mt, V, 17. Mk. 10. 14. 16. 17. 18. 24. 25. Ill, 3.
I, 24. II, 17. V, 14; a ptc.; Mk. I, 4. 5. IV, 13. 21. 24. 35.
23. 32.
14.40. 11,3. A7 35. Lu. II, 16; ,
38. 39. 40. 41. V, 9. 19. 31. 34,
an ace. of time; Lu. II, 44. Cpds. 36. 39. 41. Lu. II, 10. 15. 34. 48.
[OE. cuman
ana-, fra-, ga-, us-q. 49; (b) an obj. clause w. batoir
(<*cwuman<*queman),ME.cume, Mk. I, 37. 40. (6) w. STVaswe and
come, NE. cum.] in w. dat.; Lu. II, 24. Cpd. us-q.
qina-kunds (88a), adj. (124), female. [OE. cweSan (prt. cwae5), ME.
qino, f. (112), woman; Mt. V, 28. queSe (prt. quao" quofj), NE. (be-),
Mk. V, 25. 33. Skeir. VII, a. [OE. queath (prt. quoth).]
cwene, f., woman, lady, ME. quene, qibus, m. (105), womb; Lu. II, 23.
wife, woman, quean, NE. quean. [ON. kvi6r, in., stomach.']
OHG. quena, chone, MHG. kone, f., -qiujan (42), wv. (187), to quicken r
woman, Cp. qens.] in ga-q. [< qius. OE. cwicjan,
qiss (76, 11. 1), f., in cpds. [< qi]>an ME. quike, to make alive, OHG.
+ stiff, -ti (ss < J>t). OE. -cwiss, quicchan in ir-qu., MHG. erquicken,
in gecwiss,f., harmony.]
to cause to revive, to refresh, NHG.
qistjan, wv. (188), to destroy, in fra-, erquicken, to refresh.}
US-q. [< stem *qis-ti, destruction, qiunau (42, n. 3), wv. (194), in
OHG. quist, destruction.']
f., ga-q. , to becum alive. [< qius.]
-qistnan, wv. (194), in fra-q. [Cp. *qius, adj. (124, n. 3), quick, Jiving,
qistjan.] alive. [< stem qhva-. Cf. OE.
qi]>an, stv. (176, n. 1), to say, speak,
cwic (o-stem); cwicu and cucu (<
tel, name, call, (1) w. ace. of the
stem in -u), NE]. quick.]
th. said; Mk. I, 42 (in pass, the ijrainmiba, f. (97), moisture.
nom.). Lu. II, 21; (2) w. a de- quins, m. (101, u. 1), a cuming,
pendent sentence or frase, (a) dir.; arrival. [< qiinan. OE. cyme, in.,
Mt. V, 27. 38. 43. VI, 31. Mk. I, ME. cume, kime, a cuming.']
lag lauhmuni. 183
lightning. [< lanhmiin- (+ suff. MHG. lich, liche, f., body, corpse,
=jo) < v o f liuhab + suff. -mini-.] NHG. leicbe, L, corpse, leich- (in
empty, free from, false, NE. -less, leikeins, adj. (124), bodily, fleshly;
ON. lauss, free, > ME. los, NE. II. Cor. I, 12. Ill, 3. [< leik +
suff. -ema-.]
loose.]
lausa-waurds (88*, n. 1), adj. (124), -leikjan, wv. (188), in sllda-1. [<
speaking loose words, talking -leiks.]
VI, 13. Cpd. ga-1. [< laus. OE. lytel, litel, ME. litel (infl. litl-), NE.
lysan, lesan, ME. lese, (NE. loose, lit!.]
ME. lose <los; s. laus), OHG. 16- -leiban, (172, n. 1), to go, in
stv.
lihpn), to lend, OHG. lihan, MHG. leav; Mk. V, 19. Cpds. af-, fra-1.
lihen, NHG. leihen, to lend, also [OE. l*tan, ME. lete, NE. let, to
borrbw] permit'(let, to hinder, = Goth. latjan
leik, n. (94), body, Mt. V, 29. 30. < lats, slothful, lazy).]
VI, 22. 23. 25. Mk. V, 29. II. lew, n. (94, u. 1). opportunity, oc-
Cor. IV, 10. V, 6. 8. 10; flesh; II. casion; II. Cor. V, 12. [Cf. OE.
Cor. I, 17. IV, 11. V, 16. [OE. l&wa, m., betrayer; s. lewjan.]
lie, n., ME. lik, lich, NE. like (obs.), lewjan, wv. (188), to betray. Cpd.
person, corpse, lich- (iu lichgate, ga-1. [< lew. OE. l&wan, ME.
lich wake, etc.), Lich- (in Lichfield), be-lewe, to betray]
OHG. lib (hh), f. 11., body, flesh, libains, f. (103, n. 1), life; II. Cor. II,
liban lubja-leisei. 185
16. IV, 11. 12. V, 4; world; Mk. OHG. liob, MHG. Hep, lieb-, NHG.
IV, 19. [< liban suff. -ai-iii-.] + lieb, beluvd, dear.]
liban, wv. (193), to 7/r; Mk. V, 23. liugan (31), stv. (173, n. 1), to lie.
II. Cor. I, 8. Ill, 3. IV, 11. V, 15
[OE.leogan, ME.ly^e, lije, NE. lie.]
(the first); w. dat. of advantage;* liugan, AW. (192, n. 1; 193), to
II. Cor. V, 15 (the second); w. inib marry, w. ace.; Mt. V, 32. [< liliga,
AV. dat.; Lu. II. 36. [OE. libban, f., marriage.]
lifiau, ME. libbe, livie, live, NE. liv.] liugn (31), n. (94), lie. [< liugan
-lifnan, wv. (194), to remain, in al'-l. + Sllff. -tl;l-.
[f. -leiban, pp. libans.] liugnja (31), in. (108), liar. [< liugn
liiian. stv.(176, 11. 1), to lie, AV. ana + suff. -Jan-.]
AV. dat.; Mk. II, 4. II. Cor. Ill, 15 ; liiihadei, f. (113 and u. 2), light,
du w. dat.; Lu. II, 34; in AV. dat.; illumination; II. Cor. IV, 4 (-eins,
Mk. I, 30. Lu. II, 16; barei; Mk. partit. g., in A; -ein in B; s. note).
V, 40. [OE. licgau, ME. ligge, lie, 6. [< liuhab.J
NE. lie.] liiihadeins, adj. (124), ful of light,
ligrs, in. (91), couch, bed; Mk. IV, shining, bright; Mt. VI, 22. [<
21. [<ligau + suff. -ra-. OE. leger, linhab + suff. -eiua-.]
in., couch, ME. leir, NE. lair.] liuhab, gen. liuliadis, n. (94), light;
-liniiau, stv. (174, n. 1), to cease, in Mt. VI, 23. Lu. II, 32. II. Cor. IV,
af-1. [OE. linnan, ME. linne, NE. 6. [< liuh V suff. -ada-.J +
lin (obs.; cpd. bliii = *be-lin, OE. liiihtjan, AW. (188), to giv light, to
blinnaii, ME. blinne), to cease.] light, shine; II. Cor. IV, 4. 6. [<
lisan, stv. (176, n. 1), to gather, *liuhts (< V of liuhab + suff. -to-),
collect, w. in w. ace.; Mt. VI, 26. adj. (= OE. leoht, ME. licht, NE.
Cpd. ga-1. [OE. Igsaii, ME. lese, light). OE. lyhtan, ME. lihte, NE.
NE. lease, to glean, G. = leseii, to light.]
gather, read.] -liiisan, stv. (173, u. 1), in fra-1.
lists (30), f. (? 103, n. 2), wile, [OE. (for-)leosau, ME. (for-) lese,
craftiness. [< Us- (seen in lis-ans, j
NE. leese (obs.), to lose, pp. (for)-
pp. of lais) + uff. -ti-. OE. ME. j
lorn.]
list, skil, OHG. MHG. list,
cunning, |
lint a, in. (1C8), dissembler, hypocrit;
in. (f.), wisdom, craftiness, NHG. Mt. VI, 2. 5. 16. [Prop. A\ eak form
li.st, f., craft, cunning.] of the adj. liuts < V of OE. lutaii.
libus, in. (105), lim, member; Mt. V, ME. lute, loute, NE. lout (obs.), to
29. 30. [< V
of leiban. OE. lioSu- bend, bow, stoop. Cf. also OE.
(ouly iii cpds.), ni., H5, 11.
(o-stem), lyteg(w. suft'.-eg), ME. luti, shrewd,
ME. lith, NE. (Scot.) lith, lim.] cunning.]
liudan, stv. (173, n. 1), to grow, lofa,m. (108), the palm of the hand.
.grow uj>; Mk. IV, 27. [OE. leodan, [ON. lofi, Scot, loot, the palm of
to grow. Its V appears also in OE. the hand.]
leod, ni. f., pi. ICode, ME. leode, lede, lubains (31), f. (103, n. 1), hope.
OHG. liut, m. ii., pi. liuti, MHG. [< *luban, to hope,(+suff. -ai-ni-),
liute, NHG. leiite, pcple, men, ser- <V of liufs.]
lep. The orig. meaning of lubja- mihte, ME. prs. mai, may, prt.
was probably 'a strong essence, miht, NE. prs. may, prt. might.]
vegetabl juice
1
stem), in. f. n., ME. luft, lift, NE. VII, a. [< magus +dim. suff.
lift (Scot.), a//-.] Ian-.]
-lukan (15), stv. (173, n. 2), to Jock, magus, m. (105), boy. child, servant;
iii
ga-, us-1. [OE. lucan, ME. louke, Lu. II, 43. 48. [< V of magaiu
luke, to Jock. Its occurs w. abl. V
OE. magu (-o), m., sun, servant.]
in -Inks, m., an opening; cf. OE. malila, prt. of magan.
loc, n., loca, m., ME. loke (> the mahteigs, adj. (124), mighty, strong.
vb. lokke, NE. lock), inclozure, lock, [< mahts + suff. -eiga-. OE.
NE. lock.] meahtig, mihtig, ME. niihty, NE,
lukarii, n. (94), light, candl; Mt. VI, mighty.]
22. Mk. IV, 21. [< Lt, lucerna, f., mahts (66, n. 1), f. (103), might,
lamp, candl] strength, power, virtue; Mt. VI, 13.
liikarna-staj>a, in. (108), candl-stick ; Mk. V, 30. II. Cor. I, 8. IV, 7.
Mk. IV, 21. [< stem of lukarii + Skeir. VII, a. c. [< V
maganof
-stajm < staj>s, sted, place, < v
x
+ suff. -ti-. OE. meant, miht, ME.
of standan + suff. .J>i-.] miht, NE. might.]
luns (15, n. 1), f.
(102), or luu, u. maidjan, wv. (188), to corrupt, de-
(94, n. 2), ransom. form, falsify; II. Cor. II, 17. '[<
-Itisnan, AW. (194), in fra-1. [< pp. -maijjs (in ga-matys; cp. ME. mud,
stem of liusaii.] NE. mad). OE. m&dan, to deform r
luston, \vv. (190), to desire, lust confuse, ME. msede (madde), to
after, w. gen.; Mt. V, 28. [< lustus. confuse, derange, NE. mad (Skak.),
OHG. luston, MHO. lusten, to desire, to make mad.]
NHG. liisteu, MHG. lusten, liisten, mai list us, m. (105), dung, dung-hil.
(OHG. lustjan, lusten, = OE. lystau, [< \/ of OE. migaii, ME. mi^e, to
ME. liste, NE. list, to please, < lust, urin. OHG. MHG. NHG. mist (for
f., OE. lyst, f., desire).] *mihst), m., manure.]
lustus, m. (105), lust, desire; Mk. IV, iiuiis,adv. (212), more, rather; II.
19. [OE. lust (a-stem), m., ME. Cor. II, 7. V, 8; w. dat., more
lust, NE. lust.] than; Mt. VI, 25; w. another coin-
par.;Mt. VI, 26. Mk. V, 26. fllu
Magan, prt.-prs. (201), to be abl, be in., much more; Skeir. VII, d; und
abl to do, w. inf.; Alt.VI,V, 36. flhi m.,much more, so much the
24. 27. Mk. I, 40. 45. II, 4. 7. 19. more; II. Cor. Ill, 9. 11; h'ahva
Ill, 20. 23-27. IV, 32. 33. V, 4. ill., how much more; Ml. VI, 30;
II. Cor. I, 4. Ill, 7. [OE. *magan, hraiwa nei m., not much more; II.
prs. mtKj; prt. meahte(Goth.iaahta), Cor. Ill, 8. [< ma- + adv. compar.
mate manna-bun. 187
suff. -is. OE. ma, ME. ma, mo, OE. menigu(orig. -i), f., ME. manye,
NE. mo(e) (obs.), more.} XE. inauy(sb.; as, a great 'many').]
ma 1st, adv. (212, u. 3), most. S.
maiiagnan, \vv. (194), to increase,
maizn. abound; II. Cor. IV, 15. [< ma-
iiiaitau. rv. (179), to cut, cut off,
nags.]
cut down. Cpd.s. af-, bi-m. [OHG. manags, adj. (124), often nzed as
meigan, MHG.
meisen, to cut, hew. sb., much, many; Mk. I, 34. II, 2.
Cf. also G. meissel (w. 1-suff.), m., 15. 10.
Ill, IV, 2. 5. V, 9. 26.
chisel.'] Lu. II, 34. 35. 36. II. Cor. I, 11.
maijjins, m. (91, n), gift. [< verbal II, 4. Ill, 12. Skeir. VII, a. b;
stem maib- + suff. -ma-. OE. ma- swa in., .so many; Skeir. VII, b;
Sum, ME. maSent, gift, trezure.~\ swa m. swe, as many as; Mk. Ill,
maiza, compar. adj. (138), more, 11; swa m. swaswe, as many as;
greater; filaus maizo, much more; Mk. Ill, 28; swaleikai m. swaswe,
Skeir. VII, b; superl. maists (138),
many such as; Mk. IV, 33; kaiwa
greatest. [< stem ma- + suff. -iza. m., how many; II. Cor. I, 20.
OE. mara, superl. mast, ME. mare, compar. managiza (136), more,
more, super!, most, NE. more, greater; Mt. V, 20. II. Cor. II, 6.
superl. most.] 7. IV, 15; w. dat. (as abl.); Mt.V,
Makaidonja (or i for ai, 11, n. 1), 37; toe m., what (i. e. in what de-
pr. n., Macedonia; dat. Makaidoujai gree or manner) more; Mt. V, 47.
(in B; i for ai iu A); II. Cor. 1, 16; [OE. mauig, monig, ME. maui, NE.
ace. -a; II. Cor. I, 16. II, 13 (in many. Cp. manage!.]
A; i for ai in B). [<, AfaxsSovta.'] m. (108),
inaiia-inaiu-brja (88a, n. 3),
malan, stv. (177, n. 1), to grind in man-slayer, murderer. [ -maurl>r-
a mil. [OHG. malan, MHG. main, ja < maurpr suff. -jan-.] +
NHG. mahlen, to grind.] inana-sej)s (88, n. 3; gen. -sedaisj.
malo, f. (112), moth; Mt. VI, 19. 20. f. (103), 'man-seed', peple, multi-
[Lit. 'grinding insect', < V of ma- tude; world; II. Cor. V, 19. [sejjs
lan.] <V of saiau + suff. .Jji-(-di.). OE.
matmnona, m. (108), mammon, riches; s&d, m. n., ME. sed, NE. seed.]
Mt. VI, 24. [< ,j.afifjuu V a(s) < the man-leika (88*. n. 3), m. (108),
Hebrew.] image. [Prop, weak adj. uzed as
inanagdiijjs, f. (103), abundance [< sb.; -leika < -leiks. OE. maulica,
niaiiags + suff. -du-pi-.] m., ME. manliche, effigy, image.]
m. (117), man; Mt. V, 19.
manage!, f. (Ill; 113), crowd, manna,
multitude, the peple; Mk. II, 4. VI, 1. 2. 5. 14. 15. 16. 18. Mk. I,
Ill, 9. IV, 36. An 17. 23. II, 10. 27. 28. Ill, 1. 3. 5.
V, 27. 30. adj.,
or prn., referring to m., uzu- 28. IV, 26. V, 2. 8. Lu. II, 14.
ptc.,
ally agrees w. it iu gender and 15. 25. 52. II. Cor. Ill, 2. IV, 2.
number; Mk. V, 31. Lu. II, 10. 16. V, 11. Skeir. VII, b; ni in. or
31. 32. The v. either agrees w. m. ni, no man, nobody; Mt. VI,
in.; Mk. Ill, 20. Lu. II, 13. Skeir.
24. Mk. II, 21. 22. Ill, 27. V, 3.
VII, c; or m. stands in the sg. and 4. 43.[< stem niann-. OE. mpnna,
the v. in the pi.; Mk. Ill, 32; so mamia, and inon(u), mau(n), ME.
all, or fllu, m., Mk. II, 13. Ill, 7. man, NE. man.]
8. IV, 1. V, 21. 24. [< manags. mauna-hun, indef. prn. (163), always
188 iuanwja.il niel.
ia neg. sentences: nl in., no one; nalita-iii. [OE. mete, m., ME. mete,
Mk. I, 44. NE. meat.]
mannjan, wv. (188), to prepare, .MatJaiiis, pr. n., Matthew; ace. -u;
make redy, w. ace.; Mk. 1, 3. 10. Mk. Ill, 18.
Lu.II, 31. Cpd.ga-in. [<iuamvns.] ma]>l, n. (94, n. 2), assembly, market,
mainviifoa, adv. (210), in redine&s. market-place. [OE. mtetJel, u., coun-
[< inamvus + adv. suff. -ba.] cil,meeting.]
inainviis, adj. (131), redy. maiidjan, AW. (188J,
to remind.
marei, f. (113), sen; Mk. IV, 41 du ; Cpd. ga-in.
marein, to the sea; Mk. Ill, 7; maiirgins, m. (91, n. 1; 214), morn,
faiir, or faura, niarcin, near the morning. [OE. morgen, mergen,
sea; Mk. I, 16. II, 13. V, 21; hin- ME. morgen, morn (> morning, \\ .
dar inarein, on the other side of suflf. -ing, NE. morning), morwe,
the sea.; Mk. V, 1. 21 ;
in man-in NE. morn, morrow.]
(dat.), in the sea; Mk. IV, 1 (the mailman, wv. (194), to be anxiou*
second), ace., to, or into the sea; or trubld; Mt. VI, 27. 31; w. dat.;
Mk. I, 16. IV, 1 (the first). [OE. Mt. VI, 25. [OE. murnan, ME.
mere, in. (orig. 11.), ME. mere, sea, mume, mourue, NE. mourn.]
hike, NE. mere, a pool or small inaiir])!', n. (94), murder. [< v mai'ir
\
lake, OHG. mari, nieri, m. u., MUG. + Miff. -J>ra-. OE. morSor (murCor ),
mere, NHG. meer, u., sea.~\ n., ME. morther, morder, NE. mur-
Maria (Marja), pr. n., Mary; Lu. II, der, murther (obs.).]
19. dat. Mariiu; Lu. II, 5. 34; ace. imu'ir)>rjan, wv. (188), to murder,
Marian; Lu. II, 16. [< Mapio..] kil; Mt. V, 21. [< inaiirpr. OE.
inarikreitns, in. (119), perl. [Coind myrSrian, ME. uiurd(e)re, NE. mur-
< jj.apyap{Trj$, perl. So, also, OE. der.]
meregreot < the Lt. margarita > f. (94), maid, maiden,
ina>vi (42),
ME. margarlte, NE. damsel; Mk. \, 42. [< magw- =
margarite
(obs.), perl.] magu-, stem of magus.]
marka, f. (97), border, boundary, mawilo, f. (~L*L2),.yung maiden, damsel;
coast; Mk. V, 17. [OE. mearc, f., Mk. V, 41. [< maul + suff. -Ion-.
ME. merk, mark, NE. mark, border, OE. meowle (< *mewiloj, yung
boundary.] maiden, maid.]
Mark us, pr. n., Mark; ace. -n; Mk. megs, m. (91, n. 1), sun-in-kn\-. [OE.
superscr. [< Mdpxo$.~] nueg, m., uia^i, mai, OHG. mag,
martyr (39), m., martyr. [< MHG. miic (g-), NHG. mage, m.,
jjidpTup, witness.] kinsman.]
mar/jan, wv. (188), to offend, w. incina, pers. prn. in gen.; s. ik. [OE.
ace.; Mt. V, 29. 30. Cpd. ga-m. min, dat. me; ace. mec, me (prop.
[OE. -merran, -myrrau, in a-m., to dat.); ME. gen. wanting; dat. ace.
provoke, offend, ME. merre, marre, me; NE. dat. ace. me.]
NE. mar.] ineins, poss. prn. (151), (alone or)
matjan, wv. (188), to eat; (1) abs.; w. a following or preceding sb., w.
Mk. V, 43 (mat jan as obj.). Skeir. or without the art.; Mk. I, 2. Ill,
VII, c. (2) w. ace.; Mt. VI, 25. 33. 34. 35. V, 23. Lu. II, 30. 49.
31. Mk. I, 6. II, 26. Ill, 20; mij> [< meina. OE. ME. miu, mi, NE.
w. dat.; Mk. II, 16. [< mats.] mine, my.]
mats, m. (101), meat, food. 8. also mel, u. (94), (orig. point or mezure
mela minnists. 189
of time orspace), time (hour, season, midjis, adj. (122, n. 1; 125), midl;
in pi., writings, scriptures); Mk. I, Lu. II, 46. [OE. ME. mid(d), adj.,
15. [OE. m&l, n., time, mezure, midl, NE. mid- (as in midday, mid-
(food taken at one time; hense) night, etc.).]
meal, ME. mel, NE. meal.] midjiin-gards, m. (101), erth, world;
mela, m. (108), mezure, bushel; Mk. Lu. II, 1. [Prop. 'midl-world\ bet-
IV, 21. ween heven and hel. midjun- <
meljan, \vv. (187), to write, w. ace.; stem of midjis. OE. middaneard for
in pass, the nom. (implied); Lu. II, middangeard, m., ME. middaueard r
3; and dat. of pers. (indir. obj.); world.]
II. Cor. I, 13. Cpds. ana-, ga-m. miduma, f. (97; 139, n. 1), midst;
[< mel, pi. mela, writings. OE. Mk. Ill, 3. [Prop, superl. adj. uzed
m&lan, to mark, OHG. malon, -en, as sb., < mid- (cp. midjis) + superl.
conjugations ), to mark,
(of different suff. -u-ma-n-. OE. meoduma.]
paint, MHG. malen, to paint, write, midumonds, m. (115), mediator.
NHG. malen, to paint.] [Prop. prsp. of "midnmon < mi-
inena, m. (108), moon. [OE. mna, duma.]
m., ME. mone, NE. moon. Cf. inik; s. ik, meina.
cp. Brgm., 1, 180) + superl. suff. ner'; Mk. Ill, 5. IV, 16. (2) adv.,
ista-. OHG. minnist, MUG. miu- along (with). [Cf. OE. ME. mid,
nest, NHG. mindest (the d from the prep, and adv., with, along, NE.
compar.; cp. Kl.W., minder), le.ist.] mid- (in midwife).]
miiuii/a, compar. adj. (138), smaller, mi)>-ana-kiimbjaii (54, n. 1), wv.
less. [< stem minii- (s. miimists) + (188), to lie down together with,
compar. suff. -iza. OHG. minuiro, sit at table with; Mk. II, 15.
MHG. minuer, minre, NHG. miuder mij>-garda-waddjus (88*, a. 2), f.
(w. eufonic d), smaller, less.] (105), partition wall, midl wall.
mins (min/; 78, n. 1), adv. (212, mij-^an-ei, conj. (218), (lit. 'with
n. 1), less. [< minn- (s. minnist) that that'), when, while, a,s; Mk.
+ adv. compar. suff. -s for -is.] IV, 4. Lu. II, 6. 27. 43. II. Cor.
mis; s. ik, meina. III, 15. 16.
*missa-de|s (-deds), f. (103), misdeed, mib-wissei (30), f. (113), a 'knowing
trespass, sin; Mt. VI, 14. 15. II. with', conscience; II. Cor. I, 12.
Cor. V, 19. [uiiss(a)- OE. ME. = IV, 2. V, 11. [< *mij>wiss inij> <
NE. mis- (not =
mis-, as in mischief, + -wiss (in uu-wiss, not known,
< Lt. minus).] uncertain), prop, an old ptc. in -to-,
missa-leiks, adj. (124), various, divers; < stv. witan (ss tt < <
d-t). -wiss
Mk. I, 84. = OE. -wis, in ge-wis (ge = Goth.
misso, adv. (211, n. 1), reciprocally, ga), adj., certain, ME. (i-)wiss,
one another, w. a pers. prn.; sis adj., certain, and adv., certainly,
m.; Mk. I, 27. IV, 41. Lu. II, 15. NE. ywis (obs.), certainly.]
[< missa- -h adv. suff. -6.] mi/do, (112), reward; Mt. V, 46.
f.
initiiii, stv. (176), to mezure; Mk. VI, 2. 5. 16. [OE. meord, med (by
IV, 24. Cpd. us-m. [OE. metan, +
lengthening of e z to e cp. Brgm.,;
21. IV, 14; (b) 'way' and 'man- where customs ar paid, receipt of
-motan uauh. 191
custom; Mk. 11,14. [OHG.*muo3a, the night, by night; Lu. II, 8; dat.
MHO. inuoje, NHG. (Bavarian) sg. uaht, by night; Mk. IV*, 27;
muess, toll, multure, (LG. mfita dat. pi. nahtam, by night; Mk. V,
OHG. muta, MHG. mute, NHG. 5. Lu. II, 37. [OE. neaht, uiht,
maut, f., custom.]
toll, ME. niht, NE. night.]
-motan prt.-prs. in ga-m. naitcins.
(202), f. (103, n. 1), bJasfemy;
[OE. *m6tan, prs. ind. mot, may. Mk. II, 7. Ill, 28. [< -naitjan (in
prt. moste, ME. prs. mot, mot, ga-n. ), to blasfeme, -f- sun', -ei-ni-.]
may, must, 2nd prs. most (OE. naqajjs, gen. naqadis, adj. (124),
most); prt. most(e) > NE. must.] naked; II. Cor. V, 3. [OE. nacod
motareis, m. (02), toll-taker, pub- (\v. an unlabialized guttural), ME.
lican; Mt. V, 47. Mk. II, 15. 16. naked, NE. naked.]
[< mota 4- suff. -arja-.] iiamnjan. wv. (187), to name, call.
-motjaii, wv., to meet, in tra-m. [< [< stem of iiamu (for the inn, s.
mot (= OE. mot, n., ME. mot, Brgm., I, 215). OE. neuiuan
meeting). OE. metau, ME. mete, (beside uauiian, ME. name, NE.
NE. meet.] name), ME. uemne, OHG. MHG.
in6Js (gen. modi*; 74, n. 2), m. (91, nemmen, neunen, NHG. nennen, to
n. 2), wrath, anger; Mk. Ill, 5. name, call]
[OE. mod, n., mind, curage, pride, namo, n. (110, n. 1), name; Mt. VI,
ME. mod, NE. mood.] 9. Mk. Ill, 16. 17. V, 9. 22. Lu.
inuka-modei (15), f. (113), meekness. II,21. 25. [OE. njmia, naraa, m.,
[iniika- = ON. mjukr > ME. meoc, ME., nome, name, NE. name.]
rneke, NE. meek.] naseins, f. (103, n. 1), salvation;
inuljan (15), \vv. (188), in faur-in. Lu. II, 30. II. Cor. I, 6. [< uas-
[< miila-, n., mouth, cf. OHG.mula, jan -f- suff. -ei-ni-.]
f.,MHG. mfil, mule, n., inule,f., nasjaii, wv. (185), to save; Mk. Ill,
NHG. maul, n., mouth.] 4. Cpd. ga-n. [Caus. of -nisan.
munan, prt.-prs. (200), to mean, OE. nerian, uergan, to save, OHG.
suppose, think. Cpd. ga-m. [OE. ner(j)an, MIIG. uerigen, nern, NHG.
(ge-)munan, prs. ind. man, m9n, uahren, to nurish]
prt. munde, -ME. (i-) mune, pre. nasjamls, m. (115), the Savior; Lu.
man, prt. niunde, remember, think] II, 11. [Prop. prsp. of nasjan.
inn nan, wv. (200, n. 1), to think, OE. uergeud, m., savior.]
intend. [< minis. OE. mynnan, nati, u. (95), net; Mk. I, 16. 18. 19.
ME. my nne, munne, to remember] [OE. net(t), u., ME. NE. net.]
minis, m. (101), thought, mind, pur- (70), pr. n., Nathan. [<
pose; counsel, device; II. Cor. II,
11. [< stv. munan. OE. myne, Nai'ibaimbair (54, n. 1), November.
memory, luv, ME. muue, mind, [< Lt. November.]
memory] uaudi-bandi (88), f. (96), fetter, lit.
iiai'ihaii, prt.-prs. (201), in bi-, ga-n. II, 7. 26. 37. 43. 50. II . I. or. I, 8.
[OK. -nugan, in 3d pevs. sg. -neah 9. 23. II, 1. 3. 5. 11. 13. 17. Ill,
(= Goth, -nail), iu be-, ge-n., it 7. 10. 13. IV, 1. 2. 4. 16. V, 4.
suffices.] 16. 21. Skeir. VII, b. d; so also
naiili-tianuli, adv., stil, yet; Mk. V, 35. w. a pred. ptc.; Mk. II, 24. 26; or
nans, in. (101, n. 3), a (led man, a prs. ptc.; Mk. II, 4. Lu. II, 45.
corpse. II. Cor. IV, 18. V, 19; (b) in pro-
wv. (188), to force, press,
iiaii)>jan, hibitiv sentences; Mt.V, 7. 8. 17. 21.
compel, in ana-n. [< naubs. OHG. 27. 33. 42. VI, 2. 3. 5. 7. 13. 10.
notan, noten, MHG. noten, noeten, 19. 25. 31. Mk. V, 7. 36. Lu. II,
to urge, compel.] 10. (2) joind to other words (sbs. v
lianas, f. (103), need, necessity. [OE. uzed as adjs., etc. ), chiefly
adjs., ptcs.
nied, nead, ned, f., ME. nede, ned, iu antithesis and hypothetical sen-
NE. need.] tences, and often \v. other particls;.
Na/araib, indecl. pr. n., Nazareth; Mt. V, 20. 30. VI, 15. 24. Mk. I,
Mk. I, 9. Lu. II, 4. 39. 51. [< 22. II, 27. IV, 40. V, 26. II. Cor.
voc. (oii8e in) -ai (Gr. inn .); Mk. I, Skeir. VII, a. b. [OE. ME. ne, c.
nelds, compar. adv. (212), nearer. any time; Mk. IV, 12. [< ni + iba,
[< stem of nehr + adv. compar. ibai.]
suff. -is.] nidwa, f. (97), rust; Mt. VI, 19. 20.
uehrjan (sik), wv. (188), to draw iiih(20, n. 1; 62, n. 3), conj. (218),
near, approach. Cpd. at-n. [< and not, not even; Mt. VI, 29; iu
nehr. OHG. nahan, nahen, MHG. a negativ sentence it merely inten-
nehvan, stv. (172, n. 3), to hav a but; II. Cor. I, 19. Skeir. VII, a;
quarrel against. nih ban ak jah, for not . but
. . .
,
ni, neg. part. (216), not, (1) jotnd also; Skeir. VII. c; ni nih ak, . . . .
Mt. V, 17. 18. 26. 34. 36. 39. VI, nih allis hra nih ak, for noth- . . . .
24. 25. 26. IV, 5. 6. 12. 13. 17. nor; Mt. VI, 20. 28; ni . .allis ni
22. 25. 27. 34. V, 19. 37. 39. Lu. . nih
. nih iiih,
. not at all,
. . .
Nikaudeinus ogau .
193
neither . . nor . . nor . .
neither; Mt. nigon (the g being intrusiv), nigen,
V, 34. 35. 36. [< ni -h, i. e. + ME. nijen (infl. nijene > the con-
uh. OHG. nih-, in nih(h)ein, nech- tracted) nine, NE. nine.]
ein, MHG. nehein, nechein, nekein, niunda, ord. num. (146), ninth. [<
short hein, kein, NHG. kein, adj., niim. OE. nigoSa (< *nigonfta),
not any, no.] ME. nie]?e, nynt, NE. ninth (by in-
7
Nikaudemus (23, n. 1), pr. n., Nico- fluence of 'nine ).]
deinus. niuntehund, num. (143), ninety. [<
iiiiiiiin, stv.
(170; 175), to take,
Ill, uiun +
-tehuml. Cp. Brg.,
accept, receiv, take away, w. ace.; 179.]
Mt. V, 40. Mk. II, 9. 11. IV, 16. n in tan, stv. (173, n. 1), to enjoy.
Skeir. VII, b. Cpds. af-, and-, [OE. ueotau, OHG. gi-nio3an ( =
ga-, us-n. [OE. niman, ME. nime, Goth, ga-u.), MHG. geniejen, NHG.
to take, seiz, NE. nim (Shak.), to geniessen, to enjoy.]
steal.] nolijaii, wv. (188), in ga-n. [<
nisaii, (176, n. 1), in ga-n.
stv. (ga)-nohs.]
[OE. gi-nesan, to be saved, OHG. nota, m. (108), hinder part of a ship,
gi-nesan, MHG. genesen, to remain stern; Mk. IV, 38.
alive, be saved, be deliverd (of a nu, (1) adv. (214, n. 1; 218), now,
child), NHG. genesen, to recuver.] even now, just now; Lu. II, 29;
iiij)an, stv. (176, n. 1), to help. [Its uzed as sb.: fraih ]>ainma nu, hense-
V (\v. abl.) appears in OHG. gi- forth; II. Cor. V, 16. (2) coiij.
nada, f., mercy, grace, MHG. gnade, (218: so never at the beginning of
genade, NHG. gnade, f., grace, etc.] a sentence), now, then, therefore;
nijyis, m. (92), kinsman, [OE. cuzin. Mt. V, 19. 23. 48. VI, 2. 8. 9. 22.
nifS- in pi. ni5Sas, m., persons, men.] 23. 31. II. Cor. I, 17. Ill, 12. IV,
[Occurs only ouse, in gen. pi. plapjo, to raiz, in ur-r. [Caus. of -reisan.
which is prob. an error, for *platjo OE. r&ran (r < z < s), ME. rere,
< Lt. platea < Grk. Tr/lareTa,
a NE. rear.]
broad way, street] raka (indecl.), raca; Mt. V, 22. [<
plats, ra. (91, or 100? or plat, n.. paxd < Hebrew raka, wurthless
94?), a piece of cloth, pach; Mk. II, fellow]
21. [< Old Slavonic platu, pach.] -rakjan, wv. (188), to strech, in uf-r.
plinsjan (51),wv. (188), to dance. [OHG. recchen, MHG. NHG. recken.
[< Old Slavonic plesati, to dance] Du. rekkeu, to strech, NE. rack.] >
-praggan (51), rv. (178), in ana-p. rann, prt. of rinnan.
[< Old Slavonic. Cf. Dutch praugen, -rannjan (32), wv. (188), to cause
to press] to run, in ur-r. [Caus. of rinnan.
rasta rod Jan. 195
OHG. rennan, rennen, MHG.rennen, mightiest, prince; Mk.III, 22. [OE.
to cause to run (especially a horse), powerful, mighty, of high rank,
rice,
NHG. rennen (intr.), to run, race.] ME. riche, rice, powerful, also rich
rasta, f. (97), stage (of a jurney), (by confusion w. the Fr. riche), NE.
mile; Mt. V, 41. [< v7 ras, to stay rich. Cp. reiks, sb.]
(>also razn (w. suff. na), n., house] ireiran, wv. (193), to trembl; Mk.
+ suff. -to-. OHG. rasta, MHG. V, 33.
raste, rast. f., rest, stage of a -reisan, stv. (172, n. 1), to rize, in
jurney, NHG. rast, f., rest, repose.ur-r. [OE. rlsan, ME. rise, NE.
Cf.OE. rest, raest (w. suff. -ti-), ME. rize.]
NE. rest.] rignjan, wv. (188), to rain; Mt. V,
-ra)jan (177, n. 2), in ga-r.
(?), stv. 45. [< rign, n. (= OE. regn, 111.,
ra)>jo, f. (112), number, account. [< ME. rein, NE. rain). OE. reguiau,
V of -rajyan +
suff. -jon-. OHG. ME. reine, NE. rain.]
redia, reda, MHG. rede, f., account, rikan, stv. (176, u. 1), to heap up,
speech, NHG. rede, f., speech. ra-b- collect. [Its V appears (w. abl.)
= E. -red; s. huiid. (Cp. Brgm., I, in OE. raca, m. (or racu, f. ?), ME.
214; 300.)]
II, rake, NE. rake, an instrument for
-raulxm, wv. (190), to rob, in bi-r. scraping erth.~\
[OE. (bi-)reafian, ME. (bi)reve, NE. riqis. riqiz (78, n. 1), u. (94), dark-
(be-)reav.] ness; Mt. VI, 23. II. Cor. IV, 6.
pers. addrest; Mk. II, 2; or du w. 21. 22. 28. Ill, 9. IV, 7. 15. 16.
dat. of the pers. addrest; Lu. II, 17. 19. 20. 27. 28. 33. 36. 39. V,
17. 18. 50; and iustr. dat.; Mk. 4. 8. 1114. 22. 29. 31. 35. 36.
IV, 33. [OE. rgdaii, ME. rede, to 38-42. Lu. II, 7. Skeir. VII, b.
speak.] C 5 (/3) pr. ns. (where the E. ol'ten
Ruma (15, n. 2), pr. n., Rome. [< omits it, especially when the pr. u.
occurs alone); Mt. Y, 20. Mk. I,
Kumoneis (15, n. 2), pr. u., Romans. 16. Ill, 6. 17. Lu. II, 7. 10. 13.
'
-riiinnan (78, n. 4), \vv. in Cor. I, 4. 11. 12. Ill, 16. IV, 1.
(194),
ur-r. [< rflms.] 2. 7. V, 1. 4. 5. 8. 17; (b) w.
rums (15), m. room, place;
(? 91), adjs. (poss. prns. or is), (a) alone
Lu. II, 7. [OE. rum, n., ME. roum, (chiefly uzed as sbs.; so, sumtimes,
NE. room. Cp. Brgra. I, 59.] w. other adjs. or ptcs.); Mt. V. 21.
runa (15), f. (97), mystery, counsel; 33. 37. 39. 47. Mk. Ill, 27. V,
Mk. IV, 11. [OE. run, f., mystery, 15. 16. II. Cor. II, 6. 7. Ill, 10.
counsel, rune, ME. rouue, NE. roun IV, 15. 17. V, 10. 17; (ft) w. sbs.
(obs.; rune < the Scaud.).] (the art. prec. the adj. and its sb.);
runs (32; 49), m. (101, ns. 1. 2.), a Mt. V, 26. 35. Mk. I, 24. II, 21
running, issue; Mk. V, 25. [< (sc. plat). Lu. I, 8. II. Cor. I, 6.
rin nan. OE. ryne, m., a running, HI, 13. 18. IV, 13. V, 1. Skeir.
course, ME. rune, NE. run.] VII, d. (the art. standing between
the sb. and its adj.) Mt, V, 19. 29.
Sa, m., so, f.; fata, n. (153), (1) VI, 11. Mk. I, 11. 26. 27. II, 22.
dem. prn. (for ouro?, ixslvo?, etc.),
IV, 20. V, 7. 13. Lu. II, 26. II.
this, that, (for aord?) he, she, it,
Cor. I, 6 (or between the adj. and
its sb.) Mk. V, 33. Lu. II, 19 (the
~self(S. my Gothic Syntax, 63
et seq.) , (a) uzed alone; Mt.. V,
art. standing before the sb. and its
30. 32. 37. VI, 8. 26. 29. 32. Mk. adj.) Mk. II, 9. Ill, 5. 9. 27. V,
1, 19. 25. 27. 31. 42. II, 7. 8. 21.
34. Lu. II, 41. 48. II. Cor. I, 18.
III, 35. IV, 4. 7. 18. 20. 30. 41. III,. 5. (the art. prec. the first- of
V, 12. 23. 32. 43. Lu. II, 6. 12. two qualifying adjs.) Skeir. VII, d;
34. II. Cor. I, 12. 17. II, 16. V, (c) w. nums., (a) alone; Mk. IV,
2. 5. 15. Skeir. VII, a. d. For in 10; (ft) attributivly; Skeir. VII, b;
IMS in uli bis, s. in, (1); (b) w. shs. (d) w. ad vs. or adv. (prep.) frases,
or adjs. (follg. or prec.); Mt. V, 19. (a) without sb.: Mk. I, 7. 19. 36.
Mk. IV, 13. Lu. II, 15. 17. 19. 38. II, 25. 26. IV, 10. 11. 15. 16.
25. 38. 51. Cor. 15. 18. 31. V, 40. II. Cor. I, 4. 20.
II. 1, Ill, 10.
IV, 1. 4. 7. Jrata silbo, this same V, 2. 16; (ft) w. other words; Mt.
thing; II. Cor. II, 1. 3; (c) w. a V, 45. 48. VI, 1. 23. Mk. I, 38.
rel. prn.; Mt. V, 32. Mk. V, 15. IV, 19. 31. V, 4. II. Cor. Ill, 10.
Lu. II, 33. II. Cor. V, 21. Skeir. IV, 16; (e) w. a ptc. (chiefly uzed
VII, d. (2) art. (for as sb.; so sumtimes w. an adj.),
J, ^, TO), the,
(a) w. sbs. (unmodified; cp. b, /3, () without sb.; Mt. V, 40. 44. 46.
and e, ft, below), (a) appellativs; Mk. 1, 32. II, 17. Ill, 22. 34.
Mt. V, 20. 25. 47. VI, 2. 23. Mk. IV, 3. 14. 16. 20. 24. V, 14. 32.
I, 10. 13. 15. 20. 22. 29. 31. 34. Lu. II, 18. 21. 38. 47. IL Cor. I.
42. 45.. II, 4. 5. 6. 9. 10. 16. 20. 1. 20. II, 2. 14. 15. Ill, 11. 13.
sabbato saian. 197
IV, 3. 4. 13. 14. 18. V, 4. 12. II. Cor. IV, 6. V, 5. (w. sb.), w.
18; (/3)
w. sbs. or adjs. uzed as prs. opt.; Mt. VI, 12. When a rel.
ebs. (the art. preceding the sb. clause contains two vs., both may
and its ptc.) Mk. V, 30. 33. occur in the indie, mood, or the
36. Lu. II, 16. (and another art. firststands in the indie, and the
before the ptc.) Mk. Ill, 3. II. second in the opt.; Mt. V, 19. The
or. I, 1. (or the ptc. and its sb.) rel. saei is sumtimes preceded by
Skeir. VII, d. (the art. standing be- the dem. (art.) sa; see sa, (1), (c).
tween the sb. and its ptc.) Mk. Ill, It is uzually assimilated to the
22. IV, 15. Lu. II, 15. 21. II. Cor. case of its antecedent; Lu. II, 20.
I, 1. 8. 9. Ill, 7; (f) w. a sb. or For its function as a conj., 8.
prn. in the gen., a sb. being easily- afar; in, (1) and (2), (c); bairh;
understood; Mt. V, 46. VI, 7. Mk. und; also bammei, bizei, and
I, 19. II, 14. Ill, 17. 18. Lu. II, batei.
49; (g) a n. art. may precede any saggws, m. (101), song, singing. [<
word or words and even a hole siggwan. OE. s9ng, m., ME. songe,
sentence uzed substautivly (cp. b, sang, NE. song.]
,
and d, abuv); II. Cor. I, 17. 20. sa-h, dem. prn. (154) m.; f. soli; n.
II, 6. [This pru. refers to two bat uh (for bata-nh), and this, and
In do-Germanic stems, so-: sa- and that, and he; this, that, the same',
to-d. The former is found in sa, he; who, which, (1) referring to a
so, and in OE. s (chiefly art., but prec. rel. clause; Mt. V, 19. (2)
occasionally and orig. dem. prn.), follg. sum other antecedent; Lu. II,
m., ME. se. See also si and bata.] 38; so often as a connectiv before
sabbato (indecl.) or sabbatus, m. (120, accessory clauses Lu. II, 36. 37. ;
n. 1), the Sabbath; Mk. II, 27; sah occurs frequently with ban}
dat. sg. -6; Mk. II, 28; gen. pi. -6; Mk. Ill, 11. Lu. II, 2. 37. II. Cor.
Mk. I, 21. II, 23, 27. Ill, 2. [< I, 17. IV, 15. [< sa + uh.]
trdfrlarov < Hebrew shabbath, rest, sa-Hraz-nh, indef. rel. prn. (164, n. 1);
sabbath-day.] s. bistoazuh.
that, who, whosoever, (1) for 09; 34. IV, 3. V, 22. Lu. II, 10. 34.
Mt, VI, 8. Mk. I, 2. 7. 44. II, 4. 48. II. Cor. V, 17; suns sai, im-
V, 4. 10. Skeir. VII, a. b. c. d. to sow, (1) abs.; Mt. VI, 26. Mk.
<2) for 8$ civ (w. subj.), w. prs. IV, 4. (2) w. ace. (nom. in pass.);
indie.; Mt. V, 21. 22. Mk. Ill, 35. Mk. IV, 14. 15 (nom. implied). 32.
IV, 25; \v. prs. opt.; Mk. IV, 22. (3) instr. dat. (fraiwa); Mk. IV,
w.
(3) for oVrjj; Mk. IV, 20. Lu. II, 3. Folio wd by ana w. dat.; Mk.
4. 10. (4) for the Gr. art. (w. prs. IV, 16. 20; or ace.; Mk. IV, 31; in
ptc.), w. prs. or prt. indie, or opt.; w. ace.; Mk. IV, 18; prs. ptc.
Mt. VI, 4. 18. Lu. II, 33. II. Cor. (uzed as sb.) saiands, sower; Mk.
I, 4. II, 2;(w. aor. ptc.) w. prt. IV, 3. 14. Cpd. in-s. [OE. sfiwan;
indie.; Mk. V, 16. 18. Lu. II, 17. (cp. waian), ME. sowe, NE. so\v.]
198 saihs Satana.
saihs, card. num. (141), six. [OE. sackcloth. [< Lt. saccus
seox, six, ME. NE. six.] Grk. ffd-/.xo<s < Hebrew saq, suck-
saihsta, ord. num. (146), sixth. [< cloth, sack for corn.']
saihs. OE. sixta, ME.
NE. salbon, wv. (189), to salv, anoint;
sixte,
sixth (the th by w. ace.; Mt. VI, 17. II. Cor. I, 21.
influence of 'the
numerals w. regular th).] [< *salba (= OE. seal?, f., ME.
saitoan (34, n. 1), stv. (176, n. 1), salfe, salve, NE. salv, sb.). OE.
to see, look, behold, take heed, take sealfian, ME. salfe, salve, NE. salv,
heed to, (1) abs.; Mt, VI, 4. 6. 18. vb.]
Mk. IV, 12. (2) w. ace.; Mt. V, 28. saloons, f. (103, n. 1), salv, oint-
Mk. IV, 24. V, 22. 32. Lu. II, 15. ment. [< salbon + suff . -6-ni-. ]
26. 30; and a ptc. in ace.; Mk. V, saltan, rv. (179, n. 1), to salt. [OE.
31. w. fairraj>r6 (a fur, afar
(3) sealtan, OHG. salzau, MHG. salzen>
off); 6. (4) w. du w. inf.;
Mk. V, (NHG. salzen, wv., but pp. gesal-
Mt. V, 28. (5) w. an indir. question; zen), rv., to salt. Cf. OE. sealt,
Mk. IV, 24. V, 14. (6) w. a blause ME. salt, n. (also adj.), NE. salt
introduced by ei; Mk. I, 44. Cpds. > ME. salte, NE. salt, wv.]
at-, bi-, ga-, in-, J>airh-, us-s. sama, adj. prn. (132, n. 3; 156),
[OE. seon (< *sehwon), ME. see, same, the same, (1) without sb.,.
NE. see.] and with the art.; Mt. V, 46. 47.
sailjan, wv. (188), to cord, in in-s. Skeir. VII, d. (2) w. a sb., and
[< *sail (= OE. sal, m., ME. s61, with the art.; Lu. II, 8. II. Cor.
OHG. MHG. NHG. seil, n., rope, I, 6. Ill, 14. IV, 13. [ON. samr,
cord). OE. s&lan, to fasten with adj., >
ME. same, NE. same. Cf.
a cord.~\ OE. sQme, same, adv. swa : S M
sair (20, n. 2), n. sorrow,
(94), just as.']
travail. [Prop. n. adj. uzed as sb. saina-fraftjis, adj. (126), like-minded.
(in. *sairs
= OH sar, ME. sore, NE. sauia-lauj>s (74, n. 1), adj. (124), of
sore, painful, >) OE. sar, n., pain, the same size or quantity, as much.
ME. sore, NE. sore.] [laujs <V of liiulan.j
saiwala, f. (97), soul, life; Mt. VI, 25. sama-leiko, adv., equally, likewise*
Mk. Ill, 4. Lu. II, 35. [OE. sawol, Mk. IV, 16. Skeir. VII, c. [<
saul, f., ME. sawle, soule, NE. soul.] sama-leiks =
OHG. samolih, same-
saws, m. (101, n. 1), sea, lake, lih, MHG. same-, seme-, sem-lich,
marsh. [OE. sfe (infl. also s&w-), alike, agreeing together. For -leiks,
m. f., sea, lake, ME. s, NE. sea.] s. galeikd.]
sakan, stv. (177, n. 1), to strive, saina]>, adv. (213, n. 2), to the same
quarrel, rebuke. Cpds. and-, ga-s. place, together. [< sama suff. -J. +
[OE. sacan, ME. -sake (in cpds.), OE. s9mod, samod, ME. samed,
to strive, contend. Cp. t'risahts and OHG. samet, MHG. NHG. saint,
sakjo.] adv., together, and prep., together
sakjo (35), f. (112), strife. [< sakan with,]
+ suff. -jon-. Cf. OE. saec(c), f. sandjan u. 3), wv. (187), to
(74,
(ja-stem), strife, contest; sacu, f. send. Cpds. in-, us-s. [Causal of
(a-stem), strife, hostility, ME. sake, *sin]>an, to go. OE. sendan, ME.
strife, litigation, gilt, cause, (for sende, NE. send.]
. .
sake=) NE. (for . .
) sake.] Sataua, pr. u., Satan; Mk. Ill, 26;,
sakkus (58, n. 1), m. (105), sack, or Satanas; Mk. Ill, 23. IV, 15;
satjan seins. 199
dat. -in; Mk. I, 13. II. Cor. II, 11 Seimon, Seiinonns, pr. n., Simon;
;
satjan, \vv. (187), to set, place, put; (Gr. infl.); Mk. Ill, 18; or -u; Mk.
Mk. IV, 21. Cpds. af-, at-, ga-, I, 16. [< St'ftwv.']
faiira-ga-s. [Causal of sitan. OE. seina, prn. gen.; dat. sis, ace.
refl.
settan, ME. sette, NE. set.] sik, uzed for all genders and num-
sa]>s, gen. sadis (74, n. 3), adj. (124), bers, (I) alone, (1) where the Gr.
sated, ful; s. wairjmn, to be fild; has no corresponding prn., (a) m.,
Skeir. VII, d. [Prop, an old pte. (a) sing.; Mt, V, 42. VI, 29; (ft)
in -to-. OE. seed, ME. sad, sed, pi. Mk. II, 6. IV, 12. 41. Lu. II,
NE. sad (obs.) satiated.] 20. 43; (b) fern., ( a ) sg.; Mk. Ill,
sauhts (58, n. 2), (103), sickness,
f. 20; (ft) pi.;
Mk. IV, 1. V, 21; (c)
disease; Mk. I, 34. Ill, 15. [< V n., (a) sg. (not found in our 'Se-
of sinks -t- suff. -ti-. OE. suht (?), lections.' (,3) pi.; Lu. II, 39. 45;
f., ME. suht, disease, ilnes, OHG. (2) for eaurto, aura;, a(rr<5, etc., (a)
MHG. suht, NHG. sucht, f., disease, in., ( a) sg., Mk. II, 26. Ill, 14. 25.
malady.] 34. V, 4. 5. 30. 37. 40. II. Cor.
sanil (26), n. (94), sun; Mk. I, 32. V, 19. Skeir. VII, a; () pi.; Mk.
Saulaumon, pr. n., Solomon Mt. VI, ; II, 8. 19. IV, 17. II. Cor. V, 15.
29. [< JoAoAieo*.] (II) w. silba, m., (a) sg.: sis silbiii,
-sauljan (24, n. 1), wv. (188), to sik silban, himself; Mk. Ill, 26. V,
soil, in bi-s. [Cp. OE. sylian (< 30; (p) pi.: sis silbani, (sik silbans),
sol, orig. *sul-, n., mire), ME. sulie, themselvs; II. Cor. V, 15. (Ill) w.
NE. sully.] misso: seina misso, one another;
saiilnan (24, n. 1), wv. (194), in sis misso, one another; m. pi.; Mk.
bi-s. I, 27. IV, 41. Lu. II, 15. [Want-
Saur (24, u. 5), pr. n., a Syrian; dat. ing in E., but see under seins.
pi. -im; Lu. II, 2. [< Supo?.] OHG. gen. sg. (only m. u.) sin;
saurga, f. (97), care; Mk. IV, 19. dat. wanting; ace. sih (sg. and pi.),
sorrow, grief; II. Cor. II, 1. 3. 7. MHG. gen. sg. sin, ace. sg. and pi.
[OE. sorh, sorg, f., ME. sorwe, NE. sich, NHG. gen. sg. sein (poet); dat.
sorrow.] ace. sich (for all genders and num-
saurgan, wv. (193), to sorrow, be bers).
grievd; II. Cor. II, 4; w. bi w. ace., seins, poss. prn. (151), uzed for all
to be anxious about, take thought genders and numbers, his, theirs,
for; Mt. VI, 28. [< sai'inra. OE. their, etc., (1) alone, referring to a
sorgian (transferd to the Second f. in sg.; Mk. V, 26. (2) w. a sb.,
Conjugation), ME. sorwe, NE. sor-
referring, (a) to a m.
in sg.; Mt. V,
row.] 22. 28. 32. 45. VI, 27. 29. Mk. I,
sauj>s, m. (101), sacrifice. [ON. 6. 41. Ill, 7. 9. IV, 2. 3. 34. Lu.
sauCr, m., sheep, prop, an animal II, 3. 28. II. Cor. II, 14. Skeir.
to be immolated, a victim, v of < VII, c. d; (b) to a m. in pi.; Mt.
sjoCa (prt. OE. seoOan
sau6) = VI, 2. 5. 7. 16. Mk. I, 5. 20. II,
(prt. sea$), ME. sethe, NE. seeth.] 6. V, 17.Lu. II, 8. 39; (c) to a
sei, f.
prn. (157, n. 3); s. saei. f. in sg.; Lu. II, 7. 19. 36. 51. [<
Scidona, pr. n. f., Sidon; ace. -a; stem of seina. OE. sin (referring to
Mk. Ill, 8. [< I all genders and numbers ;
OHG. sin
200 seiteina simle.
sibja, f. (97, n. 1), relationship. [OE. silba, prn. (132, n. 3; 156), self, (1)
sib(b), f., ME. sib, sibbe, NE. sib uzed alone; II. Cor. I, 4. 9. (2) w.
(obs.. but dial.), relationship, trend- a poss. prn., where it stands in the
ship^ luv, peace.] gen. (like Lt. ipsius w. a poss. prn.);
sibjon, wv. (190), in ga-s. [< stem Lu. II, 35. (3) w. a pers. prn.;
of sibja. OE. ge-sibbian, wv., to Mk. I, 44. Ill, 26. V, 30. II. Cor.
appease, please.'] I, 9. Ill, 1. 5. IV, 2. 5. V, 12. 15.
sibnn, indecl. num. (141), seven; Lu. (4) w. a dem. prn.; as, bata silbo,
II, 36. [OE. seofon, ME. seven, this very thing; II. Cor. II, 1. 3.
NE. seven.] (5) w. a sb. Mk. IV, 28. [OE. seolf,
si I MIII tcli mid, num. (143), seventy. self, ME. seolf, self (inn. -v-), NE.
[< sibun + tehimd. Cp. Brgm., Ill, self.]
sidus, m. (105),
custom, wanner. own accord, [-wi^is < \viljan.J
[OE. siodu, m., custom, manner, silda-leikjan, wv. (188), to be as-
morality, ME. side-, in side-ful, adj., tonisht, be amazed, to wonder,
modest, OHG. situ, m., MHG. site, marvel; Mk. I, 27. V, 20. Lu. II,
m., f. (rare), NHG. sitte, f., custom, 48 w. ana w. dat.; Lu. II, 33 bi
; ;
sinaps, m. (91; or sinap, n.? 94), f., ME. schadowe, schade, NE.
-u-),
mustard; Mk. IV, 31. [< awaxt, shadow, shade.]
n., mustard.] skadweins (14, n. 1), f. (103, u. 1),
sineigs (10, u. 5), adj. (138 and 139), a shading, in ga-sk. [< skadwjan
old, elder. [< *sina- (s. sinteins), + suff. -ei-ni-.j
21. [< a lost sb. OE. siowian, skapjan, stv. (177, n. 2), to shape,
seowian, ME. sewe, NE. sew.] make, in ga-sk. [OE. scieppan (<
siukan, stv. (173, n. 1), to be sick, scieppjan; ie < ea < a), scyppan,
he il, be weak. ME. scheppe, schape, stv., schapie,
sinks, adj. (124), sick, il, diseast, wv., NE. shape.]
weak. [OE. seoc, ME. sek, sek, sic, skattja (80), m. (108), muney-changer.
NE. sick.] [< skatts + suff. -jan-.]
sinns (42, n. 3), f. (103), the sense skatts (69, n. 1), m. (91), muney,
of sight, sight; II. Cor. V, 7. [< coin. [OE. sceat(t), scat, m., ME.
saihran + suff. -ni-j cp. Brgra., I, scat, OHG. scaz, m., coin, muney
441.] MHG. schaz (-tz-), NHG. schatz, m.,
sinj>
= sijnpj s. syan-. trezure, sweet-hart.]
skaban, stv. (177, u. 1), to shave. skaj>jan, stv. (177, n. 2), to do scatb,
[OE. sceafan, scafan, ME. schave, do wrong. [OE. soeOOan, sceaOan,
NE. shave.] str. and wv., to barm, > sceCC, n.,
skadus, m. (105), shade, shadow; sceaCa, m., ME. scathe, NE. scath,
Mk. IV, 32. [OE. sceadu (follg. a- harm.]
or wa-steras, but orig. < stem in skanda-raips, m. (91; or -raip, n.?
202 skauns slauj^nan.
[OE. sceoh, scoh, m., ME. sho, NE. slaiij)jan, wv. (188), to cause to
shoe.] slide, in af-s.
skreitan, stv. (172, n. 1), to shred, slaubnan, wv. (194), in af-s. [Cor-
tear, rend (tr.), in dis-sk. [OS. relativ to -slaubjau.]
slawan spillon. 203
slawan ? wv. (193), to be silent, hold ni niula- + adv. stiff. 6) + compar.
one's peace. Cpd. ga-s. suff. -is, < sniuiuun- (+ suff. -da-}
slopan (78, n. 3), rv. (179), to sleep, < v of sniwan + suff. -iniiu-.]
full asleep, be asleep; Mk. IV, 27. sniwan, atv. (176, n. 2), to hasten,
V, 39; w. ana w. dat.; Mk. IV, 38. go. [Cf. ON. snua, stv., to turn;
[OE. sl&pan (st. and wv.), ME. and OE. sneowan, wv., to hasten.]
slepe (st. and wv.), NE. sleep (wv.), siiutrs, adj. (124), wise. [< stem
OHG. slafan, MHG. slafen, NHG. sniit- + suff. -ra-. OE. suot(t)or,
schlafen, stv., to sleep.] snoter, ME. suoter, adj., wise, pru-
sleps, in. (91, n. 2), sleep. [< dent.]
slepan. OE. sl&p, m., ME. slep(e), soli, f. of sah.
XE. sleep.] sukjan (35), wv. (186), to seek, seek
slindaii, stv. (174, n. 1), to devour, for, ask
for, desire, long for, (1) w.
infra-s. [OHG. (far)-slintan,MHG. ace.;Mt. VI, 32. Mk. I, 37. Ill,
ver-sliudeu, NHG. verschlingen (ng 32. Lu. II, 44. 45. 48. 49. IV,
for nd by iufluence of schliugeu, 42 (2) w. mi|> w. dat., to question
to wind, twist), to devour.] with; Mk. I, 27. [OE. uekan, ME.
(173, u. 1), to slip. [OE.
slinpaii, stv. seke, (bi)seche, NE. seek, beseech.
slupan (for *sleopan ; cp. -skin ban), Cp. sakan.]
ME. (cfit)-slupe, OHG. sliofan,MHG. sokns (35), f. (103), serch, inquiry,
sliefeu, NHG. schliefeii, to slip. Cp. question. [< V of sokjan + suff.
tidings; Lu. II, 10. [< spill (= staps, gen. stadis (74 and notes), m.
OE. spell, 11., a saying, nairativ, (101), sted, place; Mk. I, 35. 45.
story, ME. spell, speech, preaching, II. Cor. II, 14. Skeir. VII, b; an
NE. spel, an incantation). OE. inn; Lu. II, 7; jainis stadis (215),
spelliaii, ME. spelle, NE. spel.] unto the other side (of the lake);
-piiiuan, stv. (174, n. 1), to spin; Mk. IV, 35. [< V of standan + suff.
Mt. VI, 28. [OE. spinnan, ME. -pi-. OE. stede, m., ME. stede, NE.
spynne, NE. spin.] sted (iusted in sted).] =
sprauto, adv. (211, n. 1), quickly, *staps, gen. stasis, m. (? 91, n. 2),
soon; Mt. V, 25. shore, land; Mk. IV, 1. [< V of
stafs (56, n. 1), in. (101), element, standan suff. -pa- or -pi- (?). +
rudiment. [OE. stajf, m., ME. staf, OE. stseo", n., bank, shore, ME.
t NE. staff.]
wig, staff, letter, etatfe, NE. staith.]
(-g-), NHG. steinig, adj., stony.] staurran, \vv. (193), in and-st. [<
a lost adj. (cp. OE. styrne, Goth.
staineins, adj. (124), of stone, stony;
ME. sterne, NE. stern).
II. Cor. Ill, 3. [< stains + suff.
*staiir-ni-,
OHG. MHG.
storreii, storren, to be
-cilia-. OE. stfenen, ME. stenen,
rigid, stand forth
OHG. steinin, MHG. steinen, NHG. stif.]
steinen (uzually steinern, w. dubl stautan, rv. (179, n. 1), w. ace. and
bi w. ace., to strike, smite; Mt. V,
suff. -er-n), of stone.]
39. [OHG. stosan, MHG. stosen,
stains, m. (91), stone, rock; Mk. V, NHG. stossen, to thrust, push.]
5. Cor. Ill, 7.
II. Also uzed as a
steigan, stv. (172, n. 1), to mount,
pr. n., Peter; Skeir. VII, a. [OE. climb up. Cpds. ufar-, us-st. [OE.
stan, m., ME. st6n, NE. stone.] ME. NE.
stigan, stie, styje, sty,
stairno, f. (112), star. [OE. steorra to mount, ascend.]
(rr < rn), in., ME. sterre, NE. star, stibna, f. (97), voice; Mk. I, 3. 11.
OHG. sterno, sterro, MHG. sterne, 26. V, 7. [OE. stefn, f., ME. steven,
sterre, also stern, a-stera, m.,NHG. voice, NE. steven (obs.), an outcry.]
stern, m., star.] stiggan, stv. (174, n. 1), to sting,
staldau, rv. (179), in ga-st. in us-st. [OE. stingan, ME. stinge,
standan, stv. (177, n. 3), to stand, NE. sting.]
stand firm; Mk. Ill, 24. 25 w. in stigcian (gg; 67, n.l), stv.(174, u.l),
;
w. dat.; Mt. VI, 5; w. uta; Mk. HI, to thrust, strike. [ON. stokkva
31. Cpds. af-, and-, at-, ga-, (for *stekkva), to jump, leap.]
twis-, ns-st. [A nasalized form < stilan, stv. (175, n. 1), to steal; Mt.
<
V stat extended sta. OE. ston- VI, 20. [OE. stelan, ME. stele, NE.
dau, standau, ME. stande, NE. steal.]
stand. The orig. v/ is seen in OHG. stiur (78, n. 2), m. (91, n. 4), steer,
MUG. stan, sten, NHG. stebeu, stv., calf. [OE. steor, in., ME. ster, NE.
to stand; and in staps.] steer.]
stiwiti swa. 205
stiwiti, ii. (95), endurance, patience; rather; prep., without, NHG. sender,
II. Cor. I, 6. prep., without.]
stodjau, AW. (188), only in the cpds. sunja, f. (97, n. 1), truth; Mk. V, 33.
ana-, dn-st. [< of standan.] V II. Cor. IV, 2; ace. sg. is uzed ad-
stojan (26), AW. (186, n. 2), to judge, verbially (215). [< sunjis.]
simjalm, adv. (210), truly,
in ga-st. [< staua (cp. Brgm., I, verily.
the other; II. Cor. II, 16; sum swa, adv., so, (1) alonej Mt. V, 19.
raihtis anJ>ani]>-J>an
.
jah sum,
.
VI, 9. 30. Mk. II, 7. 8. 12. IV, 40.
. .
sum other
. . and sum; Mk. IV", Lu. II, 48. (2) correlativ: swaswe
. .
48. bi smiiata, in part; II. Cor. . . swa jah, as so also; . . II. Cor.
separately, especially; couj., but, long, as; Mk. II, 19; swa managai
206 s \va-ei s vvei ban .
swe, as many as; Mk. Ill, 10; swa w. bi w. dat.; Mt. V, 34. 35. 36.
manages swe, Mk. Ill, 28. [OE. Cpds. bi-, ufar-s. [OE. swerian
swa, ME. swa, swo, so, NE. so.] = (the i, j, occurs in the prs. tense
swa-ei, conj. (218), so that, that, only; prt. swore, pp. sworen), ME.
s were, NE. swear.]
therefore, (1) w. prs. indie.; Mk.
II, 28. (2) w. prt. indie.; Mk. I, sware, adv., without a cause, in vain;
27. Skeir. VII, c. (3) w. prt. opt.; Mt. V, 22.
II. Cor. Ill, 7. (4) w. ace. and inf.; swartis (in A) or swartizl (in B), n.
II. Cor. II, 7. wherefore, there- (? 94), that which is black, ink; II.
fore; II. Cor. IV, 12. V, 16. 17. Cor. ill, 3. [< swarts suff. -iz- +
-swaggwjan, wv. (188), to cause to (-zla- = NHG. -sal, -sel).]
swing, in af-sw. [Caus. of *swigg- swarts, adj. (124), black; Mt. V, 36.
wan ( OE. swingan, ME. swinge, [OE. sweart, ME. NE. swart,]
NE. swing). OE. swengan, ME. swa-swe, (1) adv., as, just as, as it
sweuge, NE. swinge (for *swenge, wer, in like manner as, like, (a)
as singe for *senge).] uzed alone; Mt. V, 48. VI, 2. 5. 7.
swaihra, m. (108), father-in-law. 12. 16. Mk. I, 22. II. Cor. II, 17.
[Cf. OE. sweor (< sweohor < *swe- Ill, 5. Mk. I, 22. IV, 33. Lu. II,
hur, a-stem), m., father-in-law, 20. 23. II. Cor. I, 5. 14. II, 17.
OHG. swehur, m., father-in-law, Ill, 5. 13. 18. IV, 1 ; swaswe jah,
later also brother-in-law, MHG. even as, as also; II. Cor. I, 14;
sweher, NHG. schwaher, m., father- swaswe qiban ist, as (= according
in-law.'] to that which) is said; Lu. II, 24;
swaihro, (112), mother-in-law; Mk.
f. (b) correlativ: swaswe .jah, as .
art., such; Mk. IV, 33. II. Cor. I, swegnjait, wv. (188), to rejoice,
10. Ill, 4. [OE. swelc, swilc, < triumf. [< a lost adj. or sb.
swa-lic, ME. swiche, swuch, NE. *swegna- < sweg- (Cf. OE. swogan,
such.] to sound, rustl; sweg, m., sound)
swam ms (s warns; 48; 80, n. 1), m. (91), + suff. -na-.]
spunge. [OE. swam, m., fungus, sweiban (56, n. 1), stv. (172, n. 1),
OHG. MHG. swam (mm), NHG. to cease. [Cf. OHG. (gi)-swifton,
schwamm, m., spunge, fungus.] to bi stil, be quiet; MHG. swiften
swaran, stv. (177, u. 1), to swear, (= OHG. *swiftjan), to silence,
swein taihsws. 207
<
1114. 16. [Orig. adj., *su (= II. Cor. V, 2. 4. [Intensiv v. <
OE. su, f., ME. so we, NE. sow) +
swog- in (OE. swogaii, ME. swowe
suff. -ina-. OE. swin, n., hog, (wild) > swo^ne, swoune, NE. swoon)
hour, (pi. swine), ME. swin, NE. swogjan, to sigh; -atjau = OE.
swine.] -ettan, NHG. -ezzen.]
swers (78, u. 2), adj. (124), hevy, SWumM (80), n. (94), swimming-
weighty; heiise, grave, honord. bath, pool. [For swuinsl (so in
[OE. sw&r, adj., hevy, difficult, MS., an amended form of swumslf.
OHG. swari, MHG. swre, adj., But the f is merely eufonie) <
hevy, grave, noble, NHG. schwer, swimman(+suff. -sla) = OE. swim-
adj., hevy, difficult, grievous.'] man, ME. swimme, NE. swim.]
swes, adj. (124, n. 1), one's own; Syniaion (39), pr. n., Simeon; Lu. II,
U. Cor. V, 10 (See note). [< swe- 25. 34. [< Zuftewv.]
( allied to sei-na) + suff. -sa-. OE. synagdga-fa]>s, gen. -fadis, m. (101),
sw&s, adj., one's own, domestic, ruler of a synagog; Mk. V, 22. 35.
intimate.] 36. 38. [< synagoge 4- -faj>s (only
swe-]auh, adv. and conj. (218), yet, in cpds.), chief, master; bru]>- .
swiltan, stv. (174, n. 1), to die. TagI, n. (94), a singl hair, hair;
Cpd. ga-sw. [OE. sweltan, to die, Mt. V, 36. Mk. I, 6. [OE. taej(e)l,
ME. swelte, to faint, die, the >
m., ME. tayl, NE. tail.]
freq. sweltere, to faint away, NE. tagr, n. (94), tear; II. Cor. II, 4.
swelter, to be overcum with heat.] [OE. tear, teagor (< *taur, for
swinbnan, wv. (194), to grow strong; *tahur), m., drop, tear, ME. tere,
Lu. U, 40. [< swings.] ter, NE. tear.]
Mvinbs, adj. (124), strong; Mk. Ill, tahjan, wv. (188), to tear, rend, w.
27. Ao/e, helthy; Mk. II, 17. ace.; Mk.
I, 26.
Cotnpar. swinboza, mightier; Mk. taihswa, (prop. str. adj.; Mk. XVI,
f.
I, 7.[OE. swiC (< *swin), ME. 5. Col. Ill, 1), the right hand. [<
dus), the right hand; Mt. VI, 3. OE. tamian, temian, ME. tame,
[OHQ. zeso (infl. zesw-), MHG. teme, NE. tame.]
zese(infl.zesw-, zesew-), adj., right.} taui (gen. tojis; 26), n. (95), deed,
work. [<
tailiuu, card. num. (141), ten. [OE.
taii.jan. ]
ten (<*teen for *tehen),teo (North.), taujan (26), wv. (187), (1) w. ace.
ME. ten, NE. ten
(-teen; flmf.] (sumtimes understood), to do,
s.
make; Mt. V, 19. 46. 47. VI, 3.
tailumda, ord. num. (146), the tenth.
Mk. II, 24. Ill, 8. V, 32 ariuaion
[< taihun +
suff. -da. [OE. tSoSa
to do alms; Mt. VI, 1. 2. 3.
;
t,,
(for *teon8a), ME. tenj?e (by influ-
(2) w. dubl ace., to make; II. Cor.
ence of ten), NE. tenth.]
IV, 2. (3) waila t., to do wel, do
taihiin-tehimd and -tailumd, card,
good; Mt. V, 44. (4) w. bi w. ace.,
num. (143; cp. 148), a hundred. to do, make; Lu. II, 27. (5) w.
taiknjau, wv. (188), to betoken, ace. and inf., to make, cause; Mt.
point, show. Cpd. us-t. [< talk us. V, 32. (6) lu]> t., to do good;
OE. tacnian, ME. tokne, to show, Mk. Ill, 4; nnj>in}> t., to do evil;
betoken, signify, NE. token (Shak.), Mk. Ill, 4; gallng t., to falsify,
to foretel, betoken, to makeknown.~\ handl deceitfully; II. Cor. IV, 2.
taikns, f.
(103), token; sign, wonder, Cpd. ga-t. [< V of OE. tol (w.
mirael; Lu. II, 12. 34. [< talk- instr. 1-suff.), n., ME. tol, NE. tool.
cpds. [OE. -tig, ME. -tis, -ti, NE. -ty.] Cor. Ill, 6. 14. [OE. trow, f., ME.
tilon, wv. (189), to aim, fit, in trewe, OHG. triuwa, MHG. triuwe,
and-t. [< -tils (in ga-tils, adj., NHG. treue, f., faithfulness.}
convenient; < \/ ti + suff. -la-. Cp. triggws (68), adj. (124), tru, faith-
til, n., aim, fit time, opportunity, ful, reliabl; II. Cor. I, 18. [OE.
OE. til, n. fitness; and ON. til, treowe, ME. trewe, NE. tru. Cp.
prep., to, ME.NE. til) = OE. til,
> trauan.]
adj., fit, suitabl.OE. tilian, to aim, -trimpau, stv. (174, n. 1), to tramp,
strive for, labor, ME. tile, NE. til, tred, in ana-tr. [Its corresponding
to cultivate.'} prt. stem occurs in ME. trampe,
-tinian, stv. (175, n. 1), to be fit, in NE. tramp.]
ga-t. [OHG. (ga)-zeman, MHG. triu, n. (94, n. 1), tree. [OE. treo(w),
(ge)zemen, stv., NHG. (ge)ziemen, ME. tre, NE. tree.]
wv., to be fit, behoov. Cp. -tain- tnulan, stv. (175, n. 2), to tred.
Jan.] [Cf. OE. tredan( Fifth Ablaut Class),
OHG. ziohan, MHG. ziehen, NHG. tulgjan, wv. (188), to confirm, estab-
ziehen,. to pul, draw, bring up.] lish, w. ace.; II. Cor. II, 8. Cpd.
tojis (26, a), adj. (126), doing, only ga-t. [< tulgus.]
in cpds. [< V of tau Jan. J talgus, adj. (131), stedfast, firm,
trauains, f. (97), trust, confidence; strong. [Cf. 0. S. tulgo, adv., very.}
II. Cor. I, 15. Ill, 4. [< trauaii + tuujnis, m. (105), tooth; Mt. V, 38.
suff. -ai-ni-.j
[< V of itan (cp. Brgrn., II, 126).
trauan (26), wv. (179, n. 2; 193), OE. toS (6 < 9n < an; pi. te5),
to trust; w. du
(in) w. dat.; II. in., ME. to}? (pi. te}?), NE. tooth
Cor. I, 9. Cpd. ga-tr. [OE. tru- pi. teeth).]
wian (26, b), orig. *truwan, (the twai, card. num. (140), f. twos, n.
w being eui'onic, as in) OHG. tru- twa, two; Mt. V, 41. VI, 24. Mk.
wen, beside truen, MHG. truwen, V, 13. Lu. II, 24. Skeir. VII, a. b.
NHG. trauen, to trust, believ. OE. d (= .b.). [Cf. OE. twegen, in.,
treowian, to trust, believ, < treowe twa, f., tu, twa, n., ME. tweien,
= Goth, Iriggws.] two, twa, for all genders, NE.
Trauas (26, n. 1), pr. n., Troas; dat. twain, two. Cp. Brgm., I, 142;
Trauadai; II. Cor. II, 12. [< III, 166.]
Tpuids, gen. Tpwddo$.} twalib-wintrus (88, n. 1), adj. (131),
trausti, n. (95, n. 1), cuvenant. twelv years (lit. 'winters' ) old; Lu.
[Extended < stem *trausta- (in II, 42. [-wiutrus < wintrus, m.
OHG. MHG. NHG. trost, in., con- (= OE. winter, m. u., ME. NE.
solation), < V trans- (by-form of winter). OE. twelfwiutre, twelv
trau-; cp. trauan )
-I- suff. -ta-.] years old.}
210 twalif bamm-ei.
twalif (56, n. 1), card. num. (141), J>aho (5, b), f. (112), clay, i^My.
twelv; Mk. Ill, 14. IV, 10. V, 25. [OE. 80 (<*5$-e < SOhe <*5anhe),
42. Skeir. VII, c (- .5b.; so in) d. f., OHG. daha, MHG. dahp, tahe,
[OE. ME. twelf, NE. twelv.] (weak) f., NHG. (than, tahen, the
n < the oblique cases; later) thon
tweifls, in. (91, n. 2), dout. [OHG.
zwifal, MHG. zwivel, in., uncertain- (str.), in., clay.]
ty, distrust, despair, NHG. zweifel, l>ai, )>aiei, )>aili, uom. pi. of sa, saei,
sah.
in., dout.~\
distrib. num. (147), t\vo baiiu, J)aiin-ci, dat. pi. of sa, saei.
iweihnai,
apiece. [< tweih* (= OE. twill, )>airli, prep. w. ace. (217), (1) of
uzually betwih, between) -f suff. space: thru, thru the midst of;
-na-. Cf. OE. tweone, (//;/;/, two, Mk. II, 23. II. Cor. I, 16. IV, 15.
> tweonum (prop. dat. pi.), uzu- (2) indicating the 'instrument' or
allj betweonum, -an, ME. betweuen, 'means', 'author' or 'agent': thru,
NE. between.] by, by means of, (a) w. names of
persons; Mk. superscr. II. Cor. I,
twis-standan (twistandan ;78, cp.
5. 11. 19. 20. II, 14. Ill, 4. IV^
n. 5), stv. (177, n. 3), w.
dat., to
bid fare el to; w 14. V, 18. 20; (b) w. names of
depart front one,
things; II. Cor. I, 1. 4; J>. J>6ei,
II. Cor. II, 13.
because of; Skeir. VII, a; (c) denot-
Tykekus (6, u. 1), Tychicus. [< ing a state or condition: with, by;
II. Cor. II, 4. Ill, 11. V, 7. -Oc-
Tyra, pr. n., Tyre; ace. -a; Mk. Ill, 8. curs also in eight compound vs.
[< Tu [Cf. OE. Surh, ME. }?urgh, buruh,
NE. thru, thuro.]
f>addaius, pr. n., Thaddeus; ace. ]>airh-gaggan, anv. (173, n.-3; 207),
-115
Mk. Ill, 18. [< VaSduto?.] to go thru, to pierce thru; Lu. II,
badoi, adv. (213, n. 1), where, where- 35; w. Jniirh w". ace., to go thru;
soever, whither. [< *bab (-d-$ < Mk. II, 23 \v. und w. ace., to go;
stem of bata + -b; cp. toaj>) + -ei.] on, proceed to; Lu. II, 15.
bagkjan (gg: 67 and n. 1), anv. (209; baii'h-sailtan (34, n. 1), stv. (176,
prt. bahta :to think, consider,
5, b), n. 1), to see thru, behold as in a
ponder, reason; w. ace. and af sis glass, w. ace.; II. Cor. Ill, 18.
silbiu; II. Cor. Ill, 5; w. a dir. t>airh-wakan (63, n. 1), stv. (177,
question (so w. sis); Mk. II, 6; \v. n. 1), to keep wach (thruout); Lu.
ace. (understood) and in hairtin II, 8.
seinamma; Lu. II, 19; w. a de- Jmirko, n. (110), a hole thru (any-
pendent clause introduced by bat H, thing), the ey of a need}. [Allied
and bi w. dat., to purpose; II. Cor. to l>airh. J
I, 17. Cpd. and-b. [OE. Cencan, bairsan, stv. (174, n. 1), to wither,
(prt. S$hte;. < n < an), ME. in ga-b. [The corresponding V-form
J?enche,j?enke (prt. ]?ohte), NE. (bars) of the pret. occurs in OHG.
think (by influence of ME. binke, darra (rr < rz: rs), MHG. NHG.
NE. rnethinks; s. pngkjan).] darre, f., a kiln for drying grain,
Dalian, wv. (193), to be silent, be meal, etc. Cp. -baursnan.]
stil, hold one's peace; Mk. I, 25. bainnia, bamm-uh, dat. sg. m. and u.
35; for; II. Cor. II, 10; and; Mk. of pata + loc. suff. -r. Cf. OE. 8&r
IV, 36; .uh pan, for; Mt. VI, 32;
(= Goth. *per), ME. here, NE.
but, and, now; Mt. V, 31. 37. VI, there.]
7. 29. Mk. I, 6. II, 6. IV, 5. V, par-ei, adv., where; Mt. VI, 19. 20.
11. 13. II. Cor. II, 16. Skeir. VII, 21. Mk. II, 4. IV, 5. 15. V, 40.
c; sail pan, and this, and he, etc.; II. Cor. Ill, 17.
Lu. II, 2. 37. II. Cor. 17; for parihs (20, n. 1), adj. (124), not yet
this; II. Cor. IV, 15. [< stem of fuld, new.
pata. Cf. OE. Cgnne (for 8anue), adv. and conj.
par-uli, (218), (1)
8011 (for Sail), ME. Ratine, Can, adv. there; Mt. VI, 21. II. Cor. Ill,
NE. than, then.] 17. (2) conj. (continuativ, for
J>ana, J>anei, ace. s. in. of sa, saei.
xat', and, then, so, there-
3v, <5^),
pana-mais, adv. (153, n. 2), further, fore, but; Lu. II, 25.
henceforth, yet, stil; Mk. V, 35. pata, dem. prn. n.; s. sa [< stem
[buna- < stem of pata.] pa-t- + -a (as in ban -a. in-a,
ban-
pana-seips, adv. (212, n. 1), longer, a), which caused the retention of
stil; ni p., no more, no longer; the originally final t (See sa; cp.
Hip (=nlk-h) ban p., no more, no also par). OE. Cset, ME. Jmt, NE.
longer; II. Cor. V, 15; ni \>. ni, no that.]
212 bat-aiu-ei bei.
bat-ain-ei, adv., only; Mt. V, 47. Mk. II, 17. II. Cor. Ill, 1. [OE.
Mk. V, 36. Skeir. VII, b. [< (be)Surfan (cp. 56, n. 3), ME.
J;itain (< bat -a +
the n. sg. of (be)burfe, to hav to need,
need,
aiiis), that one, that only, -el.] + want, OHG. (bi)durfan, to hav
bata-fra-li, nom. sg. n. of sahrazuh. need, to want, lack, MHG. diirl'eu,
or; Mk. II, 9. (2) adv. (216), per- adj., dry, witherd.]
haps, stil; or untranslatabl in the J>e, instr. of J)ata. [Cf. the OE. instr.
;
apodosis of a conditional sentence 6y, North. 8y, Oe, ME. Si, be, NE.
(in most cases for &;): ni bau w. the in 'the more'.]
prs. ind.; Mt, V, 20. VI, 15. [OE. be-ei, conj. (157, n. 1; 218), that,
Seah, ME. beh, Sen, Soh (by in- for the reason that, always w. ni,
fluence of ON. bo, contracted < not that; II. Cor. II, 4.
bauh), NE. tho.] bei, (1) rel. prn. (= batei; 157, n. 2);
baiih-jaliai, conj. (218), even if, tho; so after batafcah, bisfcaduh, biskah,
II. Cor. IV, 16. bishraruli, bishrazuh (164, n. 1).
baurban, prt.-prs. (199), to hav need, (2) conj., that; in order that; Mt.
to need, want, lack, (1) abs.; Mk. VI, 26. [< *ba (a by-form of bata)
II, 25. (2) w. gen.; Mt. VI, 8. 32. + -ei.]
peihan binjjjau. 213
beihan. stv. (172, n. 1), to thrive, J>iuljo, adv. (211), secretly, in secret.
profit, increase, advance, w. (loc.) [< stem )>iiibja-, secret; cp. piufs.]
dat.; Lu. II, 52. [OE. (ge)Beon biulis, s. J)inls.
Ill, 32. V, 19. 34. 35. Lu. II, 29. bitulanon, wv. (190), to be king, to
30. 32; hra nauio bein, what (is) rule, reign. [< biudans.]
thy name?; Mk. V, 9; (b) w. art.: biudans, m. (91), king; Mt. V, 35.
sa. beins; Mt, V, 24. VI, 4. Mk.
. [< binda +
suff. -ana-. OE. Seoden,
*dinsen, pp. gedunseu (uzed as adj.), piufs, biubs (56, u. 1), m. (91), thief;
Mt. VI, 19. 20. [OE. Beof, m.,
blonted, puft up.]
bis, gen. sg. m. n. of sa, bata. ME. bef, NE. thief.]
bah, n. (164, n. 1): folld. by the things; II. Cor. V, 10; b. taiijau,
or saei; nzually w. opt.:
rel. ei, J>ei, to do good; Mk. Ill, 4.
l>6s, J>6/-ei, nom. ace. pi. f. of sa, voc.; Mt. VI, 9; (b) gen. J>eina (or,
sa-ei. tho for rD, poss. prn.; s. note)-
fomas, pr. n., Thomas; ace. -an; Mt. VI, 13; (c) dat, |jusj Mt. V,
Mk. Ill, 18. [< 9 .] ^ /Jt 26. 29. 30. 40. 42. VI. 2. 4. 6. 18.
Jmifstjan, wv. (188), to console, cum- 23. Mk. I, 2. 24. II, 5. 9. 11. V
fort. Cpd. ga-J>r. 7. 19. 41; (d) ace. l>uk; Mt. V, 23.
Jn-agjan, wv. (188), to run. [OE. 25. 29. 30. 39. 41. 42. VI, 3. Mk.
Craegan, to run, race.] I, 24. 37. 44. Ill, 32. IV, 38. V,
bvailiciiia, prt. of Jjmlian. 7. 19. 31. 34. Lu. 48.
II, (2) dual.,
]>ramstei, (113), locust; Mk. I, 6.
f.
(a) nom. (wanting); (b) gen. igg-
]>reihan, stv; (172, u. 1), to throng, kara (wanting in our 'Selections';
crowd round, press upon, afflict; (c) dat. igqis, iggkis (wanting in
Mk. Ill, 9. V, 24. 31. II. Cor. I, 6; our 'Selections'; (d) ace. igqis; Mk.
pp. brailians, trubld; II. Cor. IV, 8. I, 17. (3) pi., (a) nom. jus, ye,
[< *J?riiihan. OE. Cringan, ME. you; Mt. V, 48. VI, 8. 9. 26. II.
fringe, OHG. dringan, MHG. NHG. Cor. 14. Ill, 2; (b) gen. izwara;
1,
dringen,- to urge, press.'] Mt. VI, 27. 11. Cor. I, 23. II, 3. 10.
Jreis, card. num. (140), three; Lu. IV, 15; (c) dat. izwis; Mt. V, 18.
II, 46. [OE. Sri, m., Sreo, f. n., 20. 22. 28. 32. 34. 39. 44. VI, 2.
ME. )?re-, NE. three.] 5. 14. 16. 19. 20. 25. 29. Mk. Ill,
J>ri<l,ja, ord. num. (146; 149, n. 1), 28. IV, 11. 24. Lu. II, 10. 11. 12.
}?ugkjan uf. 215
IT. Cor. I, 2. 11. 12. 13. 15. 16. for Swahgn), OHG. dwahan, MHG.
18. 19. 21. II, 1. 3. 4. Ill, 1. IV, twahen, zwahen, zwagen, NHG.
12. 14. V, 12. 13; (d) ace. izwis; (dial.) zwagen, to wash (ep. zwehle,,
Mt. V, 44. 46. VI, 30. Mk. I, 8. AV. 1-suff., f., towel).}
II. Cor. I, 6. 8. 16. II, 2. 5. 7. 8. Jwastjau, \vv. (188), to secure, in.
l>ut:k(
j
'methinks',
ij) mis, 1 think; Mk. Ill, 4; (b) to a prn.; (c) to an
so w. that; Mt. VI, 7. (2) pers.
ei, adv. (2) indir., w. opt., afflxt to
(not in our 'Selections'): to think, a v.; II. Cor. II, 9. (II) in dis-
suppose, intend, seem. [OE. Oyncan junctiv questions, both dir. and*
(< *Suncjan) Suhte (< *6unhte,
,
prt. indir.; abu (= af u) |>us silbin +
pp. 5uht); me 5ynceo\ it seems to I>u Jata qtyis, sa,yest thou this.
me, ME. bunche, binche, Oinche; me (thing) of thyself?; Jo. XVIII, 34.
5inct5, NE. methiuks (cp. bagkjau).] After the pref. ga-: ga-ii-laubjats*
guilts (15, b), adj., thinking; s. believ ye?; Mt. IX, 28; ga-u-hra-
liauli-, mikil-biihts. [Prop. pp. of setoi, if he saw aught; Mk. VIII, 23.
bugkjan.] Cp. n in.
biihtus (15, b), in. (105), thought, Ubadamirus (40, n. 1), pr. u.
wisdoiu. [< *j>unhtus < \/ of Ubadila (40, n. 1), pr. n.
]>ugkjaii + sufi'. -tu-.]
ubilaba, adj. (210), evilly, il; n. haban,
J)iik; 8. ]). to be il, be sick; Mk, II, 17. [<
bulains, f. (103, n. 1), sufferance, ubils +
suff. -ba-.]
patience, suffering; II. Cor. I, 5. 6.
+ ubils, adj. (124; 138), evil, il, bad,
7. [< bulan suflf. -ai-ni-.]
Mt, V, 45. The n. ubil
useless;
bulan, \vv. (193), to tolerate, suffer,
is often uzed as sb.; so also bata
bear. Cpd. ga-b. [OE. (ge)5olian
ubilo, the evil, an evil thing; Mt.
(trausferd to the Second Weak
V, 37. VI, 13 ubil haban, to be //,
Conjug. ), ME. (i)Sole, to suffer, en-
;
(-d-), NHG. geduld, f., patience.} ubil-tojis, adj. (126), evil-doing, mis-
s. chievous.
l>us; J)ii.
uf-aipeis (56, n. 2), adj. (130, n. 2), uf-hauljan (24, n. 1), wv. (187), to
under an oath. pul up, blow up, be highminded.
ufar, prep. (217), (1) w. dat., local, uf-blesan, rv. (179, n. 1), to blow
over, abuv, beyond; u. liiminam, up, puf up.
'over (the) hevens', hevenly; Mt. uf-brinnan, stv. (174, n. 1), to burn
VI, 14. 26. 32. (2) w. ace., trop., up, scorch, (intr.); Mk. IV, 6.
abuv; II. Cor. I, 8. Skeir. VII, b; uf-graban (56, u. 1) stv. (177, n. 1),
u. fllu wisan, to be 'over much , to
1
gen. and in w. dat., to abound in and an interr. sentence; II. Cor. II,
(the gen. becuming the subj. in E.); 9; or in w. dat.; Mk. V, 30. (3) w.
II. Cor. I, 5. [< ufar +
suff. -assu-.] ace. of pers. and bi w. dat.; II.
ufar-hafnan (35), AW. (194), to exalt (4) w. patei and anaCor. V, 16.
one's self. w. dat.; Mk. V, 29; or (loc.) dat.;
ufar-hamon, wv. (190), to put on Mk. II, 8.
clothes over, be clothed upon, w. uf-rakjau, wv. (188), to strech out,
(instr.) dat.; II. Cor. V, 2. strech forth, put forth, w. ace.;
ufar-ist, 3d pers. sg. prs. ind. of Mk. I, 41. Ill, 5.
ufarwisan. nfta, adv. (214, n. 1), oft, often;
ufaro, (1) adv. (211, n. 1), abuv, . Mk. V, 4. [Cf. OE. oft, ME. oft, ex-
thereon. (2) uzed as prep. (217), tendedoften, NE. oft, often.]
ofte,
(a) w. gen., upon, abuv; (b) w. wv. (187), to strech.
ut'-ban jan,
dat., over, abuv; Lu. II, 8. [< uf-wopjan (63, n. 1), wv. (187), to
uf + compar. suff. -ar + adv. suff. cry out.
6. Cf. OHG. obaro, MHG. obere, uh, -h (the h being frequently assi-
NHG. ober(e), upper.'] milated to the initial consonant of
ufar-skadwjan (14, n. 1), wv. (188), a follg. word; 24, n. 2; 62, ns. 3
to overshadow. and 4), enclitic particl (218), but,
ufar-steigan, stv. (172, n. 1), to and, now, therefore; Mk. II, 11. V,
mount over, grow higher, grow up; 41; inuh pis, on this account; II.
Mk. IV, 7. Cor. II, 8. IV, 16. V, 9. With
ufar-swaran, stv. (177, n. 1), to prns. and other particls it often ads
overswear, forswear; Mt. V, 33. intensity to the signification; s.
ufar- wisan, stv. (176, n. 1), to be andizuh, duhpe is. dupe), (hrauuh),
over, exceed, abound; II. Cor. Ill, 9. nili, null, sail, sumzuh (= sums-uh),
uhteigo uu-kafireins. 217
zuh, hraj>arh, Ira/iili, hreh, J>iz- undaro, adv. (211, n. 1), below, be-
foaduh, Jrishraruh. For uh ]>an neath; uzed as prep. w. dat. (217),
(or uj> Jan), s. Jran. under. [< undar adv. suff. -6.] +
uhteigo (15, n. 3), adv. (211), in und-greipan, stv. (172), to gripe,
season, at a fit time. [< iihteigs seiz, take, lay hold on, w. ace.;
+ -suff. -6.] Mk. I, 31.
uhteigs, uhtiugs (15; 19), adj. (124), un-faurs, adj. (130), 'not wel-behaved
in season, at leisure for. [< uht- (for ^>Aua/>o9, tatler).
(s. uhtwo) + suff. -eiga-, -iuga-.] un-frois (35; 74, n. 4), adj. (124,
uhbvo f. (112), day-break, n. 2), unwise, foolish.
(15),
dawn; air before day- un-ga-hobains (35), f. (103, n. 1),
uhtwon,
break; Mk. I, 35. [<*unhtwo-, incontinency. [gahuhains < ga-
-t \vo-n- being suff. (cp. Brgm. Ill, haban (w. 6-abl) +
suff. -ai-ni-.]
61). OE. uhte (uht-, in cpds.), un-ga-lanbjands, ptc. adj. (133), un-
u., ME. uhte, dawn.'} believing; II. Cor. IV, 4.
ulbamlus, m. (? 105), camel; Mk. I, un-ga-saifoans, ptc. adj. (134), not
6. [< Lt. elephantus llfyavT-, <
seen, invisibl; II. Cor. IV, 4. 18.
stem of /.<fa<, elefant, < Hebr. [OHG. ungesehan, MHG. NHG. un-
aleph, eleph, ox.] gesehen, not seen.]
un-, inseparabl particl, in meaning = un-handu-waurhts, ptc. adj. (124),
our un-, in-, dis-, -less. [OE. ME. not wrought by hand, not made
un-, NE. un-.] with hands; II. Cor. V, 1. [-handu-
iin-agands (35), ptc. adj. (202, n. 2), wanrhts < stem of handus + pp.
not fearing, fearless, [-agands, inf. of waurkjan.]
*agan, stv., prt. *6g; s. ogjau.] uu-lirains, adj. (130), unclean; Mk.
un-aiid-hulij>s, ptc. adj. (134), not 1, 23. 25. 26. 27. Ill, 11. 30. V,
uncuverd ; II. Cor. III. 14. 2. 8. 13. [OHG. un-(h)reini, MHG.
uii-and-soks (35), adj. (130, n. 2), unreine, NHG. unrein, adj., unclean.]
irrefutabl. [-soks < V of sakan (prt. un-huljM), f. (112), evilspirit, unclean
sok).] spirit, devil; Mk. I, 32. 34. 39. Ill,
und, prep. (217), (1) w. dat., in re- 15. 22. V, 12. [Prop, weak form
turn for, for; Mt. V, 38. (2) w. of the adj. *uuhulj>s (< un--f hulj>s,
ace., denoting 'direction toward', gracious, = OE. ME. hold, OHG.
or 'the point' or 'goal at which hold, MHG. holt (-d-), NHG. hold,
anything, in its direction, arrives', adj., gracious, affectionate) = OE.
unto, to, until, as far as, up to, ME. OHG. unhold, MHG. unbolt
down to, (a) of space; Lu. II, 15; (-d-), adj., ungracious, hostil, NHG.
(b) of time; II. Cor. I, 13. Ill, uuhold, adj., disaffectionate, un-
14. 15; und Jmtei (218), til, gracious. OHG. unholda, MHG. un-
until, as long as, while; Mt. V, 18. holde, f., fiend, sorceress, wich.]
25. Mk. II, 19; (c) of degree; and un-karja, weak. adj. (132, n. 3),
filu mais, so much the more, much careless, neglectful; Mk. IV, 15.
more; II. Cor. Ill, 9. 11. [OE. un- [karja < kara suff. -ja-n.] +
(for*und; s. Sk., unto), ME. \m-, uii-kaureins, f. (103, u. 1), n refrain-
NE. un- (as in unto, until).] ing from being a burden, a thing
218 *uii-lej?s us.
without charge, [-kai'ireins < kaur- (= OE. ME. wi*, NE. wise.
un-mana-riggws (68), adj. (124), in- ing, ignorant; II. Cor. II, 11. [wi-
human, tierse. tumls is prsp. of witan, to know.]
uns; H. ik. ur-j s. us.
inisar,poss. prn. (124, us. 1 and 4; lir-raisjiin, wv. (188), to raiz up,
151), our, (1) uzed alone. (II) w. w. ace.; Mk. I, 31; to
raiz, lift up,
sbs., (1) prec., (a) without art.; rouse up, wake; Mk. IV, 38; to
Mt. VI, 9. 11. Mk. I, 3. II. Cor. I, raiz, raiz up (the ded); II. Cor. 1,
2. 36. 8. 12. 14 (teoftuli under- 9. IV, 14.
stood). 22. Ill, 2. IV, 3. G. 10. 11. iir-rami. prt. of iirrinnan.
17. V, 2; (b) w. art.: sa uiisar, . .
wv. (188), to cause to
iir-rannjaii,
our; Mt. VI, 12. II. Cor. I, 18. Ill, rize (lit. to cause to run out); Mt.
o; (2) follg., (a) without art.; (b) V, 45.
w. art., II. Cor. V, 1. [< stem of
ur-reisan, stv. (172, n. 1), to ai-ize;
unsara (= OE. user ure; dat. us; Mk. II, 9. 11. 12. Ill, 3. IV, 27.
ace. usic, us (prop, dat.), ME. gen. 39. V, 41. 42. II. Cor. V, 15.
ure; dat. ace. us; NE. us. OE. user, nr-rinnan, stv. (174, n. 1), to run
ure, ME. ure, oure, NE. our. Cp. out, go out, w. du w. inf.; Mk. IV,
ik, \\eis.] 3; w. us w. dat. and in w. ace.;
unsara; s. ik, also uiisar. Lu. II, 4; to go up, rize (.said of
unsis; s. ik. the sun); Mk. IV, 6; to spring up,
uu-sels, adj. (130), wicked, evil; Mt. grow up (said of seed); Mk. IV, 5.
VI, 23; uzed as sb.; Mt. V, 39. 8.32; to go out (i. e. to be issued);
IV, G. 7. V, 1. 18. Skeir. VII, rl. us-fiillnan (180), wv. (194), to be-
(3) designating 'circumstances, way, cum ful; to be fulfild, accontplislit ;
and manner in which anything Mk. I, 15. Lu. II, G. 21. 22.
takes place or with which it is us-gaggan, anv. (179, u. 3; 207),
connected', of, out of, with, in; Mt. to go out, cum out, go forth, go>
V, 37. II. Cor. II, 4. Ill, 9 (in B). up, cum up; Mk. I, 35. 45. II. 12.
V, 2. Occurs also in many cpds. V, 13; w. and w. ace.; Mk. I, 28;
[OE. or-, a.-, ME. or-, a-, NE. or- du w. dat.; Mk. I, 5 in w. ace.; ;
us-agjau (35; 78, n. 4), wv. (188), 26. 29. V, 2. 8. 30; ut us w. dat.;
to frighten utterly. Mk. I, 25; jain|>r6; Mt, V, 26; w.
us-agljau (14, n. 1), wv. (188), to inf.; Mk. Ill, 21.
trubl exceedingly. us-gaisjan, wv. (188), to strike agast;
iis-alj>au, rv. (179, n. 1), to grow old. in pass, to be beside one's self; Mk.
iis-aiian(78, n. 4), stv. (177, n. 1), Ill, 21.
to breath out, giv up the ghost. us-geisnan, wv. (194), to becurn or
us-bairan, stv. (175), to carry out, be amazed, agast, astonisht, af-
bring forth; to exclaim, answer; frighted;Mk. II, 12. II. Cor. V,
Skeir. VII, a. 13; w. (instr.) dat.; Mk. V, 42;
us-beidan, stv. (172, n. 1), to expect w. ana w. dat.; Lu. II, 47.
patiently, abide for, w. ace.; Lu. us-giban (56, n. 1), stv. (176), to
II, 38. giv out, giv away, w. dat. (indir.
us-beisus (75, n. 1), t'., expectation. obj.), to reward; Mt, VI, 4. 6. 18.;
[< usbeidau 4- suff. -sui; cp. Brgui., w. ace. (dir. obj.), to giv, pay; Mt,
II, 95.] V, 26; w. both dir. and iudir. obj.,
us-brukuan, wv. (194), to break off to giv, render, perform; Mt. V, 33.
(intr.), be broken off. us-graban (56, n. 1), stv. (177, n.
us-damljaii, wv. (188), to strive, en- 1), to dig out, to break up or thru;
devor, labor, w. inf.; II. Cor. V, 9. Mk. II, 4.
[< usdaiibs. J us-arudja, wa. (132, n. 2), weary,
us-dauj>s (74, u. 2), adj. (124), dili- faint; II. Cor. IV, 1. 16.
gent, zelous, forward. us-gutuan, wv. (194), to be pourd
us-dreibaii (-drebi; 10, n. 5), stv. out, be spild, flow out; Mk. II, 22.
(172, 11. 1), to drive out, cast out, us-hafjan, stv. (177, n. 2), to take
send away, w. (iustr.) dat. and us up, lift up, w. ace.; Mk. II, 12.
w. Mk. V, 10.
dat.; us-haista (69, n. 2), wa. (132, n. 2),
us-dr lists,f. (103), a falling away, very poor.
(said of) a rufway. [< us-driusan,
us-hlaupan, rv. (179, n. 1), to leap
to fall out, fall away, +
suff. -ti-.]
up, rize quickly.
us-fairina, wa. (132, u. 2), without
us-iddja, prt. of us-gaggau.
fault, blameless.
wa. ii.s-kannjan, wv.
(188), to make
us-iilma, (132, u. 2), amazed,
w. ana w. dat.; Mk. I. known; w. dat. (indir. obj.) and
astonisht,
ace. (dir. obj.), to commend one to
22. [.fllma-, -an-, < -ftl- (s. -flllj
+ suff. one; II. Cor. V, 12.
-ma-.]
wv. (188), to com- iis-kimj>s,adj. (124), wel known,
us-fulljan, (fil
pletely, fil
up, supply, accomplish) evident, manifest; II. Cor. IV, 10.
fulfil; Mt. V, 17. iis-<|iinan, stv. (175, n. 1), to kil, (1)
220 us-qistjan us- waurpa.
abs.; II. Cor. Ill, G. (2) w. (iustr.) sik, to awake; in pass, to recuver
iis-qistjau, wv. (188), to destroy, kil, us-standaii, stv. (177, n. 3), to stand
\v. ace.; Mk. Ill, 4. up, rize up, arize; Mk. I, 35. II, 14;
us-qfyan, stv. (176, n. 1), to pro- w. ana w. ace., to rize up against;
claim, w. ace.; Mk. I, 45. Mk. HI, 26.
us-laubjan (31), wv. (188), to per- us-stass, f.
(ustass; 78, n. 5), f. (103.
mit, suffer, giv leav, w. dat.; Mk. n. 3), a rizing up or again, resur-
V, 13. rection; Lu. II, 34. [stem -stassU
us-letyan, stv. (172, n. 1), to go out, < stat-ti- < v/ stat (s. staudau) -+-
cum out, go away from, (1) w. suff. -ti-.]
gen. of aim; Mk. IV, 35. (2) w. us-steigau (ust-; 78, n. 5), stv. (172,
hindar w. ace.; Mk. V, 21; us w. n. 1), to mount up, go up, ascend,
iis-saitoan (34, n. 1), stv. (176, u. 1), us-J>riutau, stv. (173, n. 1), to trubl,
to look out, look round about on, uze despitefully, w. ace.; Mt. V, 44.
w. ace.; Mk. Ill, 5. us-wairpau, stv. (174), to cast out,
(1) w. ace. (in pass, the nom., or
us-sandjan (74, n. 3), wv. (187), to
send out, send forth, pers. pass.); Mk. I, 34. 39. Ill, 15.
\v. ace.; Mk.
23. (2) w. (iustr.) dat.; Mk. Ill,
I, 43.
22. V, 40.
us-siggwau (68), stv. (174, n. 1), to wv. (187), to wake up,
read (lit. 'to sing out'), w. an us-wakjan,
awake from sleep.
indir. question; Mk. II, 25.
us-waudjaii, wv. (188) w. dat., to
us-skaus (42, n. 2; 124, n. 3), cautious, turn one's self away from; Mt.
wakeful, awake. [Its \/ appears in V, 42.
OE. sceawian (tr. and intr.), ME.
us-waurhts, adj.(124),7'usf, righteous;
schevve, NE. shew, show.] Mk. II, 17.
us-skawjau (42, n. 2), wv. (188), w. us-waiirpa (32), f., a casting away.
ut waila-nierjau .
221
fit (15), adv. (213, n. 2), ant, always wahstus, m. (105), a waxing, growth,
\v.vbs. of niotiou; Mk. I, 25. [OE. increase; Mt. VI, 27. Lu. II, 52.
ut, ME. out, ut, NE. out.] [<wahsjau + suff. -tu-. ON. v9xtr,
uta, adv. (213, n. 2), out, without; growth. Cf. OE. waestin (for
m.,
Mk. I, 45. Ill, 31. 32. IV, 11. *waehstni, \v. an additional m-.suff.),
in.. ME. wastme, growth, fruit.]
[OE. ute, ME. ute, NE. out, with-
out, abroad.] *wahtwd (58, u. 2), f. (112, or -a;
fitaiia, adv. (213, n. 2), without, OIL 97?), wach; Lu. II, 8. [< wakati
the outside, from without; sa utau + -twon- (or -two-).
suff. OHG.
unsara manna, our outward man; wahta (by loss of w), MHG. wahte,
II. Cor. IV, 16. [OE. utaue, utau, waht, NHG. wacht, f., wach.]
ME. uteu, outside, eternally, NE. wai, interj. (219), woe! [OE. wa,
-out, iu about, ME. abute, abouten, ME. wa, wo, NE. wo.]
OE. a-, gn-butan (911 < au = Goth. waian (22), rv. (182), to blow. [OE.
aua), prep., about.] \vawan(cp. saian). Cf. OHG. wajan,
utaj>ro, adv. (213, n. 2), from with- waeu, MHG. w&jen, wAn, NHG.
out. [< uta + suff. -J>ro-.] Avehen, (wv.) to blow.]
up-: s. -uh. wai-dedja (21, n. 2), m. (108), woe-
uz-eta (us-eta? 78, n. 4), m. (108), doer, evil-doer, malefactor, [-dedja
manger, lit. 'a thing to eat out of'; < dejJs + suff. -jau-.]
Lu. II, 7. [< us + -eta < V of
wai-fairhjan, wv. (188), to wail;
itan.] Mk. V, 38.
uz-ii, uz-uli. i. e. us + -u, -uh. waihsta m. (108), corner; Mt. VI, 5.
hand-
ME. wight, wi^t, NE. wight, per-
wadja-bukos (88a), f., bond,
son, creature. To the Goth, waiht,
writing.
n. (s. waiht in my 'Compar. Gloss-
*waggareis, m. (92; or waggari, n.,
ary')' answers OE. wiht, n., ME.
95?), pillow; Mk. IV, 38. [<
wiht, NE. whit (for*wiht the n of
*>vagg6 (= OE. ME. wange, W9nge,
which had lost its sound).]
n., cheek, jaw, NE. waug, rare or
VII, b. [OE. wer, m., ME. were, Cor. I, 7. IV, 1. 11. 16.
Ill, 7.
wer-, NE. wer-, were- (in werewolf, V, 17. Skeir. VII, d;-w. twalib-
ME. werwolf, OE. were-wulf, lit. wintruns (sc. albeisj. to be twelv
'man-wolf}.'] years old; Lu. II, 42; (b) w. a
wairpan, stv. (174), to cast, throw, pred. sb.; Mt. V, 45. Mk. I, 17.
(1) w. and in w. ace.; Mk. I,
ace. II.Cor. V, 21. Skeir. VII, c; (c)
16; and af w. dat. (the dir. obj. w. adv.: siimlro; Mk. IV, 10; ja
being understood); Mt. V, 29. (2) jah ne..ja; II. Cor. I, 19. (II)
w. (instr.) dat. and ana w. ace.; auxiliary v., w. a pp.; Mk. I, 14.
Mk. IV, 26. Cpd. us-w. [OE. II. 27. HI, 26. II. Cor. IV, 1. -
weorpan, ME. werpe, OHG. werfan, Cpd. fra-w. [OE. weorCan, ME.
MHG. NHG. Averfen, to cast, throw.'] wurCe, worthe, NE. wurth, to be-
wairs, compar. adv. (212, n. 1), cum, be, as in frases: 'woe wurth
wurse; Mk. V, 26. [For *wairs-s the day', or 'the man' (indir. obj.)]
(cp. 78, n. 2), i. e. *wairs-is (-is wairj>ida, f. (97), wurthiness, dig-
being adv. compar. suff.), OE. wiers, nity, sufficiency; II. Cor. Ill, 5.
wyrs, ME. wurs, wers, NE. wurse.] Skeir. VII, a. [< wairps -f suff.
wairsiza, compar. adj. (138), wurse, -i-do- (72). OHG. wirdida, f.,
swa; Mt. VI, 30. (2) intr., (103), wurt, root; Mk. IV,
w. waurts, f.
work (intr.), becmn effectiv, w. in 1; w. gen.; Mk. I, 24. Lu. II, 23.
w. dat.; II. Cor. IV, 12. (2) w. [OHG. wih, MHG. wich (-h-),
ace. (in pass, the nom.), to work NHG. weih-, adj., holy, in weih-
(tr.), do, make, produce, prepare, nachten, Christmas, (lit. 'holy
and dat. of pers.; Mk. Ill, 35. II. nights'), weihrauch, incense (lit.
Cor. IV, 17; w. dubl. ace.; Mk.
I, 3. 'holy smoke').]
Skeir. VII, b. -
Cpd. ga-w. [OE. wein, n. (94), wine; Mk. II, 22,
wyrcan (prt. worhte, pp. worht), [< Lt. vinum > also OE. win, n.,
ME. werke, worche (prt. wrohte, ME. win, NE. wine.]
pp. wrocht, wrogt), NE. work (prt. weina-basi (88a, u. 1), n. (95), wine-
and pp. wrought and worked).] berry, (-basi = OHG. beri (r<s
waurms, in. (101), serpent. [OE. = z), n., MHG. bere, n. f., NHG.
wyrra, wurm, serpent, ME. worm, beere, f., berry; an extended form
wurm, NE. wurm.] is OE. berige, f., ME. berie, NE.
waurstw, n. (94), work, deed. [For berry.]
*waurhstw < waurkjan + suff. weina-triu (88, u. 1), n. (94, u. 1),
wenjan, wv. (188), to hope, trust, Mt. V, 40. 42. II. Cor. I, 15.
inf.;
winds, m. (91), wind; Mk. IV, 37. pass, meaning; Mk. I, 6. V, 11.
39. 41. [OE. wind, in.,ME. NE. Lu. II, 26. II. Cor. IV, 3; pre-
wind.] ceded by the art.; Mk. IV, 16. 18.
tvimuin, stv. (174, n. 1), to suffer, 20. V, 14; wisan being auxiliary
sorrow, (1) aba.; Lu. II, 48. (2) v.; Mt. V, 21. 27. 31. 33. 38. 43.
w. ace.; II. Cor. I, 6. [OE. winnan, Mk. I, 2. 5. 9. Ill, 9. 21. IV, 11.
to fight, strugl, toil, ge-w., to (ob- V, 4. Lu. II, 3. 11. 17. 20. 21. 23.
tain by fighting) win, ME. winne, 24.33. II. Cor. I, 4.8. Skeir. VII, c;
to fight, acquire, win, NE. win.] (f) the pred. is a rel. clause (cp. (c),
wis, n. (94), a calm; Mk. IV, 39. abuv); Mk. IV, 22. II. Cor. II, 2.
Skeir. VII, d; (g) the pred. is an
[< wisan.]
wisan, stv. (176, n. 1), (1) to dwel, adj.; Mt. V, 29. 30. 48. VI, 22. 23.
26. Mk. I, 7. II, 9. 25. Ill, 29.
abide, remain; II. Cor. Ill, 11. 14.
V, 6. (2) to be, be present, exist, IV, 17. 31. 40. V, 18. 34. Lu. II,
5. 25. II. Cor. 18. 16.
liv. (In this and the follg. senses I, II, Ill,
"wisan supplies the defects of the 3. 5. 10. IV, 18. V, 6. 8. 11. Cp.
sb. v.: im, is, ist, sijau, etc.; 204. also 5, e, a,abuv; (h) the pred. is
It is frequently understood. For a sb., either alone or w. an attri-
w. dat. (as in Gr. which sumtimes 24. II, 15. Ill, 2. 3. 9. 17. IV, 4;
has the gen.), to be, belong or (i) the pred. is a prn., (a) interr.;
ticl: fatei;Mk. II, 16; frarei; Mk. (b) w. a prep.: ana; Mk. I, 45.
IV, 15; swaswe; Mt. VI, 5; (d) IV, 1. 38. Lu. II, 25. 40; at; II.
the pred. is. a prsp. denoting dur- Cor. I, 17; faura; Mk. V, 21; fram;
Mk. I, 4. 22. II. Cor. I, 2; in; Mt, V, 25. VI, 4.
ation; Mt. V, 25.
39. II, 6. 18. IV, 38. V, 5. 40. Mk. I, 13. 23. II, 1. IV, 36. V, 5.
Lu. II, 8. 33. 51. II. Cor. I, 9. 25. Lu. II, 5. 8. 25. 44. 49. II.
II, 9. 11. 17. V, 19; (e) the pred. Cor. I, 1. V, 4. Skeir. VII, b ; mi);
isa pp., (a) w. an act. meaning; Mk.I,13. 26. 111,14. IV, 36.
II, 19.
Mk. I, 33; op. II, 24. 26. Ill, 4. V, 18 ;
ufar fllu wisan, to abound;
II. Cor. IV, 10. V, 10; (/3) w. a II.Cor. I, 5; us; Mt. V, 37. Lu.
wissedun *w6J>s wods. 227
II, 4. II. Cor. Ill, 5; wifrra; Mk. witian, ME. witie, to destin) +
suff.
IV, 15. Cpds. at-, nfar-w. [Goth. -da; <V of witan, to know.]
wisan, prt. was, etc., < V w es. witubni (30), n. (95), knowleflge.
OE. wesau, prsp. wesende, imper. [< witan, to know, + suff. -nbnja.]
sg. wes, pi. wesaS; prt. 1st and 3d witum, pi. of wait.
pers. sg. waes, 2nd pers. w&re, pi. wij>ra, prep. w. ace., (1) local, over
w&ron; subj. sg. w&re, pi. w&ron; against, by, near, to; Mk. IV, 1.
ME. inf. wese, prt. 1st and 3d prs. 15. II. Cor. V, 12. (2) metaforical,
8g. wa?s, was, 2nd pers. waere, were, (a) in a frendly sense, to, toward;
pi. wseren, weren; subj. waere, were; (b) in a hostil sense, against, to,
NE. prt. 8g. was, pi. wer. Goth. for; Mk. Ill, 24. 25. [OE. ME.
im, syn, sijan, etc., < v s- -s. wi6er, prep., against, NE. wither-
OE. 1st. pers. sg. eom, earn, am On the cpd. witheruam, a law term
(North.), 2nd pers. eart, 3d pers. in England, a second or reciprocal
is, pi. sind (t), siondun, sindun, writ, a writ of reprisal; -nam <
North, aron beside sint (d), sindon ; niman=Goth.niman), OHG. widar,
subj. sg. sie, si, etc.; ME. 1st pers. MHG. wider, NHG. wider, prep.,
sg. eom, earn, am, 2nd pers. eart, against, wieder, adv., again, back.]
art, 3d pers. is, pi. sind, sinden, wifcrus, m., lam. [OE. wetter, m.,
aren, are; subj. sg. seo, si, pi. seon, ME. NE. wether.]
sion, sien; NE. 1st pers. sg. am, wlaiton, wv. (190), to look round
2nd pers. art, 3d pers. is, pi. ar.] about; Mk. V, 32. [< a lost sb.
wissedun, prt. of witan, prt.-prs. (= ON. leit, f., inquiry, serch) <
*wleitan. OE. wlatian, to look.]
wit, dual of ik.
wlits, m. (101, n. 1), face, counte-
wit an, wv. (197, n. 1), to look at, Cor. Ill, 7.
nance; II. [< *wleitan
giv attention, observ, wach, w. (s. andawleizn). OE. wlite, m.,
dat.; Mk. Ill, 2; w. wahtwoin ME. wlite, figure, look.]
11 faro w.
dat., to keep wach over; wokains (35), f. (103, n. 1), waching.
Lu. II, 8. [< x/ of witan, to know.
[<*wokan(+suff. -ai-ni-), to wach,
OHG. (ga-, ir-) wi3en, to pay at- < a lost sb. < wakan.J
tention, observ.']
wokrs, m. (91, n. 2), uzury. [Ap-
witan (30), prt.-prs. (197), to know, parently < \/ of wakau (prt. wok)
(1) abs.; Mk. IV, 27. Lu. II, 43. -t- suff. -ra-. OE. wocor, f., progeny,
(2) w. ace.; Mk. IV, 13. V, 33. II. posterity, OHG. wuohhar, MHG.
Cor. V, 11. (3) w. a clause intro- wuocher, m. n., produce, fruit, profit,
duced by fatei; Mt. VI, 32. Mk. uzury, NHG. wucher, m., uzury]
II, 10. Lu. II, 49. II. Cor. I, 7.
wopjan, wv. (187), to cry aloud, cry
IV, 14. V, 1. 6. (4) w. an indir. out, cry; Mk. T, 3. Cpd. iif-w.
question Mt. VI, 3. [OE. witan, 1st
;
(63, n. 1). [OE. wepan (stv., w.
and 3d pers. sg. prs. ind. w&t(Goth. the prs. in -jo-), to -cry aloud, com-
wait), prt. wiste, ME. wite, prs. plain, bewail, ME. wepe (stv.), NE.
wot, prt. wiste, NE. wot, wist; to weep (wv.).]
wit < ME. to wite(u), OE. to sweet, mild,
adj. (128), w6J>eis,
witanue, gerund.] plezant; dauns wo)i, sweet savor;
witoj) (gen. witodis), n. (94), law; II. Cor. II, 15. [OE. w6Se, adj.,
Mt. V, 17. 18. Lu. II, 22. 23. 24. sweet, mild.]
27. 39. [< a lost v. witon (= OE. *wojs wods (74, n. 2), adj. (124),
228 \vrakja Zakarias.
mud, possest; Mk. Y, 15. 16. 18. wulj>ags, adj. (124), gorgeous, honor-
[OE. ME. wod, NE. wood (obs.), abl, glorious; II. Cor. HI, 7. 10.
mad, possest, furious.] [< wutyus + suff. -a-ga- (a for the
wrakja, f. (97), persecution; Mk. IV, stem-vowel u).]
17. [< wrikan + suff. -jo-.] wulprs, adj. (124), ofwurth, of con-
wraton, wv. (190), to go, jurney; sequence; mais >vulj>ri/u wisaii, to
Lu. II, 41. [ON. rata, to jurney, be of more wurth, be better; Mt.
travel} VI, 26. [< wuljms + suff. -ra-.]
wrejms (wrijnis; 7, n. 3), m. (205), wuljms, m. (105), glory; Mt. VI, 13.
herd. [OE. wr&5, f., herd, troop.] 29. Lu. II, 9. 14. 32. II. Cor. I,
wrikun, stv. (176, n. 1), to persecute, 20. Ill, 7-11. 18. IV, 4. 6. 15.
w. ace.; Mt. V, 44; \\rikans, perse- 17. [<steni wul (cf. OX. Ullr 11
cuted; II. Cor. IV, 9. [OE. wrecan, < \\> name of a god) + suff.
,
ADDRESS:
G. H. BALC,
623 FIFTH ST.
MILWAUKEE, Wis.
-
-i